EP1324765A1 - Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronansInfo
- Publication number
- EP1324765A1 EP1324765A1 EP00968173A EP00968173A EP1324765A1 EP 1324765 A1 EP1324765 A1 EP 1324765A1 EP 00968173 A EP00968173 A EP 00968173A EP 00968173 A EP00968173 A EP 00968173A EP 1324765 A1 EP1324765 A1 EP 1324765A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- rhamm
- cells
- antibody
- binds
- polypeptide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 180
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 113
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 title claims description 58
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 title abstract description 81
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 37
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 title abstract description 37
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 title description 61
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 title description 41
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 title description 20
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 title description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 335
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 223
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 166
- 108010003425 hyaluronan-mediated motility receptor Proteins 0.000 claims description 288
- 102100027735 Hyaluronan mediated motility receptor Human genes 0.000 claims description 266
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 104
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 84
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 31
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000031481 Pathologic Constriction Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000031737 Tissue Adhesions Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000036262 stenosis Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000037804 stenosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010048768 Dermatosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010023421 Kidney fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000026833 Alzheimer disease 4 Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 383
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 abstract description 103
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 81
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 79
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 56
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 55
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 54
- 210000001650 focal adhesion Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 46
- 230000008458 response to injury Effects 0.000 abstract description 40
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 abstract description 39
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 abstract description 39
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 abstract description 38
- 108010018242 Transcription Factor AP-1 Proteins 0.000 abstract description 31
- 208000026062 Tissue disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 20
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 abstract description 19
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 17
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 abstract description 14
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 14
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 12
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 abstract description 8
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000007781 signaling event Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 102100023118 Transcription factor JunD Human genes 0.000 abstract 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 146
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 93
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 92
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 80
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 65
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 65
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 49
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 49
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 45
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 44
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 40
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 39
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 32
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 32
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 28
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 25
- 102000002274 Matrix Metalloproteinases Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108010000684 Matrix Metalloproteinases Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 108010071563 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 22
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 22
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 22
- 102100027584 Protein c-Fos Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 21
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 20
- 230000009087 cell motility Effects 0.000 description 20
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 20
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 19
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 19
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 19
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 19
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 16
- 108010032384 glycyl-alanyl-histidyl-tryptophyl-glutaminyl-phenylalanyl-asparagyl-alanyl-leucyl-threonyl-valyl-arginine Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 108010007457 Extracellular Signal-Regulated MAP Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000007665 Extracellular Signal-Regulated MAP Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 14
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 14
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 13
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 11
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 108010091748 peptide A Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 101001050288 Homo sapiens Transcription factor Jun Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- -1 for example Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N hyaluronan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940099552 hyaluronan Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 10
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 8
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000004709 cell invasion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920000729 poly(L-lysine) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical compound C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 7
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 101710178046 Chorismate synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101710152695 Cysteine synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101000876610 Dictyostelium discoideum Extracellular signal-regulated kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 5
- 101001052493 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102100024193 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 5
- 102100032831 Protein ITPRID2 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 5
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000001188 articular cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- FFYPMLJYZAEMQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl pyrocarbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC(=O)OCC FFYPMLJYZAEMQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007838 tissue remodeling Effects 0.000 description 5
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QAPSNMNOIOSXSQ-YNEHKIRRSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C)C1 QAPSNMNOIOSXSQ-YNEHKIRRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 4
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000010958 Cortactin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010037663 Cortactin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 2-phosphate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OP(O)(O)=O DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101000885869 Rattus norvegicus Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000005353 Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase-1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010031374 Tissue Inhibitor of Metalloproteinase-1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N [[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] dihydroxyphosphoryl hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)O[32P](O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KNYAHOBESA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000006041 cell recruitment Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000037893 chronic inflammatory disorder Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- YQOKLYTXVFAUCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidine;isothiocyanic acid Chemical compound N=C=S.NC(N)=N YQOKLYTXVFAUCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960004592 isopropanol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 108010068338 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000002574 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000001258 synovial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010026132 Gelatinases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013382 Gelatinases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108700007698 Genetic Terminator Regions Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010000540 Hexosaminidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000002268 Hexosaminidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000012659 Joint disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000000422 Matrix Metalloproteinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100034930 Protein mono-ADP-ribosyltransferase PARP9 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000000270 basal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009028 cell transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical class N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003413 degradative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003284 homeostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000001685 postmenopausal osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091007196 stromelysin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000002437 synoviocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000035408 type 1 diabetes mellitus 1 Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NNRFRJQMBSBXGO-CIUDSAMLSA-N (3s)-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical group NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O NNRFRJQMBSBXGO-CIUDSAMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDELTXNPUXUBMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O.OB(O)O.OB(O)O.OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KDELTXNPUXUBMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710180684 Beta-hexosaminidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710124976 Beta-hexosaminidase A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010065687 Bone loss Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OBMZMSLWNNWEJA-XNCRXQDQSA-N C1=CC=2C(C[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](NC(=O)N(CC#CCN(CCCC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](CC4=CC=CC=C4)NC3=O)C(=O)N)CC=C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C)CC3=CNC4=C3C=CC=C4)C)=CNC=2C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=2C(C[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](NC(=O)N(CC#CCN(CCCC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](CC4=CC=CC=C4)NC3=O)C(=O)N)CC=C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C)CC3=CNC4=C3C=CC=C4)C)=CNC=2C=C1 OBMZMSLWNNWEJA-XNCRXQDQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016192 Demyelinating disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010063560 Excessive granulation tissue Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100031181 Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003777 Interleukin-1 beta Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000193 Interleukin-1 beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004890 Interleukin-8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920006063 Lamide® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000007433 Lymphatic Metastasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021380 Manganese Chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Manganese chloride Chemical compound Cl[Mn]Cl GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108010015302 Matrix metalloproteinase-9 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001776 Matrix metalloproteinase-9 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000044589 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700015928 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 13 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Lauroylsarcosine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC(O)=O BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000007999 Nuclear Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010089610 Nuclear Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710176384 Peptide 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007982 Phosphoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010089430 Phosphoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010021757 Polynucleotide 5'-Hydroxyl-Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008422 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102100030122 Protein O-GlcNAcase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710081801 Protein O-GlcNAcase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710199095 Putative beta-hexosaminidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000012083 RIPA buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010039509 Scab Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000384 Vinculin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003970 Vinculin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002588 alveolar type II cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002038 chemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001608 connective tissue cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003436 cytoskeletal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001126 granulation tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011565 manganese chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009245 menopause Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000651 myofibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001599 osteoclastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001009 osteoporotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000004738 parenchymal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037081 physical activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007363 regulatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000020936 starving conditions Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000012762 unpaired Student’s t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000010388 wound contraction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037314 wound repair Effects 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSYUPRQVAHJETO-WPMUBMLPSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-imidaz Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CN=CN1 XSYUPRQVAHJETO-WPMUBMLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOLHRFLIXVQPSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CSCN1 NOLHRFLIXVQPSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUGXUUGGLDCZKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dichloroisocoumarin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(Cl)=C(Cl)OC(=O)C2=C1 SUGXUUGGLDCZKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[1-[[1-[2-[[1-(4-nitroanilino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC=1C=CC(=CC=1)[N+]([O-])=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150096316 5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026802 72 kDa type IV collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical group N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010000599 Acromegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000001674 Agaricus brunnescens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010059245 Angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002109 Argyria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006820 Arthralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100136076 Aspergillus oryzae (strain ATCC 42149 / RIB 40) pel1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000002237 B-cell of pancreatic islet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006458 Bronchitis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100032912 CD44 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150099575 CDC37 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032001 CS1 peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100314454 Caenorhabditis elegans tra-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000178270 Canarypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000000274 Carcinosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000617 Cathepsin G Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004173 Cathepsin G Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000625 Cathepsin K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004171 Cathepsin K Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000000503 Collagen Type II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041390 Collagen Type II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001191 Collagen Type VIII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069526 Collagen Type VIII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011537 Coomassie blue staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000938605 Crocodylia Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000238424 Crustacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000014311 Cushing syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011703 Cyanosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010063057 Cystitis noninfective Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238557 Decapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010012305 Demyelination Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100226058 Dictyostelium discoideum erkB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010049119 Emotional distress Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017701 Endocrine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710129170 Extensin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000004248 Familial Primary Pulmonary Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088842 Fibrinolysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017177 Fibromodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010013996 Fibromodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000002702 GPI-Linked Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007882 Gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710180399 Glycine-rich protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060003393 Granulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010018691 Granuloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001102 Hammerhead ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000857 Hepatic Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019663 Hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019668 Hepatic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000627872 Homo sapiens 72 kDa type IV collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000868273 Homo sapiens CD44 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001013150 Homo sapiens Interstitial collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777628 Homo sapiens Leukocyte antigen CD37 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000829980 Homo sapiens Ral guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000990915 Homo sapiens Stromelysin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000002980 Hyperparathyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020850 Hyperthyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009794 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000009786 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012745 Immunoglobulin Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079585 Immunoglobulin Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700001097 Insect Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150026829 JUNB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093008 Kinins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002397 Kinins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010028275 Leukocyte Elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031586 Leukocyte antigen CD37 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108040008097 MAP kinase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000019149 MAP kinase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940124647 MEK inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010025476 Malabsorption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004155 Malabsorption Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002720 Malnutrition Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035268 Mast Cell Activation disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000000380 Matrix Metalloproteinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000005505 Measles Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000990903 Mus musculus Matrix metalloproteinase-9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000021642 Muscular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028594 Myocardial fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009525 Myocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009623 Myopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033174 Neutrophil elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004264 Osteopontin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081689 Osteopontin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150096919 P/C gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001111421 Pannus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061332 Paraganglion neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005775 Parakeratosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037273 Pathologic Processes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700001094 Plant Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005107 Premature Birth Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010036590 Premature baby Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710198637 Probable G-protein coupled receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038280 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003267 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700033844 Pseudomonas aeruginosa toxA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001263 Psoriatic Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064911 Pulmonary arterial hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800001693 R-peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100023320 Ral guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000033464 Reiter syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091081062 Repeated sequence (DNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009661 Repressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010034634 Repressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017442 Retinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CVBNMWXECPZOLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rhamnetin Natural products COc1cc(O)c2C(=O)C(=C(Oc2c1)c3ccc(O)c(O)c3O)O CVBNMWXECPZOLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000829 Ribosome Inactivating Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039984 Senile osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000012479 Serine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022999 Serine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079723 Shiga Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010040943 Skin Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713675 Spumavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000013201 Stress fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100030416 Stromelysin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006180 TBST buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004399 TNF receptor-associated factor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000922 TNF receptor-associated factor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008125 Tenascin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007000 Tenascin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000270666 Testudines Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000223892 Tetrahymena Species 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028262 U6 snRNA-associated Sm-like protein LSm4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032594 Vascular Remodeling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010072810 Vascular wall hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000008383 Wilms tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000998548 Yersinia ruckeri Alkaline proteinase inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008043 acidic salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008649 adaptation response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002517 adenoid cystic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009098 adjuvant therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001447 alkali salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006933 amyloid-beta aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003356 anti-rheumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004405 aprotinin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001601 aromatic carbocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002917 arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003140 astrocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036523 atherogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000227 basophil cell of anterior lobe of hypophysis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001556 benzimidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003310 benzodiazepinyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010051210 beta-Fructofuranosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002459 blastocyst Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000015322 bone marrow disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GEHJBWKLJVFKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromochloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)Br GEHJBWKLJVFKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011529 cardiovascular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940023913 cation exchange resins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006727 cell loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010307 cell transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 cervix uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000012191 childhood neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001352 cholecystitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007451 chronic bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003139 chronic cystitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035850 clinical syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000512 collagen gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037319 collagen production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000000736 corneocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007887 coronary angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- NXAKDBCNODQXBZ-YSZCVPRFSA-N cs1 peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CN=CN1 NXAKDBCNODQXBZ-YSZCVPRFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003260 cyclooxygenase 1 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000326 densiometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002074 deregulated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003831 deregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy-selanyl-selanylidene-lambda5-phosphane Chemical compound OP(O)([SeH])=[Se] PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005064 dopaminergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004696 endometrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010393 epithelial cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008556 epithelial cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl mercaptane Natural products CCS DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005713 exacerbation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000008819 extrahepatic bile duct carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008921 facial expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010255 female reproductive organ cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003480 fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000893 fibroproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003953 foreskin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700025906 fos Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000232 gallbladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004704 glottis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091005631 glycosylphosphatidylinositol-linked proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035474 group of disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001052 hairpin ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005734 heterodimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011540 hip replacement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003026 hypopharynx Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000003532 hypothyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002989 hypothyroidism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008073 immune recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000760 immunoelectrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088592 immunologic factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000367 immunologic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124589 immunosuppressive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003960 inflammatory cascade Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006749 inflammatory damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000030603 inherited susceptibility to asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003914 insulin secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003933 intellectual function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000036971 interstitial lung disease 2 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003243 intestinal obstruction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000007236 involucrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033564 involucrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000018937 joint inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700025907 jun Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013150 knee replacement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000867 larynx Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-M leukotriene B4(1-) Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C[C@@H](O)\C=C\C=C\C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCC([O-])=O VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000006372 lipid accumulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000238565 lobster Species 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001071 malnutrition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000000824 malnutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000004396 mastitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008585 mastocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003771 matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121386 matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004086 maxillary sinus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001370 mediastinum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003475 metalloproteinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000274 microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002829 mitogen activated protein kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000394 mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005087 mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007659 motor function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001989 nasopharynx Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000013152 negative regulation of cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016250 negative regulation of focal adhesion assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001577 neostriatum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000008383 nephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016273 neuron death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005015 neuronal process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000015380 nutritional deficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001582 osteoblastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004663 osteoprogenitor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940043515 other immunoglobulins in atc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012261 overproduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000007312 paraganglioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000849 parathyroid Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009054 pathological process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150040383 pel2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150050446 pelB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000008494 pericarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010034674 peritonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108060006184 phycobiliprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009894 physiological stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007505 plaque formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940012957 plasmin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700028325 pokeweed antiviral Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000000813 polyradiculoneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 201000009395 primary hyperaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008312 primary pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000007094 prostatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000021127 protein binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091011138 protein binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940024999 proteolytic enzymes for treatment of wounds and ulcers Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003156 radioimmunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002574 reactive arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011663 regulation of signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003938 response to stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVSWPCCVTYEEHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B 5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(N=C=S)C=C1C(O)=O YVSWPCCVTYEEHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003079 salivary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000007416 salivary gland adenoid cystic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036573 scar formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000014452 scavenger receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078070 scavenger receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000015340 serglycin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050065 serglycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000019 skin ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015590 smooth muscle cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002325 somatostatin-secreting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037351 starvation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005065 subchondral bone plate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005177 subglottis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005176 supraglottis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007470 synaptic degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005222 synovial tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000013498 tau Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026424 tau Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002381 testicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000008448 thought Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002992 thymic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010043778 thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000030968 tissue homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUSNMLFNXJSCDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolnaftate Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1OC(=S)N(C)C1=CC=CC(C)=C1 FUSNMLFNXJSCDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091006106 transcriptional activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012301 transgenic model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N trichothecene Chemical compound C12([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2OC2C=C(CCC23C)C)C)CO1 LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930013292 trichothecene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010046459 urethral obstruction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001635 urinary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008728 vascular permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002227 vasoactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000925 very toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021542 voluntary musculoskeletal movement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003952 β-lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
- C07K14/70596—Molecules with a "CD"-designation not provided for elsewhere
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01K—ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
- A01K2217/00—Genetically modified animals
- A01K2217/07—Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination
- A01K2217/075—Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination inducing loss of function, i.e. knock out
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the understanding, diagnosis and . treatment of a wide variety of diseases, and more specifically, to compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and/or the abnormal proliferation of cells.
- the normal cell in normal tissue is confined to a narrow range of function and structure regulated by its differentiation state, genetic program of metabolism, tissue specialization, by constraints induced by neighboring cells, the extracellular matrix and availability of exogenous factors and metabolic substrates.
- Cells are able to handle normal physiological demands (homeostasis) or adapt to excessive physiological stresses and pathological stimuli by altering their steady state to preserve cell viability and function. If the adaptive responses to stimuli are exceeded, then a sequence of cellular events follow that transform normal cells to injured or diseased cells in an attempt to remodel local tissue. This process can lead to a number of diseases driven by enhanced cell proliferation, migration and invasion, production of matrix metalloproteinases, infiltration of inflammatory cells, tissue destruction and dysfunctional tissue remodeling.
- inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases, diabetes
- proliferative diseases such as cancer and metastases
- degenerative diseases such as osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's
- Current medical approaches to treat or prevent such diseases typically involve the use of reagents that attempt to block mechanisms affecting cell proliferation, cell migration, or the production of enzymes or growth factors.
- the present invention discloses a sequence of cellular transition states that are involved in the transformation of normal cells to diseased cells that is characteristic to all cell types, and thus, all tissues. Transitory molecules produced during the early phases of disease which are responsible for the transition of cells from normal to diseased state are described, as well as the use of such molecules in the diagnosis, treatment and/or prevention of a wide variety of diseases is provided.
- the present invention provides compositions and methods for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process, or proliferating cells in a mammal.
- the methods include administering to the mammal an effective amount of a composition that alters the activity of transition molecules within a cell Transition molecules are comprised of hyaladherins, hyalauronans or molecules regulated by an amount of intracellular or extracellular hyaladherins or hyalauronans.
- the activity of hyaladherins and hyalauronans are shown to interact with regulatory processes associated with a response to injury and/or proliferative/invasive cell types.
- methods for treating a wide variety of inflammatory or proliferative diseases, comprising the step of administering to a warm-blooded animal (e.g., a human, horse, cow, sheep, dog, cat, or mouse) a compound to treat the inflammatory or proliferative disease.
- a warm-blooded animal e.g., a human, horse, cow, sheep, dog, cat, or mouse
- a wide variety of compounds may be utilized within this regard, including for example (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- an antibody which binds any one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM e.g., an anti- TAM antibody
- a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM e.g., a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM
- a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c).
- the polypeptide can be (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain.
- antibodies which binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(d); and/or vectors (e.g., gene delivery vectors described below) that expresses a gene encoding a polypeptide as described above or herein. More particular embodiments include methods where a hyaladherin. is administered comprised of a RHAMM polypeptide.
- a first peptide is administered comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10.
- a second peptide is administered comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20.
- a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21.
- an antibody is administered that binds to a peptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20 or an antibody is administered that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide.
- at least one hyaladherin is administered that is a RHAMM polypeptide.
- the compound to be delivered is a polypeptide comprising less than an entire RHAMM polypeptide (i.e., less than 95 kD or 73kD molecular weight), and containing at least a portion of RHAMM domains Dl (e.g., aa 1-164 of human RHAMM), D2 (the "leucine zipper” domain, e.g., aa 195-122 of human RHAMM), D3 (the "TAM domain", e.g., aa 219-240 of human RHAMM), D4 (the repeat or "R" domain - e.g., aa. 442-546 of mouse and aa.
- Dl e.g., aa 1-164 of human RHAMM
- D2 the "leucine zipper” domain, e.g., aa 195-122 of human RHAMM
- D3 the "TAM domain", e.g., aa 219-240 of human RHAMM
- D4 the
- RHAMM human RHAMM
- D5 two HA binding domains - e.g., aa. 721-730 and 742-752 of mouse RHAMM, and aa.635-645 and aa. 657-666 RHAMM.
- Equivalent domains in other species may be determined by comparison with the human sequence (see, e.g., Figure 50; SEQ ID Nos. 47 and 48).
- antibodies are provided which bind to any one of the above RHAMM domains (i.e., domains Dl, D2, D2, D4, or, D5). Examples include antibodies to SEQ ID Nos. 14, 17, 23, 24, 26 and 27.
- inflammatory or proliferative diseases may be treated with the aforementioned compounds, including for example, inflammatory or proliferative neurological diseases such as Parkinsons or Alzheimer's disease, arthritic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis), diseases associated with demylination of the nerve sheath (e.g., multiple sclerosis), inflammatory dermatosis (e.g., psoriasis), inflammatory bowel diseases, a variety of wounds (e.g., surgical excisions adhesions, scars, and cheloids, and skin ulcers), stenosis and/or restenosis (as well as proliferative.
- arthritic diseases e.g., rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis
- diseases associated with demylination of the nerve sheath e.g., multiple sclerosis
- inflammatory dermatosis e.g., psoriasis
- inflammatory responses or fibrotic response associated with medical implants such as hip implants, vascular wraps, catethers, and the like
- cancer and other malignant diseases kidney fibrosis
- inflammatory lung diseases e.g., emphysema, asthma, and cystic fibrosis
- obesity and obesity-related diseases including for example, diabetes
- lupus tissue transplantation (e.g., skin grafts)
- cardiovascular diseases e.g., atherosclerosis, and stroke).
- the above-noted diseases are deemed to be "treated” if the typical disease course is altered, slowed, inhibited, or prevented in a statistically significant manner, for at least one symptom or sign of the disease.
- the invention provides a composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the compositions described in the aforementioned methods of treating.
- the invention provides cell cultures which are comprised of a transition cells, wherein the transition cells include an activated erk kinase signaling activity, a stimulated AP-1 binding activity and at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) increased podosome formation, (b) increased flux of intracellular or extracellular hyalauronans or hyaladherins, (c) increased expression of a hyaladherin, (d) an inability to form focal adhesions, (e) increased metalloproteinase activity, and (f) increased expression of hyaladherin; wherein measurements of activity or amounts are relative to a normal quiescent cell.
- the transition cells include an activated erk kinase signaling activity, a stimulated AP-1 binding activity and at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) increased podosome formation, (b) increased flux of intracellular or extracellular hyalauronans or hyaladherin
- the cell culture is comprised of cells transfected with a nucleic acid that overexpresses a hyaladherin. In a still more specific embodiment, the cell culture overexpresses a RHAMM polypeptide.
- the invention provides embodiments of an animal cell culture wherein the activated erk signaling activity is less than the activated erk signaling activity displayed by normal quiescent cells in response to a growth factor stimulation, wherein the growth factor stimulation is selected from the group consisting of: IL-1 stimulation, PDGF stimulation, and NTF ⁇ stimulation.
- the invention provides methods of identifying a composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising, (a) treating the cell culture as described above with a candidate composition; (b) scoring for the ability of the candidate composition to inhibit podosome formation in comparison to an untreated culture containing transition cells as described above; and (c) selecting the composition that inhibits podosome formation.
- scoring for the ability to inhibit podosome formation comprises testing the treated cell culture for a reduced ability to release a protease that degrades a cellular matrix component.
- the protease is a fibronectin degrading protease that releases a CS-1 sequence from a fibronectin matrix
- the ' scoring comprises testing the ability of the treated cells to bind an antibody specific for the CS-1 sequence.
- the invention provides peptide compositions that bind a hyalauronan comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, and with the proviso that the peptide does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR,
- the invention provides peptide compositions that bind a hyalauronan comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of seven residues selected from amino acids other than acidic amino acids, wherein the peptide satisfies one of the following sets of requirements: (a) the amino acid residue at position 4, 5 or 6 is K, H, R, A, C, G, S, or T, (e.g., P-peptide (RSHKTRSHH; SEQ ID NO:61) and R-peptide (RGGGRGRRR; SEQ ID NO:27)); (b) the amino acid residue at position 4 or 5 is K, H, R, A, C, S, or T and the amino acid residue at position 6 is A, P, F, W, M, I, V, or L; (c) the amino acid residues at positions 2 and 6 are I, L, or V, and the amino acid residue at
- the invention also provides peptide compositions comprising a peptide that is a part of any peptide that meets the requirements of set (b) described above as long as the peptide has no acidic residues and also satisfies the requirements of set (b).
- peptide compositions are provided that binds a hyalauronan or block podosome formation in a cell, wherein the peptide is selected from group consisting of: (H4-5)B3 (SEQ. ID. NO: 1); (H4-5)BXBBXB (SEQ. ID. NO: 2); (H4-5)BXBXBBB (SEQ. ID. NO: 3); (H4-5)BXBBB (SEQ. ID.
- MMTVLKR SEQ. ID. NO: 6
- MMTVLKVKRLR SEQ. ID. NO: 7
- MMTVLKVKVKRK SEQ. ID. NO: 8
- MMTVLKVRKR SEQ. ID. NO: 9
- MMTVLKVRK SEQ. ID. NO: 10
- the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) selecting a sequence from a database screened for sequences comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, (b) preparing a composition comprised of the selected sequence; and (c) testing the prepared composition for the ability to inhibit podosome formation according to other methods taught by this invention, and with the proviso that the peptide in (a) does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLV
- peptides provided herein can be less than 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, or, 25 amino acids in length.
- the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-i ⁇ jury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) forming an expression library comprised of cloned sequences expressed by a cell during a transition stage response; (b) screening the expression library for sequences encoding a peptide or polypeptide that binds a hyaladherin that is stimulated in cells 5 during the transition stage; (c) preparing a peptide or polypeptide encoded by the hyaladherin binding sequences; and (d) testing the peptide or polypeptide for the ability to affect at least one activity associated with transition stage cells, wherein the activity is selected from the group consisting of: increased erk kinase signal activation, podosome formation, metalloproteinase expression, flux of intracellular or extracellular
- the expression vector is a two hybrid phage display system
- the hyaladherin is RHAMM and the testing is for the ability to inhibit podosome formation and inhibition of erk kinase signaling activation.
- polypeptides are provided.
- polypeptide 15 which comprises or consist only of any one of SEQ ID Nos, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 61, 68, 69, 70, 71, or, 72.
- the polypeptide may, in certain embodiments, be less than 50kd or
- the polypeptide may be less than 60, 50, 40, 30, or, 20 amino acids in length. Also provided are such polypeptides that are purified (e.g., free of cells), sterilized, and/or suitable for pharmaceutical use.
- antibodies are provided which bind to any one of the peptides provided herein, including for example, a polypeptide
- 25 comprising or consisting only of any one of SEQ ID Nos, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 61, 68, 69, 70, 71, or, 72.
- antibodies such as noted above, which are purified (e.g., free of cells), sterilized, and/or suitable for
- the invention provides methods for detecting hyalauronic acid in a sample comprising the steps of: (a) incubating the sample with a hyalauronic acid binding peptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between hyalauronic acid and the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
- the detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
- tlie invention provides methods of detecting a molecule that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide in a sample comprising the steps of (a) incubating the sample with the RHAMM polypeptide and with a RHAMM-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between the sample and the RHAMM polypeptide by scoring for reduced binding between the RHAMM polypeptide and the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
- detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
- compositions for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injuryprocess or proliferating cells in a mammal wherein the composition is comprised of a hyaluronan that binds to a hyaladherin that regulates a transition stage cell associated with the response to injury or proliferating cell disorder.
- the invention provides a method for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising, administering to the mammal the aforementioned hyaluronan.
- vaccinating agents are provided for preventing a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal wherein the vaccinating agent includes an antigen comprised of one of the aforementioned polypeptides, peptides or hyaluronans.
- the vaccinating agent is administered in a dosage and/or therapeutic regimen sufficient to generate an immune response against the selected antigen, and to prevent the tissue disorder or proliferation of cells.
- Figure 1 is a schematic illustration of the impact of the AP-1 pathway on disease.
- Figure 2 is a schematic illustration of cell activation in response to a variety of factors, and this impact on disease pathways.
- Figure 3 depicts cells transition from a normal cell to a diseased cell.
- Figure 4 shows immunofluorescence micrographs and phosphoprotein assays which indicate a requirement for cell adhesion for activation of the erkl kinase signaling.
- Figure 5 schematically illustrates the involvement of RHAMM as a transitional molecule.
- Figures 6A and 6B are two blots which show erk activity.
- Figures 7A and 7B show the increased expression levels of e-fos, c-jun, junB genes by overexpression of RHAMM.
- Figure 8 shows the increased expression levels of c-fos and c-jun gene in cells overexpressing RHAMM regardless whether grown on PL or FN.
- Figure 9 A and 9B are northern blots probed with gelatinase B, stromelysin, timp-1, and GAPDH CDNAS.
- Figure 10 is a blot which shows that LR21 cells overexpressing RHAMMv4 are restricted in the extent to which proinflammatory cytokines can activate erk kinase.
- Figures 11A and 11B are northern analysis of IL-1 and TNF -alpha induction of c-fos.
- Figures 12A and 12B are photographs of LR21 cells, showing, in 12 A, the formation of discrete focal adhesions.
- Figures 13 A and 13B are photos, and graphs (respectively), which show that overexpression of RHAMM results in podosome formation.
- Figures 14 A, 14B, and 14C are graphs which illustrate the relationship of
- Figxires 14D, 14E, and 14F are photos which supplement this data.
- Figure 15 A is a bar graph which shows a comparison of RHAMM expression at a cell surface.
- Figure 15B provides the sequence of various RHAMM peptides (SEQ ID Nos. 14-20).
- Figures 16A and 16B are photographs showing cells treated with peptides.
- Figures 16C and 16D are bar graphs quantifying the effect.
- Figures 17A and 17B are photographs showing podosome formation under various conditions.
- Figure 18 is two photographs showing MDA-231 cells trated with hyaluronan together with anti-RHAMM antibody.
- Figure 19 is a chart that compares rate of locomotion for various cell lines and various substrates.
- FIGS 20A and 20B show that anti-RHAMM antibodies inhibit the ability of MDA231 cells to invade in vitro.
- Figures 21 A, 21B and 21 C show RHAMM binding to fibronectin being blocked by selected antibodies.
- Figure 22 is a bar graph which shows that MDA231 cells expressing RHAMM have a high degree of motility.
- Figure 23A and 23B are micrographs which show podosome formation in various cells.
- Figure 24A and 24B are a graph, and a blot, respectively, which show the effects of exon 4 antibody and LZP on the formation of podosomes.
- Figures 25A-D show that both v4 and v5 forms of RHAMM associated with erkl in vivo and in vitro, but that only the short form stongly activates the erk kinase cascade.
- Figures 26A, 26B and 26C illustrate that HA binding peptides (SEQ ID Nos. 28,56-58) including artificial mimics are able to block cell motility.
- Figure 27 is a bar graph which shows that treatment of injured cells with P-peptide (CSTMMSRSHKTRSHHV- Seq. ID. No. 26) inhibits migration of HFF cells.
- Figure 28 is a bar graph which shows velocity of cells after addition of peptide aa423-432 (Sequence ID No. 24).
- Figure 29 is two bar graphs which, show MMP release from knockout fibroblasts compared to normal ones (on fibronectin vs. cell culture plastic).
- Figure 30 is a bar graph and blots which show that erk phosphorylation is influenced by RHAMM expression.
- Figure 31 is a bar graph which shows knockout fibroblasts have decreased motility compared to wild-type fibroblasts.
- Figures 32a, 32b, 32c and 32d are photographs of bleomycin-induced lung fibrosis.
- Figure 33 is a bar graph which illustrates that a significant increase in motility of macrophages from both bleomycin and saline-treated animals.
- Figure 34 is a bar graph which illustrates the motility of BAL cells four days after injury in response to administration of RHAMM peptides.
- Figure 35 is a bargraph, and a blot which shows the ability of HA binding peptides to inhibit firbosis.
- Figures 36a-f are a series of photographs from a histological analysis of lung tissue.
- Figure 37 is a table which shows the percentage of cells with various isoforms of RHAMM, from a variety of RA patients.
- Figures 38A-F are a series of photographs of stained RA tissue.
- Figure 39 is a graph which shows attenuation of clinical signs of MS after treatment.
- Figures 40A and 40B are bar graphs which show that collagen production following treatment with P-peptide.
- Figure 41 shows that P-peptide reduces infiltration of macrophages into the site of a wound.
- Figure 42 is a bar graph which compares glucosamine activity after treament of various peptides.
- FIG. 43A and 43B illustrate expression of RHAMM isoforms from various cell lines.
- Figures 44A (bar graphs) and 44B (a blot) illustrate random cell motility and matrigel cell invasion utilizing various peptides.
- Figure 45 is a graph which shows weight change in transgenic mice.
- Figure 46A and 46 B show that RHAMM is most highly expressed in the most invasive lung cancer cell lines.
- Figure 47A and 47B show that RHAMM is most highly expressed in high grade or invasive astnocytomas .
- Figure 48A is a schemata showing domains of various RHAMM polypeptides required for podosome formation and activation of erk kinase signaling and Figure 48B is a protein gel showing that intracellular RHAMMv4 binds to ERK kinase.
- Figure 49 shows (A) a partial amino acid (SEQ ID NO:46) and nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:45) of a RHAMM binding protein (RABP) isolated using a phage two hybrid system; (B) a Northern blot of RABP expression in transitional cells; (C) a
- Figure 50 depicts the human and murine sequence of RHAMM (SEQ ID Nos. 47 and 48 respectively).
- Figure 51 is a bar graph that depicts the incidence of abnormal blood glucose levels in NOD mice.
- Figure 52 is a bar graph that depicts the incidence of abnormal urine glucose level in NOD mice.
- Figure 53 is a graph that indicates the effect of P-16 peptide on water consumption in NOD mice.
- Figure 54 is a graph that indicates the effect of P-16 peptide on kidney weight in NOD mice.
- “Expression vector” and “expression cassette” refers to an assembly which is capable of directing the expression of a sequence or gene of interest.
- the nucleic acid expression vector must include a promoter which, when transcribed, is operably linked to the sequence(s) or gene(s) of interest, as well as a polyadenylation sequence.
- the expression vectors described herein may be contained within a plasmid construct.
- the plasmid construct may also include a bacterial origin of replication, one or more selectable markers, a signal which allows the plasmid construct to exist as single-stranded DNA (e.g., a Ml 3 origin of replication), a multiple cloning site, and a "mammalian" origin of replication (e.g., an SV40 or adenovirus origin of replication).
- a bacterial origin of replication e.g., one or more selectable markers
- a signal which allows the plasmid construct to exist as single-stranded DNA e.g., a Ml 3 origin of replication
- a multiple cloning site e.g., a multiple cloning site
- a "mammalian" origin of replication e.g., an SV40 or adenovirus origin of replication
- nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refers to any of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action.
- DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
- RNA ribonucleic acid
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- Nucleic acids can be composed of monomers that are naturally-occurring nucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., ⁇ -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both.
- Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties.
- Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
- the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs.
- modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes.
- Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosp oroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like.
- nucleic acid also includes so-called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
- isolated nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism.
- a DNA molecule that encodes a RHAMM binding protein that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a eukaryotic cell is an isolated DNA molecule.
- Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
- isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. That a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide can be shown by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel.
- SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
- Gene delivery vehicle refers to a construct which is capable of delivering, and, within preferred embodiments expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell.
- ribozyme is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
- the term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions.
- a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene.”
- “Treatment” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in which the disorder is to be prevented.
- mammal for purposes of treatment refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, or pet animals, such as dogs, horses, cats, cows, etc.
- the mammal herein is human.
- Antibodies are glycoproteins having the same structural characteristics. While antibodies exhibit binding specificity to a specific antigen, immunoglobulins include both antibodies and other antibody-like molecules for which antigen specificity has not been defined. Polypeptides of the latter kind are, for example, produced at low levels by the lymph system and at increased levels by myelomas.
- “Native antibodies and immunoglobulins” are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulf ⁇ de linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V.sub.H) followed by a number of constant domains.
- V.sub.H variable domain
- Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V.sub.L) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
- Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light- and heavy-chain variable domains (Clothia et al., J Mol. Biol 186:651 (1985); Novotny and Haber, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:4592 (1985)).
- variable refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light-chain and the heavy-chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework (FR).
- CDRs complementarity-determining regions
- FR framework
- the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a .beta.-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the .beta. -sheet structure.
- the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
- the constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
- Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual "Fc” fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab') 2 fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
- Fv is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen- recognition and -binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light- chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the sxirface of the V.sub.H -V.sub.L dimer. Collectively, the six CDRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
- the Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (C H -1) of the heavy chain.
- Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain C H -1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
- Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
- F(ab') 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
- the "light chains" of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (.kappa.) and lambda (.lambda.), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
- immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG.sub.l, IgG.sub.2, IgG.sub.3, IgG.sub.4, IgA.sub.l, and IgA.sub.2.
- the heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called .alpha., .delta., .epsilon., .gamma., and .mu., respectively.
- mAb monoclonal antibody
- monoclonal antibody refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
- Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site.
- polyclonal antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes)
- each mAb is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
- the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they can be synthesized by hybridoma culture, uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins.
- the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
- the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention can be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975), or can be made by recombinant DNA methods (Cabilly et al., supra).
- the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include "chimeric" antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (Cabilly et al., supra; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 57:6851 (1984)).
- chimeric antibodies immunoglobulins in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies
- Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are specific chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
- humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementarity-determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
- CDR complementarity-determining region
- humanized antibodies can comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. These modifications are made to further refme and optimize antibody performance.
- the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
- the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
- Fc immunoglobulin constant region
- the present invention provides compositions and methods for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal. More specifically, based upon the pathways and progression of disease described herein, it is now understood that many diseases are related in the sense that transition molecules are involved in the initiation and progression of disease.
- A assays for detecting molecules suitable for use within the present invention
- B suitable candidate molecules for use within the present invention (whether for assaying, or for therapeutic purpose)
- C antibodies (for either assaying, or for therapeutic purpose);
- D expression systems for producing and or delivering therapeutic quantities of a desired polypeptide;
- E methods of treating a wide variety of diseases;
- F preparation of pharmaceutical compositions, including vaccines.
- the present invention provides a number of assays suitable for detecting therapeutic molecules, which are briefly described herein, as well as in more detail below in the examples.
- methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process, or, the proliferation of cells in a mammal comprising the general steps of: (a) selecting a sequence from a database screened for sequences comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid, and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues is selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, (b) preparing a composition comprised of the selected sequence; and (c) testing the prepared composition for the ability to inhibit podosome formation.
- the peptide in (a) does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK,
- the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) forming an expression library comprised of cloned sequences expressed by a cell during a transition stage response; (b) screening the expression library for sequences encoding a peptide or polypeptide that binds a hyaladherin that is stimulated in cells during the transition stage; (c) preparing a peptide or polypeptide encoded by the hyaladherin binding sequences; and (d) testing the peptide or polypeptide for the ability to affect at least one activity associated with transition stage cells wherein the activity is selected from the group consisting of: increased erk kinase signal activation, podosome formation, metalloproteinase expression, flux of intracellular or extracellular HA or hyaladherins, expression of
- the expression vector is a two hybrid phage display system
- the hyaladherin is RHAMM
- the testing is for the ability to inhibit podosome formation and inhibition of erk kinase signaling activation.
- the library is a library of nucleic acid molecules, or organic molecules, and the library is tested in order to determine its ability to affect one of the activities set forth in (d) above. If the test is positive, the library may be deconvo luted, and screened until a single molecule is identified.
- the invention provides methods for detecting hyalauronic acid in a sample comprising the steps of: (a) incubating the sample with a hyalauronic acid binding peptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between hyalauronic acid and the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
- the detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
- the invention provides methods of detecting a molecule that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide in a sample comprising the steps of (a) incubating the sample with the RHAMM polypeptide and with a RHAMM-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between the sample and the RHAMM polypeptide by scoring for reduced binding between the RHAMM polypeptide and the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
- this method includes detecting which employs an antibody that specifically binds to the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
- a wide variety of molecules may be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
- Representative examples which are discussed in more detail below include organic molecules, proteins or peptides, and nucleic acid molecules.
- Organic Molecules Numerous organic molecules may be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
- suitable organic molecules may be selected from either from a chemical library, wherein chemicals are assayed individually, or from combinatorial chemical libraries where multiple compounds are assayed at once, then deconvoluted to determine and isolate the most active compounds.
- combinatorial chemical libraries include those described by Agrafiotis et al., "System and method of automatically generating chemical compounds with desired properties," U.S. Patent No. 5,463,564; Armstrong, R.W., "Synthesis of combinatorial arrays of organic compounds through the use of multiple component combinatorial array syntheses," WO 95/02566; Baldwin, J.J. et al., “Sulfonamide derivatives and their use,” WO 95/24186; Baldwin, J.J. et al., “Combinatorial dihydrobenzopyran library," WO 95/30642; Brenner, S., “New kit for preparing combinatorial libraries,” WO 95/16918; Chenera, B.
- proteins and peptides may likewise be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
- Suitable peptide molecules may be obtained through the screening of combinatorial peptide libraries.
- Such libraries may either be prepared by one of skill in the art (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,528,266 and 4,359,535, and Patent Cooperation Treaty Publication Nos. WO 92/15679, WO 92/15677, WO 90/07862, WO 90/02809, or purchased from commercially available sources (e.g., New England Biolabs Ph.D.TM Phage Display Peptide Library Kit).
- peptide mimetics Numerous peptide mimetics may also be utilized within the present invention, including for example peptides such as: SEQ. ID. NO: 1 (H4-5)B3;
- RHAMM sequences are more highly exposed on cell surfaces and more effective at blocking podosomes, cell motility and cell invasion. These are:
- SEQ ID NO: 12 VSIEKEKIDEKS.
- Other peptides may likewise be developed based upon the TAM domain ("Transient Activator of Map kinases"). This sequence is
- TAM domains have been identified as key sites of protein-protein interaction that are required for controlling map kinase pathways. This in turn regulates the activation of the cell to migrate, proliferate and remodel extracellular matrix. Reagents to this sequence will be useful in therapeutic treatment of the diseases described above.
- Antibodies, peptide mimics or antisense technology of these motifs can be used to disrupt the transient phenotype and for treatment of disease as described in more detail below.
- Antibodies may likewise be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
- genes or portions thereof have been provided herein, it should be understood that within the context of the present invention, reference to one or more of these genes includes derivatives of the genes that are substantially similar to the genes (and, where appropriate, the proteins (including peptides and polypeptides) that are encoded by the genes and their derivatives).
- nucleotide sequence is deemed to be "substantially similar” if: (a) the nucleotide sequence is derived from the coding region of the above-described genes and includes, for example, portions of the sequence or allelic variations of the sequences discussed above, (b) the nucleotide sequence is capable of hybridization to nucleotide sequences of the present invention under moderate, high or very high stringency (see Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, NY, 1989); or (c) the DNA sequences are degenerate as a result of the genetic code to the DNA sequences defined in (a) or (b).
- nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein includes both complementary and non-complementary sequences, provided the sequences otherwise meet the criteria set forth herein.
- high stringency means standard hybridization conditions (e.g., 5XSSPE, 0.5% SDS at 65°C, or the equivalent).
- the structure of the proteins encoded by the nucleic acid molecules described herein may be predicted from the primary translation products using the hydrophobicity plot function of, for example, P/C Gene or Intelligenetics Suite (Intelligenetics, Mountain View, California), or according to the methods described by Kyte and Doolittle (J. Mol. Biol. 757:105-132, 1982).
- Proteins of the present invention may be prepared in the form of acidic or basic salts, or in neutral form.
- individual amino acid residues may be modified by oxidation or reduction.
- various substitutions, deletions, or additions may be made to the amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, the net effect of which is to retain or further enhance or decrease the biological activity of the mutant or wild-type protein.
- due to degeneracy in the genetic code for example, there may be considerable variation in nucleotide sequences encoding the same amino acid sequence.
- Other derivatives of the proteins disclosed herein include conjugates of the proteins along with other proteins or polypeptides.
- fusion proteins such as Flag/desired protein binding protein be constructed in order to assist in the identification, expression, and analysis of the protein.
- Proteins of the present invention may be constructed using a wide variety of techniques described herein. Further, mutations may be introduced at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a derivative having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion.
- oligonucleotide-directed site-specific (or segment specific) mutagenesis procedures may be employed to provide an altered gene having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required.
- Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Walder et al. (Gene 42:133, 1986); Bauer et al. (Gene 37:13, 1985); Craik (BioTechniques, January 1985, 12-19); Smith et al. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, Plenum Press, 1981); and Sambrook et al. (supra).
- Deletion or truncation derivatives of proteins may also be constructed by utilizing convenient restriction endonuclease sites adjacent to the desired deletion. Subsequent to restriction, overhangs may be filled in, and the DNA religated. Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). Mutations which are made in the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention preferably preserve the reading frame of the coding sequences. Furthermore, the mutations will preferably not create complementary regions that could hybridize to produce secondary mRNA structures, such as loops or hairpins, that would adversely affect translation of the mRNA.
- a mutation site may be predetermined, it is not necessary that the nature of the mutation per se be predetermined. For example, in order to select for optimum characteristics of mutants at a given site, random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon and the expressed mutants screened for indicative biological activity. Alternatively, mutations may be introduced at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a derivative having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion.
- Nucleic acid molecules which encode proteins of the present invention may also be constructed utilizing techniques of PCR mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis (Drinkwater and Klinedinst, PNAS 53:3402-3406, 1986), by forced nucleotide misincorporation (e.g., Liao and Wise Gene SS: 107-111, 1990), or by use of randomly mutagenized oligonucleotides (Horwitz et al., Genome 3:112-117, 1989).
- the present invention also provides for the manipulation and expression of the above described genes by culturing host cells containing a vector capable of expressing the above-described genes.
- vectors or vector constructs include either synthetic or cDNA-derived nucleic acid molecules encoding the desired protein, which are operably linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements.
- suitable regulatory elements may be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, viral, mammalian, insect, or plant genes. Methods for expressing genes of interest are describe in more detail above.
- Proteins can be isolated by, among other methods, culturing suitable host and vector systems to produce the recombinant translation products of the present invention.
- Supernatants from such cell lines, or protein inclusions or whole cells where the protein is not excreted into the supernatant can then be treated by a variety of purification procedures in order to isolate the desired proteins.
- the supernatant may be first concentrated using commercially available protein concentration filters, such as an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. Following concentration, the concentrate may be applied to a suitable purification matrix such as, for example, an anti-protein antibody bound to a suitable support.
- anion or cation exchange resins may be employed in order to purify the protein.
- one or more reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP- HPLC) steps may be employed to further purify the protein.
- RP- HPLC reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography
- a protein is deemed to be "isolated" within the context of the present invention if no other (undesired) protein is detected pursuant to SDS-PAGE analysis followed by Coomassie blue staining.
- the desired protein can be isolated such that no other (undesired) protein is detected pursuant to SDS- PAGE analysis followed by silver staining.
- nucleic acid molecules can be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response- to-injury process or proliferating cells.
- antisense 5 oligonucleotide molecules are provided which specifically inhibit expression of nucleic acid sequences which are associated with a response-to injury process or the proliferation of cells (see generally, Hirashima et al. in Molecular Biology of RNA: New Perspectives (M. Inouye and B. S. Dudock, eds., 1987 Academic Press, San Diego, p. 401); Oligonucleotides: Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (J.S. Cohen, ed., 1989
- ribozymes are provided which are capable of inhibiting the expression of sequences which are associated with, or which encode proteins or polypeptides that are associated with the disorders described herein.
- ribozymes are intended to include RNA molecules that contain anti-
- RNA-cleaving enzymatic activity The catalytic strand cleaves a specific site in a target RNA at greater than stoichiometric concentration.
- ribozymes may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, the hammerhead ribozyme (for example, as described by Forster and Symons, Cell 48:211-220, 1987; Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature
- Ribozymes of the present invention typically consist of RNA, but may also be composed of DNA, nucleic acid analogs (e.g., phosphorothioates), or chimerics thereof (e.g., DNA/RNA RNA).
- the gene product or any of the candidate molecules described above and below, may be labeled with a variety of compounds, including for example, fluorescent molecules, toxins, and radionuclides.
- fluorescent molecules include fluorescein, Phycobili proteins, such as phycoerythrin, rhodamine, Texas red and luciferase.
- toxins include ricin, abrin diphtheria toxin, cholera toxin, gelonin, pokeweed antiviral protein, tritin, Shigella toxin, and Pseudomonas exotoxin A.
- radionuclides include Cu-64, Ga-67, Ga-68, Zr- 89, Ru-97, Tc-99m, Rh-105, Pd-109, In-I l l, 1-123, 1-125, 1-131, Re-186, Re-188, Au- 198, Au-199, Pb-203, At-211, Pb-212 and Bi-212.
- the antibodies described herein may also be labeled or conjugated to one partner of a ligand binding pair.
- Representative examples include avidin-biotin, and riboflavin-riboflavinbinding protein.
- Antibodies to the polypeptides, fragments, or peptides described herein may readily be prepared by one of skill in the art given the disclosure provided herein.
- the term "antibody” should be understood to include monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, and F(ab')2, F v variable regions, or complementarity determining regions), whether obtained from animals or humans, generated utilizing hybridoma 5 technology, or recombinantly produced.
- Antibodies are generally accepted as specific against an antigen if they bind with a M (moles/liter), and more preferably, at least 10" 8 M, IO" 9 M, 10" 10 M, 10' 1 1 M, IO" 12 M, 10" 12 M, 10" 13 M, or, 10" 14 M.
- the affinity of a monoclonal antibody or binding partner can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Scatchard, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 57:660-
- Antibodies of the present invention should also bind to the desired domain or peptide with the specificity noted above, and not against randomized peptides.
- a polyclonal antibody preparation may be readily generated in a variety of warm-blooded animals such as rabbits, mice, or rats.
- an animal is immunized with a desired antigen or peptide thereof, which may be conjugated to a
- carrier protein such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
- routes of administration include intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraocular, or subcutaneous injections, usually in an adjuvant (e.g., Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant).
- adjuvant e.g., Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
- Particularly preferred polyclonal antisera demonstrate binding in an assay that is at least three times greater than background.
- Monoclonal antibodies may also be readily generated from hybridoma cell lines using conventional techniques (see U.S. Patent Nos. RE 32,011, 4,902,614, 4,543,439, and 4,411,993; see also Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Briefly, within one embodiment, a subject animal such as a rat or mouse is injected with an antigen of interest or a portion
- the protein may be administered as an emulsion in an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant in order to increase the immune response.
- an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant in order to increase the immune response.
- the animal is generally boosted and may tested for reactivity to the protein utilizing well-known assays.
- the spleen and/or lymph nodes are harvested and immortalized.
- 30 techniques such as mediated by Epstein-Barr virus or fusion to produce a hybridoma, may be used.
- immortalization occurs by fusion with a suitable myeloma cell line (e.g., NS-1 (ATCC No. TIB li), and P3X63 - Ag 8.653 (ATCC No. CRL 1580) to create a hybridoma that secretes monoclonal antibody.
- NS-1 ATCC No. TIB li
- P3X63 - Ag 8.653 ATCC No. CRL 1580
- the preferred fusion partners do not express endogenous antibody genes.
- the cells are cultured in medium containing a reagent that selectively allows for the growth of fused spleen and myeloma cells such as HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) and are subsequently screened for the presence of antibodies that are reactive against the desired antigen of interest.
- a reagent that selectively allows for the growth of fused spleen and myeloma cells such as HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) and are subsequently screened for the presence of antibodies that are reactive against the desired antigen of interest.
- assays may be utilized, including for example countercurrent immuno-electrophoresis, radioimmunoassays, radioimmunoprecipitations, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), dot blot assays, western blots, immunoprecipitation, inhibition or competition assays, and sandwich assays (see U.S. Patent Nos
- RNA is isolated from a B cell population and utilized to create heavy and light chain immunoglobulin cDNA expression libraries in suitable vectors, such as ⁇ mmunoZap(H) and ⁇ mmunoZap(L). These vectors may be screened individually or co-expressed to form Fab fragments or antibodies (see Huse et al, supra; Sastry et al, supra).
- Positive plaques may subsequently be converted to a non-lytic plasmid that allows high level expression of monoclonal antibody fragments from E. coli.
- portions or fragments, such as Fab and Fv fragments, of antibodies may also be constructed utilizing conventional enzymatic digestion or recombinant DNA techniques to yield isolated variable regions of an antibody.
- the genes which encode the variable region from a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody of interest are amplified using nucleotide primers for the variable region.
- primers may be synthesized by one of ordinary skill in the art, or may be purchased from commercially available sources (e.g., Stratacyte, La Jolla, CA) Amplification products are inserted into vectors such as ImmunoZAPTM H or ImmunoZAPTM L (Stratacyte), which are then introduced into E. coli, yeast, or mammalian-based systems for expression. Utilizing these techniques, large amounts of a single-chain protein containing a fusion of the V H and V domains may be produced (see Bird et al, Science 242:423-426, 1988). In addition, techniques may be utilized to change a "murine" antibody to a "human” antibody, without altering the binding specificity of the antibody. Examples of humanized antibodies include chimeric or CDR-grafted antibodies (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,567 and 5,225,539), antibodies produced in genetically-altered mice (see PCT Application No. 93/12227).
- suitable antibodies may be isolated or purified by many techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Suitable techniques include peptide or protein affinity columns, HPLC (e.g., reversed phase, size exclusion, ion-exchange), purification on protein A or protein G columns, or any combination of these techniques.
- HPLC e.g., reversed phase, size exclusion, ion-exchange
- Proteins or polypeptides of the present invention may be readily expressed in a variety of host cells or organisms.
- proteins are preferably secreted and produced in bacteria, such as E. coli, for which many expression vectors have been developed and are available.
- suitable host organisms include other bacterial species (e.g., Bacillus, and eukaryotes, such as yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae), mammalian cells (e.g., CHO and COS- 7), plant cells and insect cells (e.g., Sf9). Vectors for these hosts are well known.
- a DNA sequence encoding a desired protein or polypeptide is introduced into an expression vector appropriate for the host.
- the sequence is derived from an existing clone or synthesized.
- a preferred means of synthesis is amplification of the gene from cDNA, genomic DNA, or a recombinant clone using a set of primers that flank the coding region or the desired portion of the protein. Restriction sites are typically incorporated into the primer sequences and are chosen with regard to the cloning site of the vector. If necessary, translational initiation and termination codons can be engineered into the primer sequences.
- the desired sequence can be codon-optimized for expression in a particular host.
- a secreted form of a desired protein that is expressed in a fungal host can be altered in nucleotide sequence to use codons preferred in yeast. Codon-optimization may be accomplished by methods such as splice overlap extension, site-directed mutagenesis, automated synthesis, and the like.
- the vector must contain a promoter sequence.
- Other regulatory sequences however may also be included. Such sequences include a transcription termination signal sequence, secretion signal sequence, origin of replication, selectable marker, and the like.
- the regulatory sequences are operationally associated with one another to allow transcription or translation.
- the plasmids used herein for expression of a desired protein or polypeptide include a promoter designed for expression of the proteins in a bacterial host. Suitable promoters are widely available and are well known in the art. Inducible or constitutive promoters are preferred. Such promoters for expression in bacteria include promoters from the T7 phage and other phages, such as T3, T5, and SP6, and the tip, lpp, and lac operons. Hybrid promoters (see, U.S. Patent No. 4,551,433), such as tac and trc, may also be used.
- Promoters for expression in eukaryotic cells include the P10 or polyhedron gene promoter of baculovirus/insect cell expression systems (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784), MMTV LTR, RSV LTR, SV40, metallothionein promoter (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,870,009) and other inducible promoters.
- a promoter is inserted in operative linkage with the coding region of the desired protein or polypeptide.
- the promoter controlling transcription of the desired protein may be controlled by a repressor.
- the promoter can be derepressed by altering the physiological conditions of the cell, for example, by the addition of a molecule that competitively binds the repressor, or by altering the temperature of the growth media.
- Preferred repressor proteins include, but are not limited to the E coli lad repressor responsive to IPTG induction, the temperature sensitive ⁇ cI857 repressor, and the like. The E. coli lad repressor is preferred.
- the vector also includes a transcription terminator sequence.
- a "transcription terminator region” has either a sequence that provides a signal that terminates transcription by the polymerase that recognizes the selected promoter and/or a signal sequence for polyadenylation.
- the vector is capable of replication in bacterial cells.
- the vector preferably contains a bacterial origin of replication.
- Preferred bacterial origins of replication include the fl-ori and col ⁇ l origins of replication, especially the ori derived from pUC plasmids.
- the plasmids also preferably include at least one selectable marker that is functional in the host.
- a selectable marker gene includes any gene that confers a phenotype on the host that allows transformed cells to be identified and selectively grown.
- Suitable selectable marker genes for bacterial hosts include the ampicillin resistance gene (Amp r ), tetracycline resistance gene (Tc r ) and the kanamycin resistance gene (Kan r ).
- Suitable markers for eukaryotes usually require a complementary deficiency in the host (e.g., thymidine kinase (tk) in tk- hosts). However, drug markers are also available (e.g., G418 resistance and hygromycin resistance).
- sequence of nucleotides encoding the desired protein or polypeptide may also include a classical secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor protein processed and secreted.
- the resulting processed protein may be recovered from the periplasmic space or the fermentation medium.
- Secretion signals suitable for use are widely available and are well known in the art (von Heijne, J Mol. Biol. 184:99-105, 1985).
- Prokaryotic and eukaryotic secretion signals that are functional in E. coli (or other host) may be employed.
- the presently preferred secretion signals include, but are not limited to pelB, mat ⁇ , extensin and glycine-rich protein.
- a suitable plasmid is ampicillin resistant, has a col ⁇ I origin of replication, lacl q gene, a lac/trp hybrid promoter in front of the lac Shine-Dalgarno sequence, a hexa-his coding sequence that joins to the 3' end of the inserted gene, and an rrnB terminator sequence.
- a bacterial host for the expression of the desired protein or polypeptide is dictated in part by the vector.
- Commercially available vectors are paired with suitable hosts.
- the vector is introduced in bacterial cells by standard methodology. Typically, bacterial cells are treated to allow uptake of DNA (for protocols, see generally, Ausubel et al, supra; Sambrook et al, supra).
- the vector may be introduced by electroporation, phage infection, or another suitable method.
- fungi including yeasts, molds, and mushrooms
- insects especially vectors for diseases and pathogens, and other animals, such as cows, mice, goats, birds, aquatic animals (e.g., shrimp, turtles, fish, lobster and other crustaceans), amphibians and reptiles and the like, may be transformed with a desired transgene.
- aquatic animals e.g., shrimp, turtles, fish, lobster and other crustaceans
- vectors are well known and readily available.
- the vector should have at least a promoter functional in the host in operative linkage with the desired protein or polypeptide.
- the vector will also have one or more selectable markers, an origin of replication, a polyadenylation signal and transcription terminator.
- sequence of nucleotides encoding the desired protein or polypeptide may also include a classical secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor protein processed and secreted.
- Suitable secretion signals may be obtained from a variety of genes, such as mat-alpha or invertase genes.
- proteins of the present invention may be expressed in a transgenic animal whose germ cells and somatic cells contain a gene which encodes the desired protein and which is operably linked to a promoter effective for the expression of the gene.
- transgenic animals may be prepared that lack the desired gene (e.g., "knockout” mice).
- Such transgenics may be prepared in a variety non-human animals, including mice, rats, rabbits, sheep, dogs, goats and pigs (see Hammer et al., Nature 375:680-683, 1985, Palmiter et al., Science 222:809-814, 1983, Brinster et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci.
- an expression vector including a nucleic acid molecule to be expressed together with appropriately positioned expression control sequences, is introduced into pronuclei of fertilized eggs, for example, by microinjection.
- Tissue-specific expression may be achieved through the use of a tissue-specific promoter, or through the use of an inducible promoter, such as the metallothionein gene promoter (Palmiter et al., 1983, ibid), which allows regulated expression of the transgene.
- a tissue-specific promoter or through the use of an inducible promoter, such as the metallothionein gene promoter (Palmiter et al., 1983, ibid), which allows regulated expression of the transgene.
- retroviral gene delivery vehicles may be utilized.
- retroviral 5 gene delivery vehicles of the present invention may be readily constructed from a wide variety of retroviruses, including for example, B, C, and D type retroviruses as well as spumaviruses and lentiviruses (see RNA Tumor Viruses, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1985).
- retroviruses may be readily obtained from depositories or collections such as the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC"; RockviUe,
- retroviral gene delivery vectors are described in more detail in EP 0,415,731; PCT Publication Nos. WO 90/07936; WO 91/0285, WO 9311230; WO 9310218, WO 9403622; WO 9325698; WO 9325234; and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,219,740, 5,716,613, 5,851,529, 5,591,624, 5,716,826, 5,716,832, and 5,817,491.
- non-viral gene delivery vehicles may likewise be utilized within the context of the present invention.
- gene delivery vehicles include direct delivery of nucleic acid expression vectors or naked DNA alone (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,814,482 and 5,580,859), polycation condensed DNA linked or unlinked to killed adenovirus (Curiel et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 3:147-154, 1992), DNA ligand linked to a ligand (Wu et al., J of Biol. Chem 264:16985-16981, 1989), and nucleic acid containing liposomes (e.g., WO 95/24929 and WO 95/12387).
- a wide variety of compounds may be utilized within this regard, including for example (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; (b) an anti-TAM antibody; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c).
- the polypeptide BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) comprises a polypeptide wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, and with the proviso that the peptide does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR, RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR,
- KRTMRPTRR KVGKSPPVR
- HREARSGKYK SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively.
- the polypeptide can be (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain.
- antibodies which binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(d); and/or vectors (e.g., gene delivery vectors described below) that expresses a gene encoding a polypeptide as described above or herein.
- peptides are provided comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-20.
- a hyaladherin-bindingpolypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO : 21.
- the compound is an antibody.
- antibodies suitable for use 5 within the present invention include antibodies to domain Dl of RHAMM amino acids 1-164 of human RHAMM (including for example: sequences recognizing the murine Dl sequence, aa. 97-111 - QERGTQDKRIQDME (SEQ ID NO:21); and sequences recognizing human RHAMM, aa 151-164 - LKSKFSENGNQKNL (SEQ ID NO: 18)); antibodies to domain D2 of RHAMM - the "leucine zipper" domain of human RHAMM
- domain D3 the TAM domains of RHAMM (aa 219-240 of the human RHAMM sequence, including antibodies which recognize the sequence VSIEKEKIDEK (SEQ ID NO:49)); domain D4 (repeat or "R" domain - aa 442-546 for mouse, and aa 442-463 for human) and domain D5 (HA binding domain, including two domains: aa 721-730 and aa 742-752 for mouse; aa
- antibodies are provided which bind to a polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20.
- polypeptides comprising a fragment of the RHAMM protein, of less than 95 or 73kD molecular weight.
- Representative fragments of polypeptides contain at least all, or a portion of one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5, as set forth above.
- the polypeptides are less than 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, or, 25 amino acids in length.
- a wide variety of diseases share common disease processes such as local production of cytokines, degradative enzymes, reactive oxygen species resulting in increased cell migration and proliferation and eventual tissue destruction and cell death. These diseases may be readily treated or prevented, by administration of a composition that alters the activity of transition molecules within a cell Transition molecules are comprised of hyaladherins, hyalauronans or molecules regulated by an amount of intracellular or extracellular hyaladherins or hyalauronans. The activity of hyaladherins and hyalauronans are shown to interact with a regulatory processes associated with a response to injury and/or proliferative/invasive cell types.
- methods comprising the general steps of administering to a mammal an effective amount of a composition comprised of any one of (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain; (f) an antibody that binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(e); and/or (g) a vector that expresses a gene encoding any of (a)-(f).
- cells in a homeostatic environment such as normally occurs within adult tissues are characterized by a differentiated state that varies with the tissue, and a low or contained rate of cell proliferation or motility.
- This differentiated state has typically been viewed to occur as a result of specific gene regulation.
- differentiated cells that are functioning within a physiological, homeostatic tissue environment are also restricted from expressing genes that regulate response-to-injury processes. These processes are regulated by master switch transcription heterodimers termed AP-1 as illustrated in Figure 1.
- AP-1 master switch transcription heterodimers termed AP-1 as illustrated in Figure 1.
- the three map kinase cascades identified in mammalian cells so far include erk, jnk and p38 hog pathways. These pathways collectively regulate expression of the transcription factors c-fos and c- un.
- AP-1 Heterodimerization of these two transcription factors results in formation of AP-1 which controls the expression of genes required for cell migration, cell proliferation, extracellular matrix remodeling and production of growth factors and cytokines that are required for amplification and maintenance of the response to injury process. It is the deregulated activation of these pathways that leads to the diseased state.
- transcription factors when activated control the expression of a plethora of molecules required for efficient repair and include proteases such as collagenases, various extracellular matrix proteins and molecules that allow the cell to respond to cytokines/growth factors by proliferating and migrating efficiently.
- Response-to-injury is a well-defined term referring to the ability of cells to repair and to remodel their extracellular environment to promote and ultimately re-establish the differentiated state.
- nomal cells undergo a number of intermediate changes until it becomes a diseased cell involved in chronic inflammatory diseases, proliferating diseases and degenerative diseases.
- Figures 1, 2, 3, and 5 we show schematically a model for the key transition steps involved in the transformation of normal cell to diseased cells which is applicable to all cell types surrounded by matrix and is most likely involved in all diseases including cancers, inflammatory and degenerative diseases, wound healing and injury related diseases, inflammatory implications of host verses graft or devices.
- cells are quiescent and responsible for normal and controlled tissue remodelling. Normal cells express growth factor receptors (represented by small circles) but these are not grouped together and the cell is restricted in its ability to respond to pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors.
- the cell remains in a non-proliferative state and responds to factors that regulate its state of differentiation (homeostatic responses).
- the cell Upon injury, the cell rapidly releases glycosylphosphatidyl inositol linked proteins (co-receptors indicated by triangles) onto the cell surface and releases hyaluronic acid (represented by X) and other matrix molecules such as fibronectin (represented by ⁇ ) that allow the cell to initiate the beginnings of an activated state.
- X glycosylphosphatidyl inositol linked proteins
- ⁇ fibronectin
- This regulated ability to respond to growth factors as well as the production of molecules such as hyaluronic acid and fibronectin allows the formation of podosomes (represented by small triangular extensions) that facilitate the localized release of proteases and other enzymes that produce fragments of extracellular matrix. These fragments serve to recruit other cells to the site of injury including white cells that allow enhancement and stabilization of the response to injury. Furthermore, these fragments contribute to the evolution of podosomes to focal contacts.
- This intermediary transitional state is termed Stage C and reagents prepared against the molecules regulating podosome structure and function are predicted to prevent development of the next state, Stage D which is one that allows full responses to pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors.
- Stage D growth factor and cytokine receptors are aggregated into structures called focal contacts, which contain all the signaling molecules required for activation of multiple pathways.
- cells are able to maximally respond to growth factors and cytokines and maintenance of this state leads to disease.
- Cytokines and other pro-inflammatory mediators are not capable of stimulating the expression of AP-1 dependent genes involved in cell proliferation migration, and tissue destruction.
- the cells upon injury or stress, the cells under go a series of changes which result in the transformation of normal cells to diseased cells. While not being bound by theory, it is proposed herein that cells that are initially responding to stress, whether due to heat, chemical, free radical, mechanical injury or to mutations of key proteins, react to these insults in a standard pattern.
- the initial stage involves the expression and secretion of matrix molecules involved in edema and inflammatory responses (for example hyaluronic acid (HA), collagen type VIII, osteopontin, tenascin, serglycin, addressin, laminin), as well as expression of transition molecules on the cell membrane and surface such as heat shock proteins and HA-binding proteins (Stage B).
- HA hyaluronic acid
- collagen type VIII collagen type VIII
- osteopontin tenascin
- serglycin serglycin
- addressin addressin
- laminin laminin
- transition molecules on the cell membrane and surface such as heat shock proteins and HA-binding proteins
- Stage B heat shock proteins and HA-binding proteins
- Stage C a transitional stage which is characterized by (1) the formation of transient structures called podosomes or invadapodia; (2) disassembled actin cytoskeleton (e.g., a paucity of focal adhesion); and (3) dependence upon hyaluronan related molecules and hyaladherins for regulation of signaling cascades; and (4) altered control of growth factor initiated signaling.
- a transitional stage defined as Stage C
- Fibronectin is also necessary for the formation of focal contacts.
- the presence of podosomes correlates with cell surface RHAMM expression.
- Such cells importantly exhibit the first stage of release from the restriction of AP-1 activation exhibited by Stage A cells.
- Podosomes allow the cell to efficiently release proteases at lamellae tips to promote cell invasion into the matrix that will ultimately initiate controlled remodelling of its extracellular matrix detected by exposure of the CS-1 sequence in fibronectin (described in more detail hereafter). This event is believed to be required for an ability to maximally respond to growth factors/cytokines and re- establishment of tissue homeostasis.
- Podosomes are also ultimately the sites of focal adhesion assembly that ultimately allow a cell to proceed to Stage D.
- HA-binding molecules e.g., RHAMM, CD37
- Focal Adhesions couple integrins to growth factor/cytokine receptors and allow the cell to enter the next stage in the injury response which is characterized by heightened ability to respond to pro- inflammatory cytokines and growth factors.
- the formation of focal adhesions removes restriction of activation of AP-1 dependent genes by cytokines and growth factors and results in increased cell migration and proliferation, and tissue destruction.
- Stage D are largely responsible for tissue deterioration following sustained and escalated response to injury that is characteristic of many inflammatory, degenerative and proliferative type of diseases including for instance arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases, restenosis, fibronosis, atherosclerosis, diabetes, osteoarthritis, cancers, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's and wound healing.
- diseases including for instance arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases, restenosis, fibronosis, atherosclerosis, diabetes, osteoarthritis, cancers, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's and wound healing.
- Stages B-C are necessary for all differentiated cells in tissues to activate AP-1 dependent genes and AP-1 dependent disease processes such as cell proliferation, migration, invasion and production of matrix metalloproteinases, therefore, inflammatory, proliferative and degenerative diseases are dynamic processes that involve the continual recruitment of differentiated tissue into the pathway culminating in the stage D cells.
- the ability of the cell to acquire a transitional phenotype is absolutely required for it to progress to Stage D where it responds to pro-inflammatory cytokines/growth factors.
- Molecules that regulate this transient cellular phase make excellent therapeutic and diagnostic targets in a variety of human diseases since these molecules will not be expressed in most cells and only transiently expressed in diseased tissue. This expression pattern will provide tissue specificity and low toxicity to the human body, allowing for chronic use of reagents, a requirement for managing many diseases.
- Normal cells surrounded by a normal tissues are quiescent and involved in the turnover of matrix. Furthermore, consistent with the present disclosure, cells do not possess focal adhesions in normal tissue in vivo whereas focal adhesions have been observed in diseased tissue.
- Transitional stages such as that described above are evident in a wide variety of disease processes, including for example, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's, Arthritis and 5 Osteoporosis. These, as well as other disease processes which involve transition molecules that remove AP-1 restriction from normal cells are discussed in more detail below.
- Parkinsonism is a clinical syndrome characterized by a disturbance in motor functions such as slowness of voluntary movement, diminished facial expressions,
- ⁇ * of the substantial nigra project to the striatum in normal brain.
- Parkinson's disease the loss of these neurons results in a decrease in striatal dopamine content and this is
- glisosis 15 proportional to the severity of the motor syndrome. Similar to other brain diseases, there is an increase in glisosis, which involves the recruitment and activation of glial cells. These cells are recruited as part of the repair process, however, destructive enzymes, reactive oxygen species, cytokines and pro-inflammatory mediators produced by activated glial cells contribute and acerbate the disease.
- methods for treating inflammatory neurological diseases comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Alzheimer's disease is clinically manifested as insidious impairment of higher intellectual function with alterations in mood and behavior. Later, progressive memory loss and disorientation are observed and eventually, profound disability and death. Alzheimer's disease affects a large portion of the increasingly aging population with a prevalence as high as 47% of those over 85 years old. The total costs required for formal and info ⁇ nal care of AD patients was $67 million in the United States. Although there is much variability, average life expectancy is 8- 10 years after dementia onset.
- Alzheimer's disease is characterized by the appearance of cerebral extracellular beta-amyloid deposits as senile plaques, intraneuronal neurofibrillary tangles, granulovascular degeneration and amyloid angiopathy.
- Senile plaques are extracellular lesions comprised of degenerating neuronal processes and abnormal deposits of beta-amyloid protein. Senile plaques range in size from 20 to 200 ⁇ m in diameter. Microglia and reactive fibrous astrocytes are enriched in the periphery of plaques, suggesting the recruitment of cells to the diseased site. These plaques are widely distributed in the cerebral cortex and are considered a critical process in the development of the disease.
- Neurofibrillary tangles are intraneuronal structures consisting of paired helical filaments in which the major constituent is a hyperphosphorylated tau protein, an axonal protein involved in microtubule assembly, and neurite regeneration and remodeling.
- the MAP kinase, ERK, and ubiquitin are also tightly associated with these helical filaments and may be directly involved in the stimulation of the MAP kinase pathway.
- the neurofibrillary tangles represent abnormal organization of cytoskeletal elements in neurons of patients with Alzheimer's disease. Other pathological findings associated with Alzheimer's include granulovascular degeneration, Hirano bodies, neuronal and synaptic loss, and beta- amyloid deposition in the wall of small cortical blood vessels. Although some of these disease processes are found in normal aging brains, their prevalence is significantly lower than in Alzheimer's disease and correlate with the severity of dementia.
- glial cells Response to neuronal injury is characterized by the activation of glial cells and the expression of a number of genes that participate in the repair of damaged neurons. Some of those products include the beta-amyloid precursor protein and neurotrophins.
- the glial cell recruitment and responses may compromise neuronal viability by producing cytokines, reactive oxygen species and degradative enzymes. It is generally hypothesized that in local neuronal injury, an increased beta-amyloid production results in glial cell recruitment and activation which results in the production of pro-inflammatory processes and tissue destruction. Thus, it is most likely the accumulative effects of a defective repair process that results in neuronal cell death and the formation of senile plaques.
- a potential therapeutic target would include the inhibition of glial cell recruitment and activation. This would prevent exacerbation of the local inflammation and tissue destruction.
- methods for treating Alzheimer disease comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally. 3. Arthritis and other inflammatory joint diseases
- rheumatoid arthritis is the most prevalent type of inflammatory arthritis which occurs in approximately 1.5% of the population (2). Therefore, the present characterization of human inflammatory joint disease is based on findings concerning RA.
- RA is characterized by synovial hyperplasia, destruction of articular cartilage and bone, infiltration of lymphocytes and macrophages into synovial tissues and accumulation of autoantibody immune complexes in synovial fluid.
- Cytokines such as interleukin 1 (IL-1) and granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulation factor (GM-CSF), are present in increased levels in inflamed joints and play a major role in the production of metalloproteases including MMP1 (collagenase), MMP2 (gelatinase) and MMP3 released by synovial cells which are responsible for the destruction of cartilage.
- MMP1 collagenase
- MMP2 granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulation factor
- MMP3 released by synovial cells which are responsible for the destruction of cartilage.
- IL-1 together with tumor necrosis factor (TNF)
- TNF tumor necrosis factor
- Joint inflammation is mediated by plasma and lipid derived mediators, prostaglandin E2 and leukotriene B4.
- Cartilage is a connective tissue which consists of chondrocytes and extracellular matrix. Collagens and proteoglycans are the major components of the matrix. Chondrocytes are responsible for preservation of the integrity of the matrix which mostly depends on the collagenous network, the majority of which consists of collagen type II. Proteolytic enzymes that degrade the cartilage components are metalloproteases, which are produced by synovial cells, chondrocytes, neutrophils, and serine proteases derived from neutrophils. Several factors can induce the expression of metalloproteases, the most potent being secretion of IL-1 by macrophages (4).
- Tissue inhibitor of metalloproteases is a ubiquitous protein and natural metalloprotease inhibitor that is present in RA synovial fluid in elevated levels. Another feature of RA is an increase in bone resorption due to activation of osteoclasts. It has been shown that monocyte derived mediators such a IL-1 and TNF, are responsible for the increase in osteoclastic activity.
- anti-inflammatory drugs including non-steroid or steroid, which alleviate the inflammatory process only
- disease modifying anti-rheumatoid drugs which interfere with the disease process.
- the mechanisms of action of these drugs is mostly unknown.
- Osteoarthritis is a slowly progressive degeneration of the articular cartilage that manifests in the weight-bearing joints such as the knees and hips. Osteoarthritis, described as "wear and tear” arthritis, is characterized by narrowing of the joint owing to the loss of articular cartilage and thickening of the subchondral bone. At a later stage, inflammation of the synovium may occur, which plays an important role in the pathologic process by accelerating the catabolism. All these events lead to nonfunctional and painful joint. The prevalence and severity of OA increase with age, affecting 80% of the population after 55 years of age with higher frequency in women (Altman, 1987). The primary cause of OA remains unclear, joint trauma, obesity, bone microfractures and aging constitute the risk factors for OA (Altman, 1987; Hough et al., 1989).
- cytokines may play an important role.
- cartilage fragments in the synovial fluid elicit an inflammatory response (Loyau and Pujol, 1990; Pelletier et al., 1991 and 1993).
- This response results in enhanced protease and cytokine release and the production of reactive oxygen species.
- the cytokines including IL-1 and TNF a, can activate MMP synthesis from chondrocytes and synoviocytes setting off a cascade leading to OA (Howell, 1986; Pelletier et al., 1983b).
- growth factors also have significant effects on cartilage remodeling.
- methods for treating arthritis comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Osteoporosis is a term used to define increased bone porosity of the skeleton resulting from a reduction in bone mass. This disease affects the elderly, is particularly prevalent amongst females, and is sometimes a secondary responses to other clinical conditions. Thus, osteoporosis may be primary or secondary, and depending on numerous parameters, can be localized to a certain bone region or limb, or may involve the entire skeleton.
- Osteoporosis normally refers to the common primary forms such as senile and postmenopausal osteoporosis, whereas secondary forms include endocrine disorders (hyperparathyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, acromegaly, Cushing's syndrome, prolactinaoma, Type I diabetes), neoplasia (multiple myeloma, sarcinomatosis, mast cell disease, thyroid/parathyroid ademo), gastrointestinal disorders (malnutrition, malabsorption, hepatic insufficiency), osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis, drugs (anticoagulants, chemotherapeutics, corticosteroids, lithium), and a number of other non-specific disorders (immobilization or inactivity, pulmonary disease, anemia).
- endocrine disorders hyperparathyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, acromegaly, Cushing's syndrome, prol
- Postmenopausal osteoporosis is characterized by a hormonal dependent accelerated bone loss. Following menopause, the yearly loss of bone mass may reach 2% of the cortical bone and 9% of the cancellous bone. Estrogen is believed to play an important role in the reduction of bone loss.
- the estrogen effects are thought to be mediated by cytokines, which are found elevated in osteoporotic bone. It appears that decreased estrogen levels are capable of inducing cytokines such as IL-1, which are capable stimulating bone resorption.
- IL-1 is the most potent stimulator of osteoclast recruitment and activity and thought to play an important role in bone resorption in post-menopausal osteoporosis.
- a number of genes that are induced by IL-1 are elevated in osteoporotic bone and produced by osteoblasts and osteoclasts in vitro. Inhibition of osteoclast recruitment and activation are key steps in shifting the balance from resorption to bone formation, resulting in increased bone mass.
- methods for treating osteoporosis comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- MS multiple sclerosis
- CNS central nervous system
- MS there is increased inflammatory cell activation and infiltration, increased fibrous astrocyte activation, migration and proliferation, increased production of cytokines and matrix metalloproteinases, increased demyelination, axonal degeneration and plaque formation.
- methods for treating multiple sclerosis comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Inflammatory dermatological diseases such as psoriasis
- Psoriasis is a chronic inflammatory disease characterized by keratinocyte hyperproliferation and a distinct inflammatory pattern that is dependent on the type of psoriasis.
- the underlying pathogenesis involves three predominant and interdependent biologic processes: inflammation, epidermal hyperproliferation, and altered differentiation with parakeratosis.
- the homeostasis of the epidermis depends on the balance of growth regulatory signals, which appear to be altered in psoriasis.
- the epidermis serves a number of important barrier functions against protein and water loss, entry of microorganisms, physiochemical trauma including UV.
- the squamous epithelium undergoes terminal differentiation resulting in an insoluble cornified envelope providing an important barrier. Keratinocyte proliferation takes place in the basal layer and migrate through the epidermis where differentiation specific proteins such as involucrin and keratins are expressed.
- Normal epidermis represents a normal balance between kaeratinocyte production in the basal layer and corneocyte shedding at the skin surface. Upon wounding or psoriasis, there are rapid increases in the proliferation of keratinocytes.
- methods for treating inflammatory dermatosis comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- IDB inflammatory bowel diseases
- Crohn's disease is a granulomatous disease that may affect any portion of the gastrointestinal tract from mouth to anus, but most often involves the small intestine and colon.
- Ulcerative colitis is a non- granulomatosis disease limited to the colon.
- IDB The clinical manifestations, biochemistry and pathology of IDB demonstrate that infiltration and activation of inflammatory cells, increased local mucosal responses, overproduction of cytokines and destructive enzymes are associated with the disease process ultimately leading to tissue injury. It is not known whether the immune system infiltrates the intestine in response to luminal or mucosal antigens or that local insult or disease results in the expression of adhesion molecules and chemoattractant cytokines that induce the infiltration of inflammatory cells resulting in the immune mediated tissue injury. Regardless of the etiology, there are similarities between the disease processes in IDB and other chronic inflammatory diseases.
- IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 and TNF pro-inflammatory cytokines
- IL-4, IL-10 and IL-11 anti-inflammatory cytokines
- IBD biopsies there are very high levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 and TNF), as well as anti-inflammatory cytokines (IL-4, IL-10 and IL-11) in IBD biopsies.
- IBD pro-inflammatory cytokines
- IL-4, IL-10 and IL-11 anti-inflammatory cytokines
- methods for treating inflammatory bowel disease comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- transition molecules such t as RHAMM
- the inhibition of expression, activity and signaling of transition molecules will be useful therapeutically for not only the diseases described above, but also for other inflammatory diseases such as diabetes mellitus; restenosis; atherosclerosis; systemic lupus erythematosus; emphysema; AIDS; chronic endometriosis; pulmonary, myocardial and hepatic fibrosis; inflammatory polyradiculoneuropathy; chronic cystitis; acute mastitis; cholecystitis; gastritis; nephritis; hepatitis; bronchial asthma; vasculitis; chronic bronchitis; kidney fibrosis, pericarditis and myocarditis; pancreatitis; peritonitis; prostatitis; septic shock; periodentitis, thyroiditis; retinopathy.
- methods for treating the above described treating diseases comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Wound healing and Responses to Injury involve a complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in the deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into abnormal tissue or scarring.
- the underlying mechanisms of wounding or injury responses involve the induction of an acute inflammation, production of cytokines and growth factors, regeneration of parenchymal cells, migration, proliferation and differential of parenchymal and connective tissue cells, synthesis of extracellular matrix proteins, angiogenesis and fibrosis, and remodeling of connective tissues.
- these healing processes are common in a variety of clinical areas such as scarring from surgical incisions, wounds or various derma inflammatory diseases, restenosis following angioplasty, vascular grafts, stroke and surgical adhesions.
- transition molecules such as RHAMM
- RHAMM vascular grafting, ballooning or any other type of injury to the vascular system, stroke, surgical incisions, burns, wounds, inflammatory skin diseases, and surgical adhesions.
- the simplest form of wound repair or healing is observed following a clean surgical incision.
- the incision causes a limited amount of tissue disruption, which results in responses by epithelial cells and connective tissue cells, as well as infiltration of inflammatory cells.
- the incision space is bathed with blood, containing fibrin and blood cells that clots and leads to the formation of a scab that covers the wound.
- the initial process involves the response of local basal cells in the production of cytokines and other pro-inflammatory mediators, and infiltration of neutrophils.
- the basal cells become mitotic and produce matrix, resulting in the thickening of the epidermis. This is followed by the migration of the epithelial cells along the cut margins and depositing basement membrane underneath the scab.
- the neutrophils are replace by macrophages and granulation tissue is progressively laid down containing collagen fibrils vertically oriented rather than oriented in fashion that would enhance bridging the incision space.
- Epithelial cell proliferation and migration continues, as well as tissue thickening.
- Neovascularization reaches maximal levels and the surface cells differentiate and produce normal epidermal architecture.
- the last stages of incision healing involve the disappearance of all inflammatory cells, edema and increased vascularization, as well as accumulation of normal collagen fibrils and strengthening of tissue.
- the degradative enzymes involved during wound healing include matrix metalloproteinases, neutrophil elastase, cathepsin G, kinins, plasmin and other enzymes. Inflammatory and local cells produce these enzymes. Degradation may aid in the remodeling of the connective tissue repair. If the inflammatory destructive processes are suppressed, then it is more likely to achieve a more rapid formation of the connective tissues and decrease the accumulation of scar tissue.
- One type of wound healing occurs in surgical adhesions. Briefly, surgical adhesion formation is characterized by abnormal adherence and scar formation between two adjacent tissues that occur most often following surgery.
- Adhesions are a major cause of surgical therapy and can result in bowel or urethral obstruction.
- Surgical adhesions are thought to be an inflammatory response to surgical trauma.
- Local tissues and inflammatory cells produce and secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines which increase vascular permeability, inflammatory cell infiltration, cellular migration and proliferation, and the laying down of matrix between just-neighboring tissues.
- the accumulation of fibroblasts results in the accumulation of matrix and eventual adhesion of the two tissues.
- any agent that inhibits the inflammatory response and tissue remodeling would prevent the formation of surgical adhesions, particularly if these agents can be administered locally.
- methods for treating the afore-mentioned diseases associated with wounds / wound healing, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P- 15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally. 10. Restenosis/Stenosis following Therapeutic Interventions in Vascular
- vascular diseases such as atherosclerosis are a leading cause of death and disability in the developed world.
- vascular diseases such as atherectomy, balloon angioplasty, insertion of stents, and insertion of arterial and venous grafts.
- atherectomy CAD
- balloon angioplasty CAD
- stents CAD
- venous grafts CAD
- percutaneous transluminol coronary angioplasty are performed in the United States per year.
- these interventions are less costly and less invasive to the patient, there are a number of morphological changes and disease states produced in response to injury that are introduced by these new modes of therapy, namely restenosis.
- Restenosis is characterized by thickening of the blood vessel wall in response to injury that progresses until full occlusion of the vessel.
- chronic restenosis of the dilated lesions occur in 30 to 50 % of the cases, remaining a serious and frequent problem.
- eventually stenosis occurs in virtually all grafted vessels.
- Restenosis has been suggested to represent an exaggerated healing response to local injury, in which smooth muscle cells in the media migrate to and proliferate in the intima.
- Local production of cytokines and growth factors by local cells and inflammatory cells results in abnormal matrix deposition and remodeling.
- an injury to the endothelial cell layer will expose blood vessel layers to serum components and platelets, initiating a wound healing process.
- Factors released locally lead to increased cell proliferation and increased expression of matrix metalloproteinases required for cell proliferation and migration. These cells accumulate in the intima and form lesions that eventually block the vessel.
- blocking the activation of smooth muscle cells and inhibition of their migration and proliferation in response to injury can be utilized to therapeutically treat stenosis and restenosis.
- methods for inflammatory / proliferative diseases associated with surgical procedures or intervention (e.g., restenosis, stenosis, medical implants and the like), comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- the compounds described herein may be administered by balloon catheter, or, delivered from a stent which is adapted to release the desired compound.
- Atherosclerosis and Related Diseases Myocardial Infarction and Stroke Cardiovascular disease is a serious problem and accounts for 44% of the mortality in the USA.
- Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease is generalized process that involves the brain, heart and peripheral arteries.
- Atherosclerosis is characterized by intimal thickening caused by the accumulation of cells, infiltration of inflammatory cells, lipids, and connective tissues that can lead to cardiac and cerebral infarction (such as heat attack and stroke).
- injurious stimuli is not known, the responses of the endothelial cells and the adaptive changes within the intima are critical in vascular remodeling leading to atherosclerotic plaques.
- Endothelia cells monocytes and smooth muscle cells express biologically active molecules such as adhesion molecules, cytokines, coagulation and fibrinolytic factors, metalloproteinases and vasoactive substances that contribute to atherogenesis and thrombosis. It is thought that atherosclerotic lesions develop by (1) invasion of artery wall by inflammatory cells, particularly monocytes; (2) smooth muscle cell migration, proliferation, and synthesis of matrix molecules; (3) intracellular lipoprotein uptake and lipid accumulation. Briefly, inflammatory cytokines induce the production of adhesion molecules resulting in inflammatory cell infiltration and responses.
- Activated smooth muscle cells migrate in response to local injury and produce large amounts of matrix and express lipoprotein scavenger receptors and can become involved in a generalized immune reaction. Occlusion of the artery leads to a series of clinical complications such as myocardial infarction and stroke. Prevention of inflammatory cell infiltration, production of matrix metalloproteinases, cell proliferation and migration will reduce smooth muscle cell and matrix accumulation, and inhibit vessel occlusion.
- methods for treating the above-noted atherosclerotic diseases, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally. 12. Tissue Transplantation
- transplantation is the only form of treatment.
- lung transplant is the only effective treatment of terminal lung diseases such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, primary pulmonary hypertension, emphysema, and cystic fibrosis.
- idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis pulmonary fibrosis
- primary pulmonary hypertension pulmonary hypertension
- emphysema pulmonary hypertension
- cystic fibrosis fibrosis
- Acute and chronic rejection is a significant problem where the host immune system invades the donor organ.
- This inflammatory response and mononuclear cell infiltrates are treated with immunosuppressive drugs with some success.
- these drugs can be very toxic and result in other clinical complications.
- the non- immunological damage from preservation injury results in inflammation and tissue damage.
- the role of infection can be treated with antibiotics.
- the disease processes involved in organ rejection are similar to other inflammatory diseases.
- methods for treating patients undergoing tissue or cell transplation, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Cancer is a generic term representing a collection of diseases arising from mutations of key molecules that regulate cell proliferation, invasion, and metastasis.
- a representative cancer for which the key mutations are known is exemplified by colorectal cancer. This cancer originates as a benign growth as a result of a mutation in a gene termed APC. Mutation of three additional molecules are required for this benign growth to progress to a rapidly proliferating and invasive tumor. A plethora of mutations arises within the tumor as it progresses and these enhance the ability of the mutant tumor cells to attract normal endothelial cells to migrate into the growing tumor and form new blood vessels, a process known as angiogenesis. As angiogenesis proceeds and as mutations affecting the ability of tumors to respond to growth factors accumulate, subsets of tumor cells develop the capacity to invade blood vessels as well as lymphatics and to metastasize.
- tumor cells to metastasize involves deregulation via ove ⁇ roduction or mutation of genes that allow cells to invade out of the tissue of origin, survive in a contact-independent manner, escape immune recognition, lodge at a distant site, then invade to a suitable place within the new tissue and grow there.
- the molecules that are commonly involved in tumor initiation, progression and metastasis include adhesion molecules, growth factor receptors, factors regulating the cytoskeleton, master switches regulating cell cycle, proliferation repressor genes, proteases and transcription factors.
- the invasive tumor phenotype is predicted to be similar to the transitional phenotype noted for the above diseases and to be characterized by a propensity to form invadapodia or podosomes to release proteases and to express transition molecules that permit and prepare a cell to invade, move, and ultimately respond to growth factors and cytokines in a focal adhesion-dependent manner.
- transient molecules is key for diagnosis, prognosis, adjuvant treatment or therapeutic treatment of a variety of cancers including: head and neck tumors (lip, oral cavity, auropharynx, nasopharynx, hypopharynx, larynx, glottis, supraglottis, subglottis, maxillary sinus, major salivary gland, lung, esophageal, gastric, colorectal cancer, anal, pancreatic liver, gall bladder, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, breast cancer, gynecologic cancers (cervix, endometrium, ovary, cancer of the uterine body, vaginal, vulvar, gestational trophoboblastic), testicular, urinary tract (renal, urinary bladder, penile, urethral, prostatic) neurologic, endocrine skin (basal cell and squamous cell melanoma) sarcomas, blood (leukemia,
- the present invention shows that RHAMM is highly overexpressed in subsets of cells in primary breast cancer tissue and this overexpression is prognostic of lymph node metastasis and poor outcome. Furthermore, RHAMM is shown to regulate ERK activation, a key player in AP-1 activation. ERK is also shown to regulate cell locomotion, a key behavior required for cell invasion into lymph nodes and is required for the invasion of tumor cells both in vitro and in transgenic models of breast cancer. Furthermore, CD44 is required for efficient signaling through her2/neu, an oncogene strongly implicated in regulating lymph node metastasis of breast cancer cells. Finally, HA promotes the expression of podosomes in invasive cancer cells and podosome formation is one important characteristic of the transitional phenotype. In addition, and consistent with this observation, HA promotes the invasion of these cells into collagen gels in vitro.
- methods for treating cancer and other metaseses, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally. 14.
- Chronic and Acute respiratory distress syndrome :
- lung inflammation Due to injury of the lung such as occurs in premature birth and consequent positive pressure breathing measures as well as in adults following accidents or chemotherapy, the lung is injured and macrophages and neutrophils accumulate within the lung eventually destroying type II aveolar cells that produce surfactant proteins required for maintenance of positive pressure following lung expansion. As a result, lungs are poorly functional and patients become cyanotic and breathe rapidly. This syndrome ends in death. Clinical indications characterized by lung inflammation include emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, new-born lung disease involving chronic respiratory distress syndrome, and the acute respiratory distress syndrome that affects accident victims. Local inflammatory responses that recruit macrophages into the lung result in destruction of alveolar type II cells, which make the surfactant responsible for normal lung inflation.
- methods for treating chronic and acute distress syndromes, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- Diabetes mellitus is a group of diseases characterized by high glucose resulting from defects in insulin secretion, insulin action, or both. Diabetes mellitus can be associated with serious complications such as heart disease, stroke, kidney disease, nervous system disease, blindness and complications in pregnancy.
- Type I diabetes mellitus also referred to as insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM)
- IDDM insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
- Type II diabetes mellitus usually develops in adults. Risk factors include obesity and family history of diabetes. The symptoms usually develop gradually and are not as noticeable as in Type I diabetes.
- Type I diabetes mellitus is an autoimmune disorder, the onset of which results from a well characterized insulitis. During this condition the inflammatory cells are apparently specifically directed against the insulin producing beta cells of the pancreatic islets. The destruction of pancreatic beta cells by invading leukocytes result in deterioration of the insulin-dependent homeostasis.
- the inflammatory cascade is a complex process that involves triggering of the immunological response, release of chemokines, cytokines and a toxic agents by the activated cells, up-regulation of cell surface adhesion molecules and transendothelial cell migration.
- methods for treating or preventing diabetes mellitus, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No.
- any of the above-described compounds may be administered prior, during, or subsequent to islet cell transplantation.
- the above-described compounds may be utilized to treat related diseases, including for example, obesity.
- polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
- the present invention also provides a variety of pharmaceutical compositions, comprising one of the above-described molecules with a pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carrier, excipients or diluents.
- a pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carrier should be nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
- the preparation of such compositions entails combining the therapeutic agent with buffers, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, amino acids, carbohydrates including glucose, sucrose or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione and other stabilizers and excipients.
- Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with nonspecific serum albumin are exemplary appropriate diluents.
- compositions of the present invention may be prepared for administration by a variety of different routes (e.g., systemically, orally, rectally, intravenously, intramuscularly, ocularly, or, topically).
- routes e.g., systemically, orally, rectally, intravenously, intramuscularly, ocularly, or, topically.
- the compounds or compositions provided herein may be admixed with other carriers (e.g., polymers), and implanted on or contained within devices which are designed to release such compounds.
- the compounds may be delivered under radioscopic or other visual guidance to a desired site (e.g., outside the lumen of a desired vessel, or outside of an organ, or, tissue to be treated).
- a desired site e.g., outside the lumen of a desired vessel, or outside of an organ, or, tissue to be treated.
- the compounds or compositions of the present invention should be administered sufficient to have the desired therapeutic outcome.
- the dosage will be adjusted for the therapeutic regimen desired (e.g., from 1 ug/kg to 1 mg/kg).
- the dosage for local administration may range from 1 to 100 ug/ml (2.5ng/kg to 80 mg/kg), and for systemic administration from 1 ng/kg to 10 mg/kg.
- the dosage can be adjusted based upon the desired route of treatment, e.g., a smaller dose may be given if applied locally or topically, whereas a larger dose may be given if the compound is administered systemically. Further, the dosage may vary with the desired regimen (e.g., daily, weekly, or monthly).
- compositions of the present invention may be placed within containers, along with packaging material which provides instructions regarding the use of such pharmaceutical compositions.
- instructions will include a tangible expression describing the reagent concentration, as well as within certain embodiments, relative amounts of excipient ingredients or diluents (e.g., water, saline or PBS) which may be necessary to reconstitute the pharmaceutical composition.
- EXAMPLE 1 REQUIREMENT FOR FOCAL ADHESIONS FOR MAXIMAL ACTIVATION OF ERK KINASE IN RESPONSE TO GROWTH FACTORS
- mediators such as cytokines, growth factors and genetic mutations activate a myriad of responses leading in increased expression of AP- 1 dependent genes ( Figure 1). These genes are required for cell proliferation, migration, inflammation, tissue destruction and abnormal tissue remodeling.
- the activation of the AP-1 pathway occurs through the activation of the MAP kinase.
- the present invention discloses that in normal cells the activation of the AP-1 pathway by cytokines and other mediators is restricted and thus genes involved in disease cannot be induced significantly.
- Cellular response-to-injury processes including growth factor mediated responses which lead to cellular proliferation, migration, production of destructive enzymes and abnormal tissue remodeling are characterized by a maximal activation of the erk kinase signaling pathway.
- the response to IL-1 induction of erk kinase signaling was measured in cells grown under conditions permitting or preventing the formation of focal adhesions.
- Cells were either plated without serum on culture dishes precoated at 4°C overnight with 25 ⁇ g/ml fibronectin which permits formation of focal adhesions or with 100 ⁇ g/ml poly-1-Lysine which prevents formation of focal adhesions.
- Formation of focal contacts was detected by positive immunofluorescence of the marker protein, vinculin.
- Activation of erk kinase signaling in comparison to other MAP kinase signaling pathways regulated by growth factors was estimated by detection of proteins phsophoryalted by components of the differing signaling cascades.
- Phosphorylation of myelin basic protein (MBP) is an indicator of erk kinase signaling
- phsophoryaltion of GST-c-jun is an indicator of jnk signaling
- phsophoryaltion of GST-ATF2 is an indicator of p38 kinase signaling cascade. Results of this analysis is shown in Figure 4.
- Figure 4B shows that cells plated onto fibronectin (FN) are able to form focal contacts as detected by positive immunofluorescence for the marker protein vinculin.
- Figure 4C shows that normal quiescent phase cells plated onto fibronectin substrata which make focal contacts are able to activate the erk kinase cascade as indicated by the phosphorylation of myelin basic protein (MBP) in response to the cytokine IL-1 (lane 2).
- MBP myelin basic protein
- FIG. 4C shows, that normal cells in the absence of focal adhesions, when plated onto fibronectin or grown in suspension (SP), are restricted in their ability to activate erk in response to IL-1 in comparison to disease cells containing focal adhesions, but able to activate the other MAP kinases, jnk and p38 (lanes 3 and 4).
- FIG. 4D shows a Northern analyses of cells plated on fibronectin or PL and incubated with 20 ng/ml of IL-1 ⁇ . 20 ng/ml IL-1 ⁇ was able to induce c-fos expression in cells grown on FN (cells with focal adhesions) but not in cells grown on PL (in the absence of focal adhesions). Blots were first probed for c-fos mRNA expression, stripped, and then reprobed with control radiolabeled GAPDH cDNA to assess equality of RNA loading.
- Figure 4E shows that the level of AP-1 activated in response to IL-1 induction requires the ability to make focal adhesions (cells grown on PL which are unable to form focal adhesions have reduced levels of AP-1 induction relative to cells grown on fibronectin).
- the amount of the transcriptional factor AP-1 binding induced in response to IL-1 stimulation was analyzed.
- the level of DNA binding to an AP-1 oligonucleotide was measured in nuclear extracts from cells either grown on fibronectin or poly-1-Lysine coated dishes in medium without serum. Briefly, tissue culture dishes were precoated with 25 ⁇ g/ml fibronectin or 100 ⁇ g/ml poly-1-Lysine as before and washed twice with PBS before use. Cells were then incubated under starving condition for 6 h, media were removed and fresh serum-free medium containing IL-1 (20 ng/ml) was added to the cells for 4 h.
- cells were washed twice with PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and lysed with 1 ml buffer 1 (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 10 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl 2 , 0.5% Nonidet P-40, 0.5 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride (PMSF). Cells were scraped into an eppendorf tube and put on ice for 10 min. The nuclei were collected after centrifugation at 5000 rpm for 10 min.
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- Nuclear proteins were prepared by resuspending the nuclei in buffer 2 (20 mM Hepes, pH7.9, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 0.5 mM PMSF), after centrifugation at 14,000 ⁇ m for 10 min, supernatant was harvested.
- Double- stranded AP-1 oligonucleotide (Santa Cruz Biotech, Inc) was end-labeled with [ ⁇ - 32 P] ATP (DuPont NEN) using T4 polynucleotide kinase (Pharmacia).
- Labeled probe was separated from free nucleotide through a Sephadex G-50 mini-spin column (Pharmacia). DNA-protein binding was performed by mixing 10 ⁇ g of nuclear extract with 32 P- labeled double-stranded AP-1 consensus oligonucleotide in a total volume of 20 ⁇ l containing 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.9, 1 mM MgCl 2 , 4% FicoU, 0.5 mM DTT, 50 mM KCI, 1 mM EDTA, 2 ⁇ g poly(dI*dC) and 1 mg/ml BSA for 45 min on ice.
- transitional molecules such as RHAMM results in the initiation of cell transformation from a normal state to a diseased state.
- RHAMM is believed to play a role in the initial activation of ERK pathway, thus removing the ERK restriction found in normal cells.
- This activation leads to the expression of c-fos and c-jun resulting in the AP-1 activation and induction of AP-1 dependent genes involved in many of the disease processes associated with inflammatory, degenerative and proliferative diseases (Figure 5).
- the cell line LR21 was constructed by transfecting normal quiescent parental 10T1/2 cells with a vector expressing a RHAMMv4 polypeptide. Cells that overexpress RHAMM show increased erk activation as indicated by phosphoryation of the MAP kinase activated myelin basic protein (MBP), p44 ERK1 and p42 ERK2, and by increased AP-1 binding activity.
- MBP myelin basic protein
- Figure 6 A illustrates that MAP kinase activity in quiescent 10T1/2 cells is reduced relative to the levels present in RHAMM transfected LR21 cells.
- Cells were growth in DMEM with 10% FBS, cell monolayers were washed three times with PBS and total cellular extracts were prepared in a buffer containing 25 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 100 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5% Triton X-100, 0.5 mM DTT, 20 mM ⁇ -glycerophosphate, 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 0.5 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, 100 ⁇ g/ml PMSF.
- ERK2 activity was determined by in vitro kinase assay using 2 ⁇ g substrate MBP and 1 ⁇ Ci [ ⁇ - 32 P] ATP in 20 ⁇ l of kinase buffer. After incubation at 30°C for 20 min, the reactions were terminated with Laemmli buffer, proteins were separated by SDS-PAGE and the gels were dried and autoradiographed.
- the amount of ERK2 and phosphorylated MAPK was detected from the total extracts by western blot using an ECL chemiluminescence system.
- lysates of 25 ⁇ g total protein were resolved by 10% SDS-PAGE and transferred onto nitrocellulose membrane (BioBlot, Costar) using Trans-Blot ® Semi-Dry Electrophoretic Transfer Cell (BioRad) with a transfer-blotting buffer containing 20 mM Tris, 150 mM glycine, 0.01% SDS and 20% methanol.
- the filters were blocked for non-fat skim milk in TBS-T (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20) at 4°C overnight.
- the membranes were then probed with phospho-specific anti-p44/p42 MAP kinase antibody (New England BioLabs, Inc.) by incubation at room temperature for 1.5 h. After washing three times with TBS-T for 30 min, blots were incubated with horseradish peroxidase conjugated anti-rabbit antibodies (NEB) for 1 h. The filters were washed three times for 30 min and visualized on X-ray film using . the chemiluminescence detection method (NEB).
- Figure 6B illustrates that AP-1 DNA binding activity is stimulated in LR21 cells relative to parental 10T1/2 cell.
- Parental 10T1/2 cell and LR21 cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS. Cells were then starved in the medium without serum for 8 h. Cells were washed twice with PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and lysed with 1 ml buffer 1 (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH7.5, 10 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl 2 , 0.5% Nonidet P-40, 0.5 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluride [PMSF]). Cells were scraped into an eppendorf tube and put on ice for 10 min.
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- the nuclei were collected after centrifugation at 5000 rpm for 10 min.
- Nuclear proteins were prepared by resuspending the nuclei in buffer 2 (20 mM Hepes, pH7.9, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 0.5 mM PMSF), after centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 10 min the supernatant was harvested as nuclear extract.
- Double-stranded AP-1 oligonucleotide (Santa Cruz Biotech, Inc.) was end-labeled with [ ⁇ - 32 P] ATP (DuPont NEN) using T4 polynucleotide kinase (Pharmacia). Labeled probe was separated from free nucleotide through a Sephadex G-50 mini-spin column (Pharmacia).
- DNA-protein binding was performed by mixing 10 ⁇ g of nuclear extract with 32 P-labeled double-stranded AP-1 consensus oligonucleotide in a total volume of 20 ⁇ l containing 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.9, 1 mM MgCl 2 , 4% Ficoll, 0.5 mM DTT, 50 mM KCI, 1 mM EDTA, 2 ⁇ g poly(dI «dC) and 1 mg/ml BSA for 45 min on ice.
- the DNA protein complex was separated on a 4% native polyacrylaminde gel using 0.5X Tris-borate-EDTA buffer at 150 V. Gels were then dried and autoradiographed.
- cells were lysed in 4 ml solution D (5.3 M guanidine isothiocyanate, 30 mM sodium citrate, 0.7% N- laurylsarcosine, 0.72% 2-mercaptoethanol).
- 4 ml of acid phenol, 1 ml of chloroform and 0.45 ml of 2 M sodium acetate were added to each sample.
- RNA was dissolved in 50 ⁇ l diethyl pyrocarbonate (DEPC) treated water.
- DEPC diethyl pyrocarbonate
- the RNA was second extracted with 0.4 ml of TRIzol reagent (GibcoBRL) with the addition of 0.1 ml chloroform. After vigorous mixing and centrifugation, the RNA supernatant was precipitated with 2- propanol and washed in 75% ethanol. Finally, the RNA was dissolved the DEPC- treated water.
- C-fos and c-jun expression are stimulated in LR21 cells in comparison to parental 10T1/2 whether or not they are grown on fibronectin (Figure 8). Briefly, cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and cell monolayers were trypsinized. Cells were washed and plated on fibronectin and poly-1-Lysine coated dishes in the medium without serum. These tissue culture dishes were precoated with 25 ⁇ g/ml fibronectin or 100 ⁇ g/ml poly-1-Lysine at 4°C for overnight and washed twice with PBS before use. Cells were then incubated under this starving condition for 6 hr, total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as previously described.
- c-fos and c-jun were determined by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA and a human c-jun cDNA. The blot was stripped and re-probed with rat GAPDH cDNA as internal control.
- transition cells Another characteristic of transition cells is an increase in the expression of matrix metalloproteinases. This increase in metalloproteinases expression is exhibited in cells that overexpress RHAMM and these cells show reduced expression of matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors. The association of increased RHAMM and metalloproteinases activity is demonstrated by Northern analysis of RHAMM and matrix metalloproteinase mRNA levels in 102T1/2 and LR21 cell lines as illustrated in Figure 9.
- cells were lysed in 4 ml solution D (5.3 M guanidine isothiocyanate, 30 mM sodium citrate, 0.7% N- laurylsarcosine,0.72% 2-mercaptoethanol).
- 4 ml of acid phenol, 1 ml of chloroform and 0.45 ml of 2 M sodium acetate were added to each sample.
- RNA was dissolved in 50 ⁇ l diethyl pyrocarbonate (DEPC) treated water.
- DEPC diethyl pyrocarbonate
- the RNA was second extracted with 0.4 ml of TRIzol reagent (GibcoBRL) with the addition of 0.1 ml chloroform. After vigorous mixing and centrifugation, the RNA supernatant was precipitated with 2-propanol and washed in 75% ethanol. Finally, the RNA was dissolved the DEPC-treated water.
- RNA samples of 20 ⁇ g were separated in 1% agarose gel containing 2.2 M formaldehyde, transferred to a Zeta probe membrane (BioRad), cross- linked with an ultraviolet cross-linker (Strategene).
- the membrane was prehybridized in 0.35 M phosphate buffer containing 1% BSA, 7% SDS and 30% formamide for 5-6 h at 55°C.
- the expression level of RHAMM, gelatinase B, and stromelysin were detected by hybridizing the membrane with a 32 P-labeled cDNA of a mouse full length RHAMMv2. After washing the membrane in 0.5XSSC and 0.5% SDS at 55°C for 1.5 h, the membrane was autoradiographed. The blot was subsequent stripped and re- probed with a mouse gelatinase B cDNA, a human stromelysin cDNA, or a rat GAPDH cDNA as internal standard.
- LR21 cells that overexpress RHAMM show decreased expression of inhibitors of metalloproteinase such as timp-1.
- Northern analysis of tissue inhibitor of matrix metalloproteinase (timp-1) expression in LR21 cell shows a reduced level in comparison to normal quiescent cells as illustrated in Figure 9.
- LR21 cells which overexpress RHAMMv4 show decreased expression of timp-1, which normally blocks activity of metalloproteinases.
- FIG. 10 shows a phosphoprotein activity analysis that directly illustrates that cells that overexpress RHAMM have elevated erk activation of MAP kinases but that this activation is restricted relative to the level of activity observed in normal cells induced by a growth factor (PDGF).
- PDGF growth factor
- cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS, and cells were starved for 6 h in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with PDGF (25 ng/ml) for 30 and 60 min. Cell monolayers were washed three times with PBS and total cellular extracts were prepared in a buffer containing 25 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 100 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5% Triton X-100, 0.5 mM DTT, 20 mM ⁇ -glycerophosphate, 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 0.5 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, 100 ⁇ g/ml PMSF.
- PDGF 25 ng/ml
- ERK2 activity was determined by in vitro kinase assay using 2 ⁇ g substrate MBP and 1 ⁇ Ci [ ⁇ - 32 P] ATP in 20 ⁇ l of kinase buffer.
- the filters were blocked for non-fat skim milk in TBS-T (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20) at 4°C overnight.
- the membranes were then probed with phospho-specific anti-p44/p42 MAP kinase antibody (New England BioLabs, Inc) by incubation at room temperature for 1.5 h. After washing three times with TBS-T for 30 min, blots were incubated with horseradish peroxidase conjugated anti-rabbit antibodies (NEB) for 1 h. The filters were washed three times for 30 min and visualized on X-ray film with chemiluminescence detection method (NEB).
- LR21 cells overexpressing RHAMMv4 are restricted in the extent to which proinflammatory cytokines/growth factors (e.g. PDGF) can activate erk kinase.
- proinflammatory cytokines/growth factors e.g. PDGF
- Figure 11A shows a Northern analysis of IL-1 induction of c-fos expression in 10T1/2 and LR21 cell lines.
- Cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and starved for 6 hours in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with IL-1 (20 ng/ml) for 30 min and 60 min. Total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as described above. The level of c-fos was measured by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA. The blot was stripped and re-probed with rat GAPDH cDNA as internal control. The results show that expression of c-fos in response to IL-1 and TNF is restricted in LR21 cells.
- FIG 11B shows a Northern analysis of TNF- ⁇ induction of c-fos expression in 10T1/2 and LR21 cell lines.
- Cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and starved for 6 h in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with TNF- ⁇ (30 ng/ml) for 30 min and 60 min. Total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as described above. The level of c-fos was measured by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA. Again it can be seen that the expression of c-fos in response to a injury response growth factor i.e., TNF- ⁇ , is restricted in LR21 cells.
- TNF- ⁇ injury response growth factor
- FIG. 12 A shows that the parent cell line, 10T1/2, form very discreet focal adhesions, as demonstrated with anti-vinculin staining.
- LR21 cells do not form focal adhesions ( Figure 12B). This inhibition of focal adhesion formation may be responsible for the lack of response of these cells to cytokines such as IL-1 and TNF. It would appear that as long as cells are expressing RHAMM they do not form focal adhesions and remain unresponsive to cytokines.
- 10T1/2 cells the parent cell line when plated form small numbers of podosomes immediately following plating as shown in Figure 13. By 12 to 24 hours, there is little formation of podosomes and there is now the formation of focal adhesions in these cells.
- LR21 cells that over-express RHAMM form podosomes constitutively. The level of podosome formation is higher and continuous in cells over-expressing RHAMM.
- podosome formation is shown to be inhibited by inhibitors of erk activity.
- Figure 14 shows that enhanced podosome formation resulting from RHAMMv4 overexpression, is blocked by inhibitors of erk kinase which also blocks cell migration into wound sites.
- Overexpression of RHAMMv4 results in a sustained high production of podosomes, detected by the marker protein cortactin (A).
- Inhibition of erk kinase by PD09058 reduces the number of podosomes (B) as does mutation of intracellular RHAMMv4 (C) so that erk does not bind to RHAMM.
- RHAMMv4 Overexpression of RHAMMv4 enhances cell migration into wounds (D) compared to the parent 10T1/2 fibroblast line that produces little RHAMMv4 (E).
- EXAMPLE 7 RHAMM IS TRANSIENTLY DETECTED ON THE SURFACE OF CELLS AND IS REQUIRED FOR PODOSOME FORMATION AND CELL MOTILITY: METHOD OF DETECTING TRANSIENT CELLS Exon 3 and 4 of RHAMM provide peptides and antibodies thereto which are useful for detecting RHAMM expression and demonstrating that RHAMM is associated with podosomes.
- Figxxre 15 A shows a comparison of the expression of RHAMM at the cell surface using anti-exon 4 RHAMM antibody or antibody "R3.8" raised against a whole RHAMM polypeptide.
- the chart summarizes the results of FACS analysis of in vitro growth of invasive MDA231 cells in comparison to MCF-7 human breast cancer cells which are non invasive cells. The results show that cell surface RHAMM is present in larger amounts on MDA-231 cells than on MCF-7 cells.
- Figure 15B shows the amino acid sequences of murine and human RHAMM peptides including: a peptide from murine exon 3 (SEQ. ID NO: 14); a smaller peptide used to raise anti-exon 3 antibodies (SEQ. ID NO: 15); a peptide from murine exon 4 (SEQ. ID NO: 16); a smaller peptide used to raise anti-exon 4 antibodies (SEQ. ID NO: 17), a human RHAMM peptide from exon 5 (SEQ. ID NO: 18); a human RHAMM peptide homologous to murine exon 3 (SEQ. ID NO: 19); and a murine RHAMM peptide homologous to human exon 5 (SEQ. ID NO: 20).
- the human exon 4 homologue is identical to the murine sequence used to raise anti-exon 4 antibodies.
- the C residues shown in parenthesis were added during synthesis of the peptides.
- Figure 16 shows that cells treated by administering peptides mimicking exon 3, i.e., SEQ. ID NO: 15 (peptide 1, panel A) block the motility of invasive cells relative to a scrambled peptide (peptide 2, panel B). This effect is quantified in the graph shown in 16C and is highly significant (PO.001, student's T test).
- Figure 16D shows that administration of antibodies against peptides mimicking exon 4 (i.e., antibodies to SEQ. ID NO: 16) also inhibit the motility of invasive cells.
- FIG 17 panel A are micrographs that show that podosome formation is enhanced on the perimeter of LR21 cells that overexpress RHAMM in comparison to control 10T1/2 cells.
- Panel B shows that administration of exon 4, i.e., peptide SEQ. ID NO: 16 (peptide 1) blocks the formation of podosomes while scrambled exon 4 peptide (peptide 2) does not.
- Podsomome formation was visualized using either fluorescent cortactin or CAS, the latter being a particularly useful marker for podosomes as illustrated by the micrographs in Figure 17B.
- MDA-231 cells were treated with hyaluronan together with anti-RHAMM antibody (exon 4 antibody). The antibody blocked the formation of podosomes as detected by cortactin staining.
- Figure 19 is a chart that quantitatively shows that anti-RHAMM antibodies block the rapid motility characteristic of MDA231 human breast cancer cells but have only a small effect on the less rapid motility of cells of the benign MCF human breast cancer cell line.
- Figure 20 further shows that anti-RHAMM antibodies inhibit the ability of MDA231 cells to invade in vitro.
- the chart in 20 A illustrates the invasiveness of a variety of cell lines while 20B shows the ability of a variety of RHAMM antibodies to reduce invasiveness of MDA231 cells.
- Figure 21 shows that RHAMM binds to fibronectin but is blocked by antibody to exon 3 indicating that exon 3 contains a fibronectin binding domain.
- Figure 21 further illustrates that RHAMM binds to the CS-1 fragment of fibornectin and not to the RGDS sequence which was previously considered to be a critical sequence for fibronectin signaling of matrix protein degradation.
- Panel A shows that RHAMM binds to fibronectin as detected by an ELISA.
- Panel B shows that exon 3 of RHAMM binds to fibronectin but not through the RGDS region but rather through the CS-1 region.
- Panel C shows that peptides mimicking exon 3 are able to block the binding of intact RHAMM to fibronectin, providing a rationale for why peptides block cell locomotion and podosome formation.
- EXAMPLE 8 ERK KINASE INVOLVED IN CELLULAR MOTILITY Elevated erk activity is associated with, and required for, rapid cell motility characteristic of proliferative or invasive cells such as the breast cancer cell line 5 MDA231 which express high levels of RHAMM.
- FIG. 22 The relationship between erk activation and cell motility is illustrated in Figure 22 which shows that when cells overexpress RHAMM such as in the case of MDA231 cells, the level of cell motility is high.
- RHAMM such as in the case of MDA231 cells
- a MEK inhibitor PD09058
- MDA231 cells expressing a mutant version of RHAMM have reduced mobility.
- the relationship between RHAMM expression and cell motility is further established by treating MDA231 cells with anti RHAMM antibodies, resulting in reduced cell mobility.
- Podosomes are transient structures at lamellae tips that are required for the efficient release of the MMPs. Together with other proteinases, MMPs initiate extracellular matrix remodeling. This initial remodeling of matrix attracts white cells to
- RHAMMv4 cDNA was tagged with HA and transfected into
- lOTl/2 cells were cultured to 40-50% confluence and transfected with 10 ⁇ g of RHAMMv4 CDNA tagged with HA in 60 ⁇ l of superFect reagent. After five hours of incubation, monolayers were washed twice with PBS and the transfected cells were cultured an additional 48 hours with growth medium supplemented withl 0% FBS. The cells were harvested in RIP A buffer and RHAMM expression was detected
- HAv4tag cells were selected and used in this experiment.
- transfected cells were plated on the fibronectin (FN) substrate at the 50% density.
- FN fibronectin
- To visualize the presence of Hav4tag cDNA cells were stained at different time points: l/2h, 2h, 6h, and 24 h respectively with monoclonal antibody against HA. Additionally, cells were stained with the monoclonal Ab against HA (dil.l :50) lh at room temperature. Cells were then washed with 1%BSA in PBS and incubated with x4 antibody. X4 antibody was detected by Texas-red (1 :100).
- LR21 cells were plated in DMEM with 10% serum at 70-80% density and allow to grow for 8h. Cells were then washed twice with PBS. After being washed cells were incubated in cell dissociation medium to detach from the plates. Cell dissociation medium was harvested and centrifuged at 1000 rpm's for 31/2 min. Then, cells were plated at fibronectin-coated coverslips at 50% density in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS. Cells were allow to grow for up to 9h.
- Control group was treated with 50 ⁇ g/ml of BSA in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS; second group was treated with 50 ⁇ g/ml of v4 antibody; third group was treated with 100 mg/ml of LZP and the fourth group was treated with combination of v4 antibody and LZP at the same concentrations as they were used in separate treatments.
- Cells were kept with the proteins for 30 min and they were fixed with 3% paraformaldehyde. Cells were stained with cortactin (dil.1 :100) for lh. Subsequently, cells were washed with 1% BSA in PBS and stained with Texas-red mouse IgG (dil. 1:100). Staining of the cells was. examined by confocal microscope.
- LR21 cells were plated onto fibronectin substrata as outlined above for 8-12 hrs in serum free medium in the presence of IgG alone or anti-TAM antibody ("exon 4"). The supernatant culture medium was collected at that time and concentrated on an amicon filter that retains proteins of over 20 kDa. The retentate was suspended in loading buffer without mercaptoethanol or SDS-PAGE and run on a poly aery lamide gel impregnanted with gelatin. The gel was then incubated in PBS containing Mg++ and Ca++ buffer to permit collagenase activity at 37C for several hours. The gel was washed and stained with Coomassie Blue. Cleared areas indicate that collagenases released into the supernatant medium by LR21 cells is active.
- v4 antibody added to the medium competed for the RHAMM binding sites with fibronectin which resulted in reduced podosome formation by those cells up to 25% compared to the BSA-treated control.
- LZP and combination of LZP and v4 antibody didn't result in any changes in podosome number. The reason for this result could be the fairly high concentration of LZ peptide used in this experiment.
- the most common murine RHAMM RNA transcript encodes a 95 kDa protein (referred to as "v5").
- v5 The most common murine RHAMM RNA transcript encodes a 95 kDa protein
- v4 a shorter form of RHAMM may exist encoding a 73 kDa protein (v4), which lacks 163 N-terminal amino acids found in the longer RHAMM form.
- the objective of this experiment was to determine which form of RHAMM associates with erk and which particular domain of RHAMM is responsible for this interaction.
- KQKIKHVVKLKDENSQLKSEVSKLRSQLVKRK (SEQ ID NO-51), and P-16 peptide: CSTMMSRSHKTRSHHV (SEQ ID NO:26).
- RHAMM v4 antibody was prepared against following sequence: VSIEKEKIDEK (SEQ ID NO:50).
- RHAMMv5 antibody was prepared against following sequence: QERGTQDKRIQDME (SEQ ID NO:21).
- Membranes were washed three times with TBST, then incubated with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit IgG (1; 10000) for 30 min at room temperature. Bound antibody was visualized by chemiluminescence (ECL). The densitometry was performed with a Multi-Analyst program (Bio-Rad). To determine antibody specificity, anti-RHAMM antibodies were incubated with beads-linked with RHAMM protein (l ⁇ g antibody/20 ⁇ l beads) for lh at 4°C on a Rotator, and then centrifuged for 5 min. The supernatant was used to probe membranes. Results are shown in Figure 25.
- Figure 25B shows erkl binding to v4 and v5 obtained in vitro
- Figure 25C shows similar results in vivo.
- the Bottom Western blot represents total cellular erk kinase and densitometery was calculated as the ratio of total cellular erk versus erk associated with RHAMM.
- Both RHAMMv5 and v4 associated with erkl kinase.
- RHAMMv4 more strongly activates erk kinase than RHAMMv5 (Figure 25D), which contains all of the domains of v4 but in addition N-terminal sequence that negatively regulates the functions of the activating D2-5 domains ( Figure 25B).
- Figure 25C shows that the presence of mutations in both D5 or D4 domains or in competition assays the presence of both D4 and D5 peptides, reduced erkl binding to v4 by 90%
- both forms of RHAMM associate with erkl in vivo and in vitro but only the short form strongly activates the erk kinase cascade.
- the hyaluronan binding domains See Figures 25A, D5) and a repeated sequence (D4) are required for binding of erkl to RHAMM.
- D3 encoding the TAM domain
- D2 encoding the leucine zipper
- Figure 26 illustrates that HA binding peptides including artificial mimics of hyaluronan binding domains of RHAMM are able to block cell motility in podosome forming cells while scrambled peptides do not.
- Figure 26A provides the sequence of several artificial HA binding peptides of the formula BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) discussed above.
- Panel B shows that each of these peptides are able to block cell motility when administered to cells.
- Panel C shows that an HA binding peptide according to one of the general structures provided in SEQ ID NO: 1-5, and more particularly, having one of the structures provided in SEQ. ID NOS . 6- 10 is even more effective in blocking cell motility and that a scrambled version of this peptide is not.
- Wound healing is the response to injury.
- fibroblasts appear in the fibronectin - fibrin framework and initiate collagen synthesis.
- Fibroblast proliferate in response to growth factors present on the wound site and this complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into the scar tissue.
- the fibroproliferative response is accompanied with wound contraction and fibrosis due to the presence of myofibroblasts and to the enhanced production of collagen.
- the extracellular matrix is remodeled to sustain and direct the cellular changes and to restore the tissue integrity.
- Such exuberant healing responses often lead to tissue fibrosis and contraction commonly referred to us as scarring.
- Fibrosis of adult human tissue is a serious clinical problem that results in malfunction of tissue due to, for example: formation of intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of liver, failure of anastomoses as well as adhesions following injury.
- RHAMM active (73 kDa) RHAMM form is transiently increased early after injury and this elevated expression occurs in most cell types present in the wound site.
- Another RHAMM sequence consisted of 9 AA (423-432) which was also tested in the following experiment. The objectives of following experiment were to test the abilities of two
- RHAMM synthetic peptides to inhibit migration of human fibroblasts.
- One experimental model tested a 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide) to inhibit migration of Human Foreskin Fibroblast (HFF) through the wound gap.
- Another peptide consisted of 9 AAs (RHAMM sequence, 423-432 AA) was also tested in regards of cell locomotion of human fibroblasts.
- Human fibroblasts were seeded at 5 X 10 5 cells/well in 6 well plates using ⁇ -MEM supplemented with glucose and 10% FBS. After being 6 hours in the culture (80-90% confluency), cells were injured with the single edge cell scraper (one 5 injury/dish). Cells were washed twice with PBS and treated with two different concentrations of P-peptide (10 ⁇ g and 100 ⁇ g) for 15 h. Untreated cells served as control. Following 15 hours of incubation, images were taken using a 5X modulation objective (Zeis, Germany) attached to the Zeiss Axiovert 100 inverted microscope equipped with Hoffman Modulation contrast optical filters (Greenvale, NY). The 10 number of migrated cells in each image was counted choosing the ⁇ 70% of the middle of each injury. Statistically significant (P ⁇ 0.05) differences between means were assessed by the unpaired Student's t-test method, using Microsoft Excel '97 software.
- Figure 27 shows that treatment of injured cells with 100 ⁇ g/ml of P-peptide inhibited migration of HFF cells approximately 4 fold compared to control cells (P ⁇ 0.01). Lower concentration (10 ⁇ g/ml) of P-peptide didn't have any effect.
- Figure 28 different concentrations of RHAMM sequence (423-432 AA) progressively inhibited migration of human fibroblasts up to 40% . Both treatments were successful in inhibition of cell migration in vitro.
- embryonic stem cells were transfected with antisense cDNA that recombined with the RHAMM gene, resulting in recombination and a genetic deletion of the RHAMM gene.
- the ES cells were injected into mouse blastocysts, and placed into pseudo-pregnant mice. Mice from the resultant litters were crossed and examined for the presence of a genetic deletion, in order to determine germ line transmission. Founders were identified and homozygotes obtained.
- Embryos from normal and knockout mice were taken out at the 13 th day of their intrauterine development. Tissue was cut and tripsinized in the incubator at 37 °C for 10 min. Cell suspension was pipeted up and down several times in order to release fibroblasts from the tissue. Then, fibroblasts were plated on the Petri dishes (one embryo per one Petri dish). Cells were grown for 2 days before first passage was done. Five passages were done before actual experiment was performed.
- fibroblasts were plated on 6-well dishes, normal ones and fibronectin coated, both at the 70% confluency.
- Cells were grown in DMEM medium for 2 h. After 2 h, medium was changed to DMEM without serum and cells kept in starvation medium for 24 h. Then, medium was taken out and the amount of gelatinase released into medium measured by zymografic analysis. Briefly, DMEM medium taken out from plates was run on overnight in a cold room (+4 °C) on 10% acrylamide gel containing lmg/ml of gelatin. Then, gel was washed in TritonX-100 for lh and subsequently incubated in a buffer on 37°C for 24 h in order to develop zymogram. Then, gel was stained with commassi blue whereas areas with MMPs were left unstained. Intensities of unstained bands were measured and presented as relative numbers.
- mice normal and RHAMM knockout fibroblasts are plated in DMEM medium and starved overnight. Medium was changed and two different concentrations of PDGF added. After 10 min cells were lysed in RIPA buffer. Western blot analysis was done and proteins separated by SDS-PAGE. Bands were visualized by phospho-specific erk antibody. Subsequently, blot was stripped and reprobed with erk antibody. Results are shown in Figure 30. Briefly, erk phosphorylation is influenced by RHAMM expression: knockout mice exhibited at least two folds lower phosphorylation of erkl isoform compared to wild type.
- knockout and wild type mouse fibroblasts were plated in 100 mm Petty dishes (normal or gelatin and fibronectin coated) and grown in normal DMEM medium. Cells were plated sparsely and left for 2h to attach, spread and start to migrate. Two hours after plating, cells were checked for migration and pictures were taken from the same spot every 15 min. The images were overlaid and cell migration analyzed by measurement of the migration distance.
- results are shown in Figure 31. Briefly, knockout fibroblasts have decreased cell motility compared to wild type by two folds. Combination of gelatin and fibronectin coating seem to potentiate slower migration of mouse RHAMM knockout fibroblasts. Thus, it is evident that mouse RHAMM knockout fibroblasts migrate at the slower rate compared to wild type cells. Attenuation of cell migration is between 2 to 4 fold.
- Clinical diseases characterized by lung inflammation include emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, new-born lung disease involving chronic respiratory distress syndrome, and the acute respiratory distress syndrome that affects accident victims.
- Local inflammatory responses that recruit macrophages into the lung result in destruction of alveolar type II cells, which make the surfactant responsible for normal lung inflation.
- the infiltration of macrophages and abnormal local tissue responses result in further tissue destruction and disease. This pathological sequence results in improper lung expansion.
- a common response to injury in mammalian tissue is increased motility of macrophages and macrophage accumulation near a wound site.
- the RHAMM peptide mimetics prevent these pathological events, particularly recruitment and activation of macrophages, from occurring following bleomycin-induced lung fibrosis (Figure 32).
- the infiltration of inflammatory cells and local responses such as fibrosis is completely absent with treatment.
- no toxicity was observed in the animals even at very high concentrations. Therefore, these reagents should be effective for treating lung diseases that involve recruiting macrophages and inflammatory cells, as well as fibrosis.
- This experiment shows that macrophage responses are inhibited by administration of antisera to RHAMM peptides.
- Figure 33 illustrates that a significant increase occurs in the motility of macrophages from both bleomycin and saline-treated animals at four days after intratracheal instillation (*p ⁇ 0.01 versus control; p ⁇ 0.01 versus saline and control).
- Normal rabbit IgG had no effect on macrophage motility, but anti-RHAMM peptide aa antiserum inhibited macrophage motility from both saline - (# p ⁇ 0.01 versus saline) and bleomycin-treated (p ⁇ 0.01 versus bleomycin, saline and bleomycin + normal IgG) animals to levels observed in macrophages from untreated healthy control animals.
- Values represent mean and standard errors of five animals studied for each condition with mean velocities calculated.
- Figure 34 illustrates motility of BAL cells four days after injury in response to administration of RHAMM peptides.
- Macrophages from bleomycin-treated animals showed increased motilities as compared to those from control and saline animals (*p ⁇ 0.001).
- Animals pretreated with Scrambled Peptide A showed the same motility as macrophages obtained from animals injured with bleomycin.
- macrophages from animals treated with Peptide A prior to bleomycin-induced injury showed significantly lower cell locomotion than either bleomycin-injured or scrambled peptide treated controls (# p ⁇ 0.001).
- Values represent mean and standard error with three animals studied for each condition and at least 20 cells tracked per animal studied.
- peptide mimetic and antibody formulations can be utilized in the treatment of a variety of "response to injury" indications, including for example, emphysema, asthma and the chronic respiratory distress syndrome associated with newborn lung disease.
- EXAMPLE 18 ADMINISTRATION OF HA BINDING PEPTIDES INHIBIT RESPONSE-TO-INJURY PROCESSES ASSOCIATED WITH FIBROSIS IN INJURED LUNG TISSUE Increased N-acetyl- ⁇ -glucosaminidase activity is a known marker for fibrosis in lung tissue.
- Figure 35 A shows in vivo effects of a HA-binding (Peptide A) on N-acetyl- ⁇ -glucosaminidase activity of BAL cells obtained 7 days after injury.
- bleomycin injury results in an increased glucosaminidase activity (* p ⁇ 0.01 versus controls and saline animals).
- Scrambled Peptide A had no effect on the glucosaminidase activity whereas Peptide A significantly decreased glucosaminidase activity (# p ⁇ 0.05 versus bleomycin alone and bleomycin + scrambled peptide A). Values represent mean and standard error with five animals studied for each condition.
- Figure 35B illustrates that mRNA of collagen type la in lungs harvested 4 days after injury is reduced in response to administration of HA binding Peptide A.
- Collagen type la is common indicator of fibrosis in lung tissue injury models as used throughout this invention. An increase in collagen type la mRNA was observed by 4 days after injury in control tissue, however, this increase was completely inhibited by administration of HA binding Peptide A, whereas scrambled Peptide A had no effect on the mRNA expression levels for this collagen.
- the data shown are representative of three independent experiments.
- Figure 36 are micrographs from a histological analysis of lung tissue treated with and without HA binding Peptide A after bleomycin injury. Panels
- FIG. 1 shows tissue after treatment with saline alone
- panels (d-f) show tissues injured by bleomycin treatment.
- Panel (d) shows a fibrotic mo ⁇ hology .in the presence of bleomycin alone
- panel (e) shows the mo ⁇ hology in the presence of bleomycin and scrambled RHAMM peptide.
- panel (f) shows that injection of bleomycin-treated animals with the sense RHAMM HA binding Peptide A results in a normal lung architecture despite the injury caused by bleomycin.
- BB Blocking buffer
- HBSS 1% human serum albumin in HBSS
- 10 6 to 2.5x10 6 cells per ml were taken into each tube.
- Cells were washed once with 1ml of BB and the pellets resuspended in 100 ⁇ l of BB.
- First antibody was added (dil. 1 :100) and samples incubated for 30 min on ice.
- Rabbit IgG was used as a control.
- Results are shown on Figure 37. Briefly, the majority of cells present in synovial fluid are neutrophils. Macrophage/monocyte cells are present as 5-10% of cells and T cells are also present as a minority. Macrophage/monocyte cells exhibited the highest RHAMM expression. In some cases the number of exon4-positive cells was as high as 99.8%. A similar pattern was observed in neutrophil populations but the percentage of positively labeled cells was between 54.6% and 99.3%. T cells also express RHAMM isoforms, although to a lesser extent compared to the other two cell types.
- Rheumatoid arthritis is the most prevalent type of inflammatory arthritis, affecting 1.5% of the human population.
- RA is characterized by synovial hype ⁇ lasia, destruction of articular cartilage and bone and macrophage infiltration into synovial joints.
- Cytokines like IL-1 are present in increased levels and they play a major role in production of MMPs, such as collagenase and gelatinase.
- results are shown in Figure 38.
- synovium tissue isolated from joints of RA patient was positively stained (brawn staining) with RHAMM exon4 (pictures A and B) and RHAMM R3.8 (pictures C and D). Areas of synovial lining cells are enriched in RHAMM staining which are most likely macrophage cell type, although other cell types in the RA synovium also express RHAMM (pictures A, B, C and D). Controls BSA (picture E) and rabbit IgG (picture F) are unstained.
- RHAMM is present in high levels in human arthritic joints.
- MS Multiple sclerosis
- MS is a major human neurological disease in North America and Western Europe. Although the mechanism by which demyelination takes place in MS is not fully understood, it appears that the persistence of high levels of improperly assembled myelin which is prone to destruction is a leading cause for on set of the disease. Creation of ND 4 model of transgenic mice (Mastronardi et. al. J. Neurosci Res (93) Vol. 36 pp. 315-324) provides useful tool for investigation of the possible mechanism involving destabilization of the myelin membranes and appearance of distinctive features of MS disease. The pu ⁇ ose of this experiment was to attenuate clinical signs of demyelination in MS by inhibition of function of the cells involved in pathological processes.
- mice bearing 70 copies of the transgene for DM20, a myelin proteolipid protein, were utilized for assignment of scores based upon clinical signs of demyelination.
- Clinical signs which were assessed included general shaking, seizures, head jerk, hind-limb and tail shiver, unsteadiness, wobbly gait and limp tail.
- zero score means absent and score 4 means constant and uncontrollable appearance of the sign of the disease.
- Experimental groups of mice were divided into 4; each group contained 5 animals: one normal, one ND 4 mouse untreated and three ND 4 mice treated with RHAMM mimetic - P-peptide. Animals were treated three times per week with 10 mg/kg of P-peptide intraperitonealy. Peptide was resuspended in 300 ⁇ l of PBS.
- Wound-healing responses to injury involve a complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into the scar tissue.
- the fibroproliferative response is accompanied by wound contraction and fibrosis due to the presence of myofibroblasts and to the enhanced production of collagen.
- the extracellular matrix is remodeled to sustain and direct the cellular changes and to restore tissue integrity.
- Such exuberant healing responses often lead to tissue fibrosis and contraction, commonly referred to as scarring.
- Fibrosis of adult human tissue is a serious clinical problem that results in malfunction of tissue due to intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of liver, failure of anastomoses as well as adhesions following surgery.
- a fibrotic wound response contrasts with repair of fetal skin wound wounds which exhibit reduced leukocyte infiltration, reduced fibroplasia and altered extracellular matrix remodeling resulting in a non-scared appearance of the healed wound. Additionally, hyaluronan accumulation is sustained in fetal skin while its accumulation is only transient in wounded adult skin.
- This experiment tests the ability of 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide) to reduce tissue fibrosis in a rat punch biopsy model of skin repair.
- Collagen alone does not influence the rate of healing when compared to phosphate buffer saline.
- animals were anesthetized with Isofluorane inhalant with oxygen and nitrous oxide and the experimental and control wounds (collagen alone) were excised. Samples were flash frozen in liquid nitrogen for RNA extraction.
- Frozen wounds were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol (Gibco, BRL) until completely homogenous. After being homogenized, samples were incubated at room temperature for 5 min and 200 ⁇ l of chloroform was added. Tubes were tightly capped and shaken vigorously for 15 sec. Then, samples were incubated at room temperature for
- RNA pellet allowed to air dry. Pellet was dissolved in DEPC H 2 O (Diethylpyrocarbonate). Concentration of RNA was determined by spectrophotometer. RNA was aliquoted into 20 ⁇ g portions and stored in -70°C freezer until required.
- Trizol Reagent Protocol For the synthesis of oligo-dT-primed cDNA, 2 ⁇ g of total RNA, 1 ⁇ g of oligo(dT) primers and Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco Brl # 28025-013) were used. Following 1 h incubation at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by heating samples at 95°C for 5 min and 2 ⁇ l of RT reaction mixture was used for PCR.
- PCR amplification was performed with platinum Taq DNA polymerase (Gibco BRL #10966-018) and specific primers for collagen I and III were used: 5' CGA TGT CGC TAT CCA GCT GA (SEQ ID NO:52) for collagen I and the following primer 5' ATC AGT CAG CCA TCT ACC ACC (SEQ ID NO:53) was used for collagen type III.
- Thermal cycles for collagen type I and III were as follows: denaturation at 94°C, annealing at 60°C and polymerization at 72°C for 20 cycles.
- a set of primers of a common housekeeping gene B-actin were run in parallel on 1.5% agarose gel as a loading standard.
- Results are shown in Figure 40. Briefly, collagen production, which is a marker for fibrosis, was assessed by semiquantitative RT-PCR analysis of collagen type I and III mRNA within the wound site. Levels of collagen type I and III mRNA following P-peptide (lng/ml-20 mg/ml) application are shown in Figure 40. Treatment of wound sites with P-peptide reduced levels of collagen type I and III measured at 24 h post wounding.
- Fibrosis of adult human tissues is a serious clinical problem that results in malfunction of tissue due to keloids, hypertrophic scars, anatomonic strictures, intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of the liver, neurologic deficits following injury to the spinal cord, valvular heart disease, burned-injured joints as well as failure of anastomoses and adhesions following surgery.
- the P-peptide was assessed for its effect on the course of wound repair by measuring macrophage infiltration into the wound through the measurement of ED- 1 expression, a marker for macrophages and fibroblasts.
- RNA extraction Seven days after dorsal punch biopsies, animals were anesthetized with Isofluorane inhalant with oxygen and nitrous oxide and the experimental and control wounds (collagen alone) were excised. Samples were flash frozen in liquid nitrogen for RNA extraction. B. RNA extraction.
- Frozen wounds were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol (Gibco, BRL) until completely homogenous. After homogenization, samples were incubated at room temperature for 5 min and 200 ⁇ l of chloroform was added. Tubes were tightly capped and shaken vigorously for 15 seconds. Then, samples were incubated at room temperature for 2-3 min. After incubation, samples were centrifuged at 11200 ⁇ m's for 15 min, at 2 - 8°C. Upper aqueous phase was transferred to another RNAse free tube, carefully not disturbing inte ⁇ hase or organic phase of extract solution. After transfer, 10 ⁇ g of T-RNA was added into the tube together with 0.5 ml of isopropyl alcohol.
- RNA samples were incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Subsequently, they were centrifuged in picofuge at 11200 ⁇ m's for 10 min at 4 - 8°C. After being centrifuged, supernatant was removed and pellet washed once in 75% ethanol. Samples were vortexed for 15 sec and spun in picofuge for 5 minutes on 8800 ⁇ m's between 4-8°C. Remaining ethanol solution was carefully removed and RNA pellet allowed to air dry. Pellet was dissolved in DEPCH 2 O). Concentrationof RNA was determined by spectrophotometer. RNA was aliquoted into 20 ⁇ g portions and stored in -70°C freezer until required.
- 2 ⁇ g of total RNA, 1 ⁇ g of oligo(dT) primers and Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco Brl # 28025-013) were used. Following 1 h incubation at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by heating samples at 95°C for 5 min and 2 ⁇ l of RT reaction mixture was used for PCR.
- PCR amplification was performed with platinum Taq DNA polymerase (Gibco BRL #10966-018) and specific primers that used for ED- 1 is: for ED-1 - 5' CGA TGG CAG GAC AGT AGT CGC (SEQ ID NO:54) and/or 5' AAG GCT GCT GTT GAA AGG ACG (SEQ ID NO:55).
- Thermal cycles for ED-1 was as follows: denaturation at 94°C, annealing at 59°C and polymerization at 72 °C for 28 and 29 cycles.
- a set of primers of a common housekeeping gene B-actin were run in parallel on 1.5% agarose gel as a loading standard.
- Results are shown in Figure 41. Briefly, RT-PCR analysis of mRNA isolated from the wound site treated with P-peptide (1 ng/ml to 100 ug/ml) showed down regulation of ED-1 expression at 7 days after injury in comparison to the untreated wounds.
- P-peptide reduces infiltration of macrophages into the site of the wound.
- INFILTRATION FOLLOWING SKIN WOUNDING Several key processes are involved in excisional wounding healing and scarring. These include local inflammation and infiltration of macrophages and neutrophils. The objective of this study was to determine whether different HA binding peptides inhibit macrophage infiltration.
- excisional wound healing rat model used and the method of local application of peptides was similar to that described in example 23.
- Tissue biopsies were removed and assayed for Glucosiminidase activity, a biological marker for macrophages.
- HA-binding peptides A (RGGGRGRRR; SEQ ID NO:27), B (RGGGRGGRR; SEQ ID NO:56), C (RGGGRGGGR; SEQ ID NO: 57) inhibited the infiltration of macrophages in wounded biopsies, whereas peptide D (RGGGGGGGR; SEQ ID NO:58) which has a similar sequence but does not bind HA does not inhibit macrophage infiltration in wounding.
- peptide D (RGGGGGGGR; SEQ ID NO:58) which has a similar sequence but does not bind HA does not inhibit macrophage infiltration in wounding.
- the scrambled peptide A did not have any effect on macrophage levels.
- Cells were also grown to 50-60% confluency were lysed using RIP A buffer. Equal amounts of total cell protein were loaded onto a 10% SDS-PAGE gel. RHAMM was probed using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram, 1 :1000) and HRP-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1 :5000). RHAMM was visualized by chemiluminescence.
- Cell were grown to confluency in growth media, detached, and equal number of cells were seeded in 24-well Matrigel invasion chambers. Cells were left untreated with RHAMM peptide and allowed to invade for 24 h. For statistical analysis, 5 high-power fields(400X) were counted for the number of cells that invaded through the membrane. Statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
- MMP activity Cells were grown to confluency in growth media, detached and equal number of cells were seeded in 6-well plates uncoated or coated with 50% Matrigel in media. Cells were allowed to adhere for lh to the substrate, and then treated with the peptide mimicking the HA-binding domain of RHAMM (100 ⁇ g/ml) for 24 h in serum- free media. The activity of MMP secreted into the media was determined by zymography using 8% SDS-PAGE.
- Figure 43 A shows the Western blot analysis using a RHAMM polyclonal antibody detecting progressively increasing expression of 54 kDa RHAMM isoform in proportion to motility/invasivity: the highly motile/invasive subline, Fb2 > the weakly motile/invasive parental line, MC2 > the nontumotigenic parental NbE epithelial line.
- Figure 43B shows RHAMM localization to a sites of cell extension and to podosomes of invasive CaP cells. Open arrows point to sites of cell protrusion, whereas closed arrows point to circular structures known as podosomes or invadopodia.
- FIG. 44A shows that RHAMM regulates Dunning CaP cell line motility and invasion
- right panel of Figure 44A showed that MaTLyLu cells treated with a RHAMM peptide showed a significant reduction (p ⁇ 0.025) of about 20% in invasive potential as determined using Matrigel in vitro invasion chambers. However no effect of peptide was observed upon treatment of the AT-1 cells.
- Figure 44B shows that secretion of MMP was higher in AT-1 cells compared to MatLyLu cells when grown on plastic. Matrigel did not reduce MMP activity in AT-1 in MatLyLu. When RHAMM blocking peptide was added, MMP activity was suppressed.
- RHAMM is preferentially expressed in more motile/invasive and metastatic CaP cells.
- Blocking RHAMM function significantly and preferentially reduces motility, invasion, and MMP activity in highly metastatic CaP cells.
- FI (NZB/W) mice hybrids of New Zealand Black (NZB) and New Zealand White (NZW) mice, are a murine model of SLE (Systemic Lupus Erythematosus). These mice develop spontaneously autoantibodies to DNA and other cell components. Female mice develop a more rapid disease course than males, with death from renal failure occurring by 8-10 months of age in females and 18-20 months of age in males. Females of 8 weeks of age are free of overt symptoms of disease, with gradual development of autoantibodies, glomerulonephritis, proteinuria, renal failure and death. The renal disease is likely secondary to the immune dysfunction.
- mice In addition to progressive renal inflammatory disease, these mice show increase in body weight of 20% - 30%, which is manifested by increased accumulation of body fat. These lupus mice also have elevated triglycerides, similar to that seen in human SLE patients. A number of studies in murine SLE model have shown that dietary manipulations and restrictions have an effect on the development on this life shortening autoimmune disease. Several lines of evidence have supported a link between adipose tissue and immunocompetent cells. For example, in obesity, excess adiposity is linked to impaired immune function.
- mice Female NZB/WFl were obtained from Jackson Laboratories at 6 weeks of age and housed locally for 2 weeks prior to initiation of the studies.
- the study design comprised of four groups of 10 female NZB/WFl mice; one control and three experimental groups.
- the control group of mice were not treated with 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide).
- First group of mice were given P-peptide (5 mg/kg), three times a week via the IP route. The treatment started at 8 weeks of age and continued up to 28 weeks of age.
- the animals in the other two experimental groups were started on the P-peptide (5 mg/kg) at 16 and 24 weeks of age to determine whether interference with P-peptide can arrest or reverse active weight gain.
- the treatment in these animals also continued up to 28 weeks.
- the animals were assessed for weight gain during the development of the disease at weekly intervals.
- mice were a trend of increase in body weight of approximately 5 g per month.
- the total average increase after 20 weeks was 13 g.
- the group of mice that was treated from 8 weeks of age showed significant reduction in weight gain in comparison with the control group.
- the average increase of body weight in this group was 2 g per month, whereas total accumulation of weight was 6 g after 20 weeks.
- Weight gain in mice in the other two experimental groups was identical to the control group until the initiation of treatment.
- the body weigh in these mice showed decrease within the first week of the treatment, with the trend of further decrease toward the levels observed in animals that were treated at early stage of the disease (Figure 45).
- the treatment with P-peptide did not effect the weight gain in NOD mice, which served as a control for this experiment.
- the weight gain in mice that were treated at the early stage of disease (8 weeks) was similar to the weight gain in normal mice.
- Mice that were treated at later stages of disease showed not only arrest but reverse of weight gain that was similar to early stage treated mice.
- the P-peptide can be utilized as a therapeutic agent in the treatment of obesity and obesity related diseases (e.g. , diabetes and cardiovascular disease), as well as for diseases such as kidney fibrosis and lupus (SLE).
- obesity and obesity related diseases e.g. , diabetes and cardiovascular disease
- SLE kidney fibrosis and lupus
- a RHAMM induced cDNA expression library is obtained from mRNA populations extracted from RHAMM transfected cells maintained in serum free medium for 24 h. These culture conditions allow uptake of HA into the cell cytoplasm but will not allow HA uptake into the cytoplasm of non-transfected cells unless a HA transport protein is expressed.
- the cDNA library is used to infect COS or CHO cells which are then exposed to Texas red-labeled HA in the presence of cytochalasin D which inhibits endocytic uptake of HA.
- HA uptake will depend on the expression of a HA transporter.
- Infected cells are briefly exposed to streptomyces hyaluronidase to remove any Texas red labeled HA coating the outside of the cell and then cells are sorted for positive fluorescence with FACS.
- HA transporter The cDNA encoding a HA transporter is then cloned into an appropriate expression vector that will permit expression and isolation of the transporter protein. Appropriate vectors and expression systems are well known in the art. Antibodies are then be prepared against this protein. In addition, peptide regions instrumental in taking up HA (i. e. , an HA binding domains) are identified and peptides that mimic these sites are prepared for assessment of the ability to compete with HA transport or otherwise impact signaling pathways, podosome formation and/ cell motility which characterize transition stage cells. EXAMPLE 30
- cDNA expression libraries obtained from the "CHIP" differential screen described above are used to establish libraries expressing transition molecules that is capable of binding to a hyaladherin or other transition stage molecule.
- Several techniques are known in the art for identifying an expressed binding partner. These include a two hybrid phage display system and a two hybrid yeast expression system. The two hybrid expression system is used to screen for peptides or polypeptides that bind to RHAMM or other transition molecule, and the ability to actually bind the transition molecule is further characterized using a far Western assay system.
- Specific binding regions of the RHAMM binding partners can be further identified using the functional regions of RHAMM exons and the regions of RHAMM known to be involved in the transient phenotype through the ability to activate erk kinases as provided for example, in Figure 48.
- Antibodies may be made to the identified binding protein and assessed for the ability to affect cell motility or erk signaling cascades according as previously described.
- RABP RHAMM Associated Binding Protein
- SEQ. ID NO: 47 and 46 A partial polypeptide and nucleic acid sequence for RABP is provided as SEQ. ID NO: 47 and 46.
- Antibody against this protein has been prepared and shown to be effective in inhibiting RHAMM activated podosome formation and signaling in RHAMM overexpressing cells.
- Figure 49 shows the sequence for this novel RHAMM binding protein which was determined to be a 60 kDa protein that binds to exon 4 of RHAMM, and which is transiently present on the cell surface.
- Panel A shows the partial sequence of RABP isolated by a two hybrid screen using exon 4 of RHAMM.
- Panel B shows a Northern blot of RABP in transitional cells.
- Panel C shows a Western blot of transitional cell lysate indicating that RABP occurs within a 60 kDa protein.
- Panel D is a FACS analysis showing that RABP is present on the cell surface.
- transition stage phenotypes described for LR21 cells provided herein. Briefly, transitional cell cultures that overexpress RHAMM at precisely the levels required for enhancing podosome formation are grown to subconfluence (50-60%) in 10% FBS then released from their substratum using a 0.15 median, PBS, non-enzymatic disassociation medium. These cells are maintained in suspension in defined medium for 30 minutes and then plated for 24 hrs, at 5x15 cells/ml on plasma fibronectin coated dishes which promotes podosome positive, transitional phenotype.
- PolyA mRNA is isolated from the transitional cells and a differential screen is conducted using a cell line that is plated onto plastic dishes so that podosomes are not produced. RNA is placed into CHIPS for differential screening and genes associated with the transition phenotype are identified using CHIP protein technology. Positive cDNA's are sequenced, cDNA libraries are screened and RACE technology is used to obtain a full length cDNA.
- the CHIP will contain cDNA's encoding proteins involved in the transition stage phenotype that do not necessarily bind to HA but are nevertheless involved in regulating this stage. Hence, this method for obtaining transitional mRNA is useful for identifying other important dominant acting proteins involved with the transitional stage of response to injury processes.
- the CHIP screen can be used for proteins that bind to important podosome proteins such as CAS and cortactin, and full length sequences of these can be obtained. The function of such sequences may be analyzed for their effect on podosome formation by transient transfection.
- the entire differentially screened mRNA can be used to transiently transfect cells to determine whether they can induce podosome formation, using CAS or cortactin to detect podosomes as described above. Particular sequences are identified by increasingly restricting the number of mRNAs included in a transfection group until ultimately restricting the size of the group to single mRNAs encoding single genes affecting the transition stage phenotype.
- binding motifs are characterized by the presence of general amino acid motifs including staggered basic residues. These motifs can be more generally described as BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) where B is any basic amino acid and X7 is any amino acid sequence of about seven residues but usually including at least one hydrophobic amino acids or an additional basic amino acid. Most importantly however, none of the intervening X amino acids should be acidic, as acidic amino acids appear to interfere with binding to hyaluronan, a negatively charged polymer.
- Peptides which are specifically excluded from this motif include: BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR, RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR, RRRKKIQGRSKR, RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK, KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively).
- These excluded peptides do not bind HA with the same high affinity as peptides of the present invention which require are peptides that form an alpha helix.
- motifs that bind to hyaluronan also preferably form strong alpha helices as predicted in secondary structure protein analysis programs which further show that hyaluronan binding motifs contain at least two basic amino acids aggregating along one plane of the helix.
- a search of the data bases for previously undetected hyaladherins can be made, searching first for the aforementioned motif then coupling this with analysis of the structural requirements again using protein prediction programs such as for example are available on the internet (e.g., GCG). Additional sequence candidates can be found by searching appropriate databases of the technical literature such as Medline, Biosis, Chemical Abstracts and the like. Searches can then be made to determine which of the newly identified hyaladherins have previously been associated with disease and with the expression of podosomes. Those that are present at the cell surface can then be screened for their potential therapeutic use.
- the present invention provides for novel cell lines that overexpress RHAMM and that produce enhanced formation of podosomes. These cell lines may be utilized to screen for inhibitors of podosome formation. Concomitant with the
- CS antibody conjugated to a fluorochrome is added to this mixture causing a fluorescence response indicative of fibronectin degradation which is in turn indicative of the formation of functional podosomes.
- Candidate inhibitors of podosome formation are identified by the ability to reduce fluorescence in this assay and these candidates may be screened using any of several 0 high through-put screening systems known in the art.
- Inhibitors to be screened include, but are not limited to antibodies, HA binding peptides/polypeptides and RHAMM binding peptides/polypeptides associated with regulation of the novel transitional stage cells as provided in this invention.
- Inhibitors to be screened include, but are not limited to antibodies, HA binding peptides/polypeptides and RHAMM binding peptides/polypeptides associated with regulation of the novel transitional stage cells as provided in this invention.
- candidate inhibitors comprised of small chemicals or peptide mimics of these functional portions can be synthesized according to methods known in the art.
- One set of peptide mimics includes for example, HA binding mimics.
- Transitional molecules identified above e.g., hyaladherins, RHAMM binding partners, transitional proteins
- can be screened for their inhibition of specific cell signaling pathways involved in cell transition inhibition of erk kinase activity, AP-1 activity, MMP expression or specific transition states of the cell (e.g., podosome formation, cell migration, cell proliferation) in fluorescent screening assays.
- Cell lines over expressing specific transition molecules will activate ERK kinases, c-fos expression, AP-1 activity, MMP expression, and increased transitional states of the cell such as podosome formation resulting increased cell migration and proliferation.
- candidate peptides affecting transition state cells can be detected and/or screened using the methods provided by the present invention.
- Candidate peptides include peptides generated from transition molecules provided in the present disclosure (such as the RHAMM peptides), peptides of the transition stage which may further be identified using the aforementioned methods, peptides that bind strongly to active regions of transition molecules, or peptides that compete with binding of transition molecules of specific ligands generated by standard synthetic processes.
- transition cells can also be screened for effects on the particular features of transition cells disclosed herein including effects on specific signaling pathways (e.g., ERK activity, AP-1 activity,) gene expression (e.g., c-fos and MMP expression), podosome formation, cell motility and proliferation.
- specific signaling pathways e.g., ERK activity, AP-1 activity,
- gene expression e.g., c-fos and MMP expression
- podosome formation e.g., c-fos and MMP expression
- the structure of peptides effective in inhibiting transition molecule- induced processes can be determined by several methods including standard structure function analyses of a proteins shown to inhibit podosome formation and/or by using the above screening methods for analyzing peptide sequences encoded by a gene shown to be involved in podosome formation.
- Complementary peptides and peptide mimics can be designed based upon functional peptide motifs, particularly when an inhibitory peptide motiff is small (e.g., 10 amino acids or less).
- Such peptides and their mimics would be candidate molecules for therapeutic treatment of a variety of disease states dependent upon entry and passage of cells through the transition stage phenotype taught by the present invention.
- Candidate molecules would be tested for efficacy by assay in animal models of disease or using cultured cells expressing a transitional stage cells.
- Serum and tissue levels of HA are valuable diagnostic markers of arthritis and neoplasia.
- levels of HA in the serum are currently used to follow the course of osteoarthritis response to steroid therapy.
- HA accumulation within colorectal and breast cancers is prognostic of a poor outcome.
- HA levels are enhanced following most forms of tissue injury, other conditions including restenosis, MS, Alzheimer's, stroke, myocardial infarction, sports injuries, bums and other inflammatory diseases would benefit from methods of detecting HA.
- HA increase in plasma is associated with a variety of other diseases, particularly rheumatoid arthritis and in tumors such as mesetheliomas and Wilm's tumors. Therefore testing of HA levels in serum or in biopsy tissue will be useful, alone or in combination with other disease markers for determination of a variety of disease conditions.
- HA is routinely detected using fragments of HA binding proteins such as the 60 kDa fragment of aggrecan or link protein.
- the procedures for purifying these proteins is laborious and results are inconsistent making it difficult to routinely assess HA as a diagnostic parameter.
- the sensitivity of this technique is 5 pg
- the present invention provides a method of similar sensitivity but which is cheaper and more reliable.
- the method is based on using HA binding partners discovered using the techniques described above for detecting RHAMM binding partners.
- Using a phage display library to bind to biotinylated HA permitted identification of five particular species of HA binding motifs described in SEQ. ID NOS: 6-10. This was accomplished by isolating phage that attached to HA which were further isolated, rescreened twice and recloned. The clones were then bound to biotinylated HA-sepharose beads and only those phage that could be released with unlabeled HA were retrieved, recloned and sequenced. Five clones comprising the sequences identified above were detected. These sequences all bind to HA and are useful for detecting HA in serum and tissues in an assay described below.
- Serum samples and HA standard solutions were then applied to the plates and left on a mixer for 2 h. The plates were then washed and read in a fluorescent ELISA plate reader at 545 um. The amount of HA in the samples was determined by comparison to the HA standards.
- This assay has a similar sensitivity to previously described assays using aggrecan but is more reproducible due to the standardization possible using peptide synthesis. This contrast to the more variable results obtained using assays based on preparation of purified aggrecan for which a reproducible reagent capable of binding to HA is difficult to make.
- tissue e.g. , biopsy tissue.
- tissue e.g. , frozen or paraffin embedded tissue sections are incubated with biotinylated peptides for 1 h in sections that have been either exposed to hyaluronidase, used as a control, or to buffer alone. Sections are washed then developed with horseradish peroxidase labeled streptavidin and sections are then examined for a positive reaction indicated by brown staining. This procedure can be readily adapted for use in a kit as can the ELISA assay for detecting HA in plasma.
- HA binding peptides are also useful in an assay for soluble hyaladherins.
- an important aspect of the present disclosure is that the transition phenotype plays a heretofore undisclosed role in many disease processes such as inflammatory diseases, cancers, degenerative diseases and wound healing.
- HA will be shed during the podosome stage of a cell that typifies the transitional phenotype. Therefore, the presence of a transitional phenotype during the early stages of disease establishment may be detected by assaying for the presence of hyalauronan or hyaladherins present in serum.
- An assay for hyaladherins can be provided using the small peptides that bind to HA as described herein before.
- these peptides can be synthesized with an additional cysteine at the carboxy terminus.
- the peptides are then covalentiy linked to sepharose as per standard procedures.
- the sepharose beads are incubated with biotinylated HA for one hour, then washed.
- the beads containing biotinylated HA are then incubated for 1-2 hours at room temperature with an aliquot of sample serum.
- Hyaladherins that are present within the serum will compete with the peptide bound to sepharose for the biotinylated HA and therefore the amount of biotin label remaining with the sepharose beads will be inversely proportional to the amount of hyaladherins present in the serum sample.
- An alternative to the general hyaladherins assay mentioned above is a specific hyaladherins assay for selected hyaladherins observed to increase during a particular disease or cellular response as may be detected using the screening methods provided in the foregoing Examples. In this specific assay, monoclonal antibodies are prepared against the selected hyaladherins observed to increase during disease as detected by these screening methods.
- the monoclonal antibodies are used in a standard ELISA assay where antibodies are coated onto the ELISA well, serum is added to this coating, washed and a second layer of anti-hyaladherin will be layered on top. The top layer of antibody is detected using a fluorochrome labeled secondary antibody and the amount of label quantified in an ELISA plate reader.
- HA binding peptides hyaladherins and antibodies thereto are readily adaptable for detecting other components associated with the transitional state such as HA transporters or other proteins which may be detected using the aforementioned screening systems.
- Cells were also grown to 50-60% confluency were lysed using RIPA buffer. Equal amounts of total cell protein were loaded onto a 10% SDS-PAGE gel.
- RHAMM was probed using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram, 1 :1000) and HRP-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1:5000). RHAMM was visualized by chemiluminescence .
- Cell were grown to confluency in growth media, detached, and equal number of cells were seeded in 24-well Matrigel invasion chambers. Cells were left untreated with RHAMM peptide and allowed to invade for 24 h. For statistical analysis, 5 high-power fields(400X) were counted for the number of cells that invaded through the membrane. Statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
- Cells were grown to confluency in growth media, detached and equal number of cells were seeded in 6-well plates uncoated or coated with 50% Matrigel in media. Cells were allowed to adhere for lh to the substrate, and then treated with the peptide mimicking the HA-binding domain of RHAMM (100 ⁇ g/ml) for 24 h in serum- free media. The activity of MMP secreted into the media was determined by zymography using 8% SDS-PAGE.
- RHAMM is preferentially expressed in more motile/invasive and metastatic CaP cells.
- Blocking RHAMM function significantly and preferentially reduces motility, invasion, and MMP activity in highly metastatic CaP cells.
- NOD mouse is a model of human type I diabetes mellitus, which is characterized by a cell-mediated autoimmune process resulting in spontaneous diabetes (see, e.g., Zhao et al. Lithium (1991), 2(4)227-34; see also, The Jackson Laboratory). Studies have shown that the major populations of cells infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in the early stage of insulitis in NOD mice are T cells and macrophages.
- the colony used develops the disease between 15-20 weeks of age and there is a 70-80% incidence of diabetes mellitus.
- the mice treated were divided into two groups of 10 animals; the first group being treated with P-16 peptide and the other group comprising of the control group, which was treated with saline.
- the P-16 peptide was injected three times a week inte ⁇ eritoneally at a dose of 5mg/kg for 23 weeks.
- the untreated mice and five mice from the treated group were sacrificed at 28 weeks of age.
- the remaining five mice from the treated group were taken off the peptide treatment at 28 weeks of age and were assessed for the disease after 16 weeks.
- pancreatic tissue showed that treated mice had more intact pancreatic islets than the untreated animals and significantly smaller inflammation of the islets with inflammatory cells.
- RHAMM (P-16) peptide administration potently prevents the development of diabetes and associated complications in the NOD model of Type I diabetes mellitus in the absence of any toxicity. The diabetes-sparing effect is probably due to the inhibition of the destruction of beta cells in the pancreatic islets.
- the effectiveness of RHAMM (P-16) peptide administration to induce long-term inhibition of disease was demonstrated by the negative results of urinary glucose and polydipsia of 16 weeks post-peptidetreatmentNOD mice.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides compositions and methods for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal. These tissue disorders are associated with a novel cellular phenotype designated as 'transition cells' which are described herein. This cellular phenotype is characterized in having an activated erk kinase signaling activity, a stimulated AP-1 binding activity, and at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) increased podosome formation, (b) increased flux of intracellular or extracellular hyaluronans or hyaladherins, (c) increased expression of a hyaladherin, (d) an inability to form focal adhesions, (e) increased metalloproteinase activity, and (f) increased expression of a hyaladherin. Example tissue disorders include fibrosis, inflammation, degeneration and invasive disorders such as occur in cancerous cells. The methods provided herein include administering to the mammal, an effective amount of a composition that alters the activity of transition molecules within a cell. Transition molecules are shown to be comprised of hyaladherins, hyaluronans and associated molecules that regulate the transitional phenotype. A novel cell culture comprising transition cells is also provided, as well as compositions comprising particular peptides, polypeptides, and antibodies that affect the transitional phenotype.
Description
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING CELLULAR RESPONSE TO
INJURY AND OTHER PROLIFERATING CELL DISORDERS REGULATED BY
HYALADHERIN AND HYALURONANS
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates generally to the understanding, diagnosis and . treatment of a wide variety of diseases, and more specifically, to compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and/or the abnormal proliferation of cells.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The normal cell in normal tissue is confined to a narrow range of function and structure regulated by its differentiation state, genetic program of metabolism, tissue specialization, by constraints induced by neighboring cells, the extracellular matrix and availability of exogenous factors and metabolic substrates. Cells are able to handle normal physiological demands (homeostasis) or adapt to excessive physiological stresses and pathological stimuli by altering their steady state to preserve cell viability and function. If the adaptive responses to stimuli are exceeded, then a sequence of cellular events follow that transform normal cells to injured or diseased cells in an attempt to remodel local tissue. This process can lead to a number of diseases driven by enhanced cell proliferation, migration and invasion, production of matrix metalloproteinases, infiltration of inflammatory cells, tissue destruction and dysfunctional tissue remodeling. Regardless of the etiology, such disease processes are commonly found in inflammatory diseases (such as arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases, diabetes), proliferative diseases (such as cancer and metastases), degenerative diseases (such as osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's) and injuries caused by wounds or burns. Current medical approaches to treat or prevent such diseases typically involve the use of reagents that attempt to block mechanisms affecting cell proliferation, cell migration, or the production of enzymes or growth factors. However, because such reagents are not specific to diseased cells and current practices do not yet
allow targeting of these reagents specifically to sites of disease, such a therapeutic approach is typically toxic to the host if used for any length of time or at high dosages as may be required to treat or prevent the disease. This toxicity of current reagents is a severe limitation to the efficacy of current medical treatments. The present invention discloses a sequence of cellular transition states that are involved in the transformation of normal cells to diseased cells that is characteristic to all cell types, and thus, all tissues. Transitory molecules produced during the early phases of disease which are responsible for the transition of cells from normal to diseased state are described, as well as the use of such molecules in the diagnosis, treatment and/or prevention of a wide variety of diseases is provided.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Briefly stated, the present invention provides compositions and methods for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process, or proliferating cells in a mammal. The methods include administering to the mammal an effective amount of a composition that alters the activity of transition molecules within a cell Transition molecules are comprised of hyaladherins, hyalauronans or molecules regulated by an amount of intracellular or extracellular hyaladherins or hyalauronans. The activity of hyaladherins and hyalauronans are shown to interact with regulatory processes associated with a response to injury and/or proliferative/invasive cell types. Within one aspect of the present invention, methods are provided for treating a wide variety of inflammatory or proliferative diseases, comprising the step of administering to a warm-blooded animal (e.g., a human, horse, cow, sheep, dog, cat, or mouse) a compound to treat the inflammatory or proliferative disease.
A wide variety of compounds may be utilized within this regard, including for example (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds any one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM (e.g., an anti-
TAM antibody); (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c). In one embodiment, the polypeptide can be (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain. Also provided are antibodies which binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(d); and/or vectors (e.g., gene delivery vectors described below) that expresses a gene encoding a polypeptide as described above or herein. More particular embodiments include methods where a hyaladherin. is administered comprised of a RHAMM polypeptide. In a particular embodiment, a first peptide is administered comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10. In another embodiment, a second peptide is administered comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20. In another embodiment, a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21. In still other embodiments, an antibody is administered that binds to a peptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20 or an antibody is administered that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide. In a more general embodiment, at least one hyaladherin is administered that is a RHAMM polypeptide. Within other embodiments, the compound to be delivered is a polypeptide comprising less than an entire RHAMM polypeptide (i.e., less than 95 kD or 73kD molecular weight), and containing at least a portion of RHAMM domains Dl (e.g., aa 1-164 of human RHAMM), D2 (the "leucine zipper" domain, e.g., aa 195-122 of human RHAMM), D3 (the "TAM domain", e.g., aa 219-240 of human RHAMM), D4 (the repeat or "R" domain - e.g., aa. 442-546 of mouse and aa. 442-463 of human RHAMM), or, D5 (two HA binding domains - e.g., aa. 721-730 and 742-752 of mouse RHAMM, and aa.635-645 and aa. 657-666 RHAMM). Equivalent domains in other species may be determined by comparison with the human sequence (see, e.g., Figure 50; SEQ ID Nos. 47 and 48). Within further embodiments, antibodies are provided
which bind to any one of the above RHAMM domains (i.e., domains Dl, D2, D2, D4, or, D5). Examples include antibodies to SEQ ID Nos. 14, 17, 23, 24, 26 and 27.
A wide variety of inflammatory or proliferative diseases may be treated with the aforementioned compounds, including for example, inflammatory or proliferative neurological diseases such as Parkinsons or Alzheimer's disease, arthritic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis), diseases associated with demylination of the nerve sheath (e.g., multiple sclerosis), inflammatory dermatosis (e.g., psoriasis), inflammatory bowel diseases, a variety of wounds (e.g., surgical excisions adhesions, scars, and cheloids, and skin ulcers), stenosis and/or restenosis (as well as proliferative. inflammatory responses or fibrotic response associated with medical implants, such as hip implants, vascular wraps, catethers, and the like), cancer and other malignant diseases, kidney fibrosis, inflammatory lung diseases (e.g., emphysema, asthma, and cystic fibrosis), obesity and obesity-related diseases (including for example, diabetes), lupus, tissue transplantation (e.g., skin grafts) and cardiovascular diseases (e.g., atherosclerosis, and stroke).
Within the context of the present invention, it should be noted that the above-noted diseases are deemed to be "treated" if the typical disease course is altered, slowed, inhibited, or prevented in a statistically significant manner, for at least one symptom or sign of the disease. In related embodiments, the invention provides a composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the compositions described in the aforementioned methods of treating.
In a different aspect, the invention provides cell cultures which are comprised of a transition cells, wherein the transition cells include an activated erk kinase signaling activity, a stimulated AP-1 binding activity and at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) increased podosome formation, (b) increased flux of intracellular or extracellular hyalauronans or hyaladherins, (c) increased expression of a hyaladherin, (d) an inability to form focal adhesions, (e) increased metalloproteinase activity, and (f) increased expression of hyaladherin; wherein measurements of activity or
amounts are relative to a normal quiescent cell. In more specific embodiments, the cell culture is comprised of cells transfected with a nucleic acid that overexpresses a hyaladherin. In a still more specific embodiment, the cell culture overexpresses a RHAMM polypeptide. In a related aspect, the invention provides embodiments of an animal cell culture wherein the activated erk signaling activity is less than the activated erk signaling activity displayed by normal quiescent cells in response to a growth factor stimulation, wherein the growth factor stimulation is selected from the group consisting of: IL-1 stimulation, PDGF stimulation, and NTF α stimulation.
In still another aspect, the invention provides methods of identifying a composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising, (a) treating the cell culture as described above with a candidate composition; (b) scoring for the ability of the candidate composition to inhibit podosome formation in comparison to an untreated culture containing transition cells as described above; and (c) selecting the composition that inhibits podosome formation. One embodiment provides a method where scoring for the ability to inhibit podosome formation comprises testing the treated cell culture for a reduced ability to release a protease that degrades a cellular matrix component. In a more particular embodiment of the aforementioned method, the protease is a fibronectin degrading protease that releases a CS-1 sequence from a fibronectin matrix, and the ' scoring comprises testing the ability of the treated cells to bind an antibody specific for the CS-1 sequence.
In a different aspect, the invention provides peptide compositions that bind a hyalauronan comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, and with the proviso that the peptide does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR,
RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR, RRRKKIQGRSKR,
RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK, KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively).
In a related aspect, the invention provides peptide compositions that bind a hyalauronan comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of seven residues selected from amino acids other than acidic amino acids, wherein the peptide satisfies one of the following sets of requirements: (a) the amino acid residue at position 4, 5 or 6 is K, H, R, A, C, G, S, or T, (e.g., P-peptide (RSHKTRSHH; SEQ ID NO:61) and R-peptide (RGGGRGRRR; SEQ ID NO:27)); (b) the amino acid residue at position 4 or 5 is K, H, R, A, C, S, or T and the amino acid residue at position 6 is A, P, F, W, M, I, V, or L; (c) the amino acid residues at positions 2 and 6 are I, L, or V, and the amino acid residue at position 5 is K, H, R, Q, or N, (e.g., fibromodulin (KVGRKVFSK; SEQ ID NO:64), CD40 receptor associated factor-1 (KCSNQTLLR; SEQ ID ΝO:65), probable G protein coupled receptor (RTHLKHVLR; SEQ ID NO: 66), leukoctye derived chemotaxin-2 (KNAINNGVR; SEQ ID NO:67), laminin gamma-2 (KGQINNSIK; SEQ ID NO:68)); (d) the amino acid residues at position 2 and 6 are I, L, or V, the amino acid residue at position 4 is N, C, Q, G, S, or T, the amino acid residue at position 5 is R, N, C, Q, H, or K, the amino acid residue at position 8 is R, N, C, Q, G, H, K, S, or T, and the amino acid residues at positions 3 and 7 are any residue except D, E, P, W, Y, M, or F; (e) the amino acid residues at positions 2 and 6 are A, I, L, or V, the amino acid residue at position 3 is anything except D, E, P, W, Y, M, or F, the amino acid residue at position 5 is R, N, Q, H, or K, the amino acid residue at position 7 is H, R, or K, (e.g., cdc37 (RVRGRAKLR; SEQ ID NO: 69)); or (f) the amino acid residues at positions 2 and 6 are I, L, or V, the amino acid residue at position 3 is any residue except D, E, P, W, Y, M, or F, the amino acid residue at position 4 is K, R, or H, the amino acid residue at position 5 is R, N, Q, H, or K, and the amino acid residue at position 7 is H, R, or K. The invention also provides peptide compositions comprising a peptide that is a part of any peptide that meets the requirements of set (b) described above as long as the peptide has no acidic residues and also satisfies the requirements of set (b).
In yet another related aspect, peptide compositions are provided that binds a hyalauronan or block podosome formation in a cell, wherein the peptide is selected from group consisting of: (H4-5)B3 (SEQ. ID. NO: 1); (H4-5)BXBBXB (SEQ. ID. NO: 2); (H4-5)BXBXBBB (SEQ. ID. NO: 3); (H4-5)BXBBB (SEQ. ID. NO: 4); and (H4-5)BXBB (SEQ. ID. NO: 5). In these embodiments B is lysine (K) or arginine (R), X is a hydrophobic or neutral amino acid selected from the group consisting of (I, LN,Q, S) and H4-5 is sequence of 4 to 5 amino acids selected to form an alpha helix. In more particular embodiments of this aspect, the peptide is selected from the group consisting of: MMTVLKR (SEQ. ID. NO: 6); MMTVLKVKRLR (SEQ. ID. NO: 7); MMTVLKVKVKRK (SEQ. ID. NO: 8); MMTVLKVRKR (SEQ. ID. NO: 9); and MMTVLKVRK (SEQ. ID. NO: 10).
In yet a different aspect, the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) selecting a sequence from a database screened for sequences comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, (b) preparing a composition comprised of the selected sequence; and (c) testing the prepared composition for the ability to inhibit podosome formation according to other methods taught by this invention, and with the proviso that the peptide in (a) does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR,
RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR, RRRKKIQGRSKR, RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK, KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively). Within certain embodiments the peptides provided herein can be less than 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, or, 25 amino acids in length.
In a related aspect, the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a
response-to-iηjury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) forming an expression library comprised of cloned sequences expressed by a cell during a transition stage response; (b) screening the expression library for sequences encoding a peptide or polypeptide that binds a hyaladherin that is stimulated in cells 5 during the transition stage; (c) preparing a peptide or polypeptide encoded by the hyaladherin binding sequences; and (d) testing the peptide or polypeptide for the ability to affect at least one activity associated with transition stage cells, wherein the activity is selected from the group consisting of: increased erk kinase signal activation, podosome formation, metalloproteinase expression, flux of intracellular or extracellular
10 hyaluronans or hyaladherins, expression of a hyaladherin, and inability to form focal adhesions. In one embodiment of this method, the expression vector is a two hybrid phage display system, the hyaladherin is RHAMM and the testing is for the ability to inhibit podosome formation and inhibition of erk kinase signaling activation.
In a further aspect of the present invention polypeptides are provided
15 which comprises or consist only of any one of SEQ ID Nos, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 61, 68, 69, 70, 71, or, 72. When the polypeptide comprises additional sequences, the polypeptide may, in certain embodiments, be less than 50kd or
20 20kd of molecular weight. In other embodiments, the polypeptide may be less than 60, 50, 40, 30, or, 20 amino acids in length. Also provided are such polypeptides that are purified (e.g., free of cells), sterilized, and/or suitable for pharmaceutical use.
In yet other aspects of the present invention antibodies are provided which bind to any one of the peptides provided herein, including for example, a polypeptide
25 comprising or consisting only of any one of SEQ ID Nos, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 61, 68, 69, 70, 71, or, 72. Also provided are antibodies such as noted above, which are purified (e.g., free of cells), sterilized, and/or suitable for
30 pharmaceutical use (e.g., for use in one of the methods described herein).
In still another aspect, the invention provides methods for detecting hyalauronic acid in a sample comprising the steps of: (a) incubating the sample with a hyalauronic acid binding peptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between hyalauronic acid and the hyalauronic acid binding peptide. In one embodiment, the detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
In a related aspect, tlie invention provides methods of detecting a molecule that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide in a sample comprising the steps of (a) incubating the sample with the RHAMM polypeptide and with a RHAMM-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between the sample and the RHAMM polypeptide by scoring for reduced binding between the RHAMM polypeptide and the RHAMM-binding polypeptide. In one embodiment, detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
Yet another embodiment of the invention includes compositions for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injuryprocess or proliferating cells in a mammal, wherein the composition is comprised of a hyaluronan that binds to a hyaladherin that regulates a transition stage cell associated with the response to injury or proliferating cell disorder. In a related aspect, the invention provides a method for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising, administering to the mammal the aforementioned hyaluronan.
Within further aspects of the present invention, vaccinating agents are provided for preventing a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal wherein the vaccinating agent includes an antigen comprised of one of the aforementioned polypeptides, peptides or hyaluronans. Generally, within this aspect, the vaccinating agent is administered in a dosage and/or therapeutic regimen sufficient to generate an immune response against the selected antigen, and to prevent the tissue disorder or proliferation of cells.
These and other aspects of the present invention will become evident upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. In addition, various references are set forth herein which describe in more detail certain procedures or compositions (e.g., plasmids, etc.) and are therefore incorporated by reference in their entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a schematic illustration of the impact of the AP-1 pathway on disease.
Figure 2 is a schematic illustration of cell activation in response to a variety of factors, and this impact on disease pathways.
Figure 3 depicts cells transition from a normal cell to a diseased cell.
Figure 4 shows immunofluorescence micrographs and phosphoprotein assays which indicate a requirement for cell adhesion for activation of the erkl kinase signaling. Figure 5 schematically illustrates the involvement of RHAMM as a transitional molecule.
Figures 6A and 6B are two blots which show erk activity.
Figures 7A and 7B show the increased expression levels of e-fos, c-jun, junB genes by overexpression of RHAMM. Figure 8 shows the increased expression levels of c-fos and c-jun gene in cells overexpressing RHAMM regardless whether grown on PL or FN.
Figure 9 A and 9B are northern blots probed with gelatinase B, stromelysin, timp-1, and GAPDH CDNAS.
Figure 10 is a blot which shows that LR21 cells overexpressing RHAMMv4 are restricted in the extent to which proinflammatory cytokines can activate erk kinase.
Figures 11A and 11B are northern analysis of IL-1 and TNF -alpha induction of c-fos.
Figures 12A and 12B are photographs of LR21 cells, showing, in 12 A, the formation of discrete focal adhesions.
Figures 13 A and 13B are photos, and graphs (respectively), which show that overexpression of RHAMM results in podosome formation. Figures 14 A, 14B, and 14C are graphs which illustrate the relationship of
RHAM, erk activity and podosome formation. Figxires 14D, 14E, and 14F are photos which supplement this data.
Figure 15 A is a bar graph which shows a comparison of RHAMM expression at a cell surface. Figure 15B provides the sequence of various RHAMM peptides (SEQ ID Nos. 14-20).
Figures 16A and 16B are photographs showing cells treated with peptides. Figures 16C and 16D are bar graphs quantifying the effect.
Figures 17A and 17B are photographs showing podosome formation under various conditions. Figure 18 is two photographs showing MDA-231 cells trated with hyaluronan together with anti-RHAMM antibody.
Figure 19 is a chart that compares rate of locomotion for various cell lines and various substrates.
Figures 20A and 20B show that anti-RHAMM antibodies inhibit the ability of MDA231 cells to invade in vitro.
Figures 21 A, 21B and 21 C show RHAMM binding to fibronectin being blocked by selected antibodies.
Figure 22 is a bar graph which shows that MDA231 cells expressing RHAMM have a high degree of motility. Figure 23A and 23B are micrographs which show podosome formation in various cells.
Figure 24A and 24B are a graph, and a blot, respectively, which show the effects of exon 4 antibody and LZP on the formation of podosomes.
Figures 25A-D show that both v4 and v5 forms of RHAMM associated with erkl in vivo and in vitro, but that only the short form stongly activates the erk kinase cascade.
Figures 26A, 26B and 26C illustrate that HA binding peptides (SEQ ID Nos. 28,56-58) including artificial mimics are able to block cell motility.
Figure 27 is a bar graph which shows that treatment of injured cells with P-peptide (CSTMMSRSHKTRSHHV- Seq. ID. No. 26) inhibits migration of HFF cells.
Figure 28 is a bar graph which shows velocity of cells after addition of peptide aa423-432 (Sequence ID No. 24). Figure 29 is two bar graphs which, show MMP release from knockout fibroblasts compared to normal ones (on fibronectin vs. cell culture plastic).
Figure 30 is a bar graph and blots which show that erk phosphorylation is influenced by RHAMM expression.
Figure 31 is a bar graph which shows knockout fibroblasts have decreased motility compared to wild-type fibroblasts.
Figures 32a, 32b, 32c and 32d are photographs of bleomycin-induced lung fibrosis.
Figure 33 is a bar graph which illustrates that a significant increase in motility of macrophages from both bleomycin and saline-treated animals. Figure 34 is a bar graph which illustrates the motility of BAL cells four days after injury in response to administration of RHAMM peptides. i Figure 35 is a bargraph, and a blot which shows the ability of HA binding peptides to inhibit firbosis.
Figures 36a-f are a series of photographs from a histological analysis of lung tissue.
Figure 37 is a table which shows the percentage of cells with various isoforms of RHAMM, from a variety of RA patients.
Figures 38A-F are a series of photographs of stained RA tissue. Figure 39 is a graph which shows attenuation of clinical signs of MS after treatment.
Figures 40A and 40B are bar graphs which show that collagen production following treatment with P-peptide.
Figure 41 shows that P-peptide reduces infiltration of macrophages into the site of a wound. Figure 42 is a bar graph which compares glucosamine activity after treament of various peptides.
Figure 43A and 43B illustrate expression of RHAMM isoforms from various cell lines.
Figures 44A (bar graphs) and 44B (a blot) illustrate random cell motility and matrigel cell invasion utilizing various peptides.
Figure 45 is a graph which shows weight change in transgenic mice.
Figure 46A and 46 B show that RHAMM is most highly expressed in the most invasive lung cancer cell lines.
Figure 47A and 47B show that RHAMM is most highly expressed in high grade or invasive astnocytomas .
Figure 48A is a schemata showing domains of various RHAMM polypeptides required for podosome formation and activation of erk kinase signaling and Figure 48B is a protein gel showing that intracellular RHAMMv4 binds to ERK kinase.
Figure 49 shows (A) a partial amino acid (SEQ ID NO:46) and nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:45) of a RHAMM binding protein (RABP) isolated using a phage two hybrid system; (B) a Northern blot of RABP expression in transitional cells; (C) a
Western blot of transitional cell lysate indicating that RABP is a 60 kDa protein; and (D) a
FACS analysis illustrating that RABP is present on the cell surface.
Figure 50 depicts the human and murine sequence of RHAMM (SEQ ID Nos. 47 and 48 respectively).
Figure 51 is a bar graph that depicts the incidence of abnormal blood glucose levels in NOD mice.
Figure 52 is a bar graph that depicts the incidence of abnormal urine glucose level in NOD mice.
Figure 53 is a graph that indicates the effect of P-16 peptide on water consumption in NOD mice.
Figure 54 is a graph that indicates the effect of P-16 peptide on kidney weight in NOD mice.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
Prior to setting forth the invention, it may be helpful to an understanding thereof to first set forth definitions of certain terms that will be used hereinafter.
"Expression vector" and "expression cassette" refers to an assembly which is capable of directing the expression of a sequence or gene of interest. The nucleic acid expression vector must include a promoter which, when transcribed, is operably linked to the sequence(s) or gene(s) of interest, as well as a polyadenylation sequence. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the expression vectors described herein may be contained within a plasmid construct. In addition to the components of the nucleic acid expression vector, the plasmid construct may also include a bacterial origin of replication, one or more selectable markers, a signal which allows the plasmid construct to exist as single-stranded DNA (e.g., a Ml 3 origin of replication), a multiple cloning site, and a "mammalian" origin of replication (e.g., an SV40 or adenovirus origin of replication). As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to any of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acids can be composed of monomers that are naturally-occurring nucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., α-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have modifications in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example,
replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well-known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosp oroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a RHAMM binding protein that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a eukaryotic cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. That a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide can be shown by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. "Gene delivery vehicle" refers to a construct which is capable of delivering, and, within preferred embodiments expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell. Representative examples of such vehicles include viral vectors, nucleic acid expression vectors, naked DNA, and certain eukaryotic cells (e.g., producer cells).
A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center. The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene." "Treatment" refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in which the disorder is to be prevented.
"Mammal" for purposes of treatment refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, or pet animals, such as dogs, horses, cats, cows, etc. Preferably, the mammal herein is human.
"Antibodies" (Abs) and "immunoglobulins" (Igs) are glycoproteins having the same structural characteristics. While antibodies exhibit binding specificity to a specific antigen, immunoglobulins include both antibodies and other antibody-like molecules for which antigen specificity has not been defined. Polypeptides of the latter kind are, for example, produced at low levels by the lymph system and at increased levels by myelomas.
"Native antibodies and immunoglobulins" are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfϊde linkages varies between the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V.sub.H) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V.sub.L) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light- and heavy-chain variable domains (Clothia et al., J Mol. Biol 186:651 (1985); Novotny and Haber, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:4592 (1985)).
The term "variable" refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) or hypervariable regions both in the light-chain and the heavy-chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework (FR). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a .beta.-sheet configuration, connected by three CDRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the .beta. -sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called "Fab" fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual "Fc" fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab')2 fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
"Fv" is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen- recognition and -binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light- chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the sxirface of the V.sub.H -V.sub.L dimer. Collectively, the six CDRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH-1) of the heavy chain. Fab' fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH-1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab'-SH is the designation herein for Fab' in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab')2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab' fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
The "light chains" of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (.kappa.) and lambda (.lambda.), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these can be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG.sub.l, IgG.sub.2, IgG.sub.3, IgG.sub.4, IgA.sub.l, and IgA.sub.2. The heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called .alpha., .delta., .epsilon., .gamma., and .mu., respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known. The term "monoclonal antibody" (mAb) as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to conventional (polyclonal) antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each mAb is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they can be synthesized by hybridoma culture, uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins. Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a
substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention can be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256:495 (1975), or can be made by recombinant DNA methods (Cabilly et al., supra).
The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include "chimeric" antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (Cabilly et al., supra; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 57:6851 (1984)). "Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are specific chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementarity-determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies can comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. These modifications are made to further refme and optimize antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus
sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. For further details see Jones et al., Nature 327:522 (1986); Reichmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593 (1992). As noted above, the present invention provides compositions and methods for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal. More specifically, based upon the pathways and progression of disease described herein, it is now understood that many diseases are related in the sense that transition molecules are involved in the initiation and progression of disease. Provided in more detail below are: (A) assays for detecting molecules suitable for use within the present invention; (B) suitable candidate molecules for use within the present invention (whether for assaying, or for therapeutic purpose); (C) antibodies (for either assaying, or for therapeutic purpose); (D) expression systems for producing and or delivering therapeutic quantities of a desired polypeptide; (E) methods of treating a wide variety of diseases; and (F) the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions, including vaccines.
A. Assays for Detecting Therapeutic Molecules
The present invention provides a number of assays suitable for detecting therapeutic molecules, which are briefly described herein, as well as in more detail below in the examples.
For example, within one aspect of the invention methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process, or, the proliferation of cells in a mammal is provided, comprising the general steps of: (a) selecting a sequence from a database screened for sequences comprising a peptide of the sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) wherein B is a basic amino acid, and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues is selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, (b) preparing a composition comprised of the selected sequence; and (c) testing the prepared
composition for the ability to inhibit podosome formation. Within certain embodiments, the peptide in (a) does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR,
RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR, RRRKKIQGRSKR, RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK, KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively).
In a related aspect, the invention provides methods of identifying a peptide or polypeptide composition for treating a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells in a mammal comprising the steps of: (a) forming an expression library comprised of cloned sequences expressed by a cell during a transition stage response; (b) screening the expression library for sequences encoding a peptide or polypeptide that binds a hyaladherin that is stimulated in cells during the transition stage; (c) preparing a peptide or polypeptide encoded by the hyaladherin binding sequences; and (d) testing the peptide or polypeptide for the ability to affect at least one activity associated with transition stage cells wherein the activity is selected from the group consisting of: increased erk kinase signal activation, podosome formation, metalloproteinase expression, flux of intracellular or extracellular HA or hyaladherins, expression of a hyaladherin, and inability to form focal adhesions. In one embodiment of this method, the expression vector is a two hybrid phage display system, the hyaladherin is RHAMM and the testing is for the ability to inhibit podosome formation and inhibition of erk kinase signaling activation. In a related embodiment of these methods, the library is a library of nucleic acid molecules, or organic molecules, and the library is tested in order to determine its ability to affect one of the activities set forth in (d) above. If the test is positive, the library may be deconvo luted, and screened until a single molecule is identified.
In still another aspect, the invention provides methods for detecting hyalauronic acid in a sample comprising the steps of: (a) incubating the sample with a hyalauronic acid binding peptide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-10; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between hyalauronic acid and the hyalauronic acid binding peptide. In one
embodiment, the detecting employs an antibody that specifically binds to the hyalauronic acid binding peptide.
In a related aspect, the invention provides methods of detecting a molecule that binds to a RHAMM polypeptide in a sample comprising the steps of (a) incubating the sample with the RHAMM polypeptide and with a RHAMM-binding polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 21; and (b) detecting an amount of a complex formed between the sample and the RHAMM polypeptide by scoring for reduced binding between the RHAMM polypeptide and the RHAMM-binding polypeptide. In one embodiment, this method includes detecting which employs an antibody that specifically binds to the RHAMM-binding polypeptide.
These as well as other methods are described in more detail below in the examples.
B. Candidate Molecules
Utilizing the assays provided herein, a wide variety of molecules may be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells. Representative examples which are discussed in more detail below include organic molecules, proteins or peptides, and nucleic acid molecules.
1. Organic Molecules Numerous organic molecules may be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
For example, within one embodiment of the invention suitable organic molecules may be selected from either from a chemical library, wherein chemicals are assayed individually, or from combinatorial chemical libraries where multiple compounds are assayed at once, then deconvoluted to determine and isolate the most active compounds.
Representative examples of such combinatorial chemical libraries include those described by Agrafiotis et al., "System and method of automatically generating
chemical compounds with desired properties," U.S. Patent No. 5,463,564; Armstrong, R.W., "Synthesis of combinatorial arrays of organic compounds through the use of multiple component combinatorial array syntheses," WO 95/02566; Baldwin, J.J. et al., "Sulfonamide derivatives and their use," WO 95/24186; Baldwin, J.J. et al., "Combinatorial dihydrobenzopyran library," WO 95/30642; Brenner, S., "New kit for preparing combinatorial libraries," WO 95/16918; Chenera, B. et al., "Preparation of library of resin-bound aromatic carbocyclic compounds," WO 95/16712; Ellman, J.A., "Solid phase and combinatorial synthesis of benzodiazepine compounds on a solid support," U.S. Patent No. 5,288,514; Felder, E. et al., "Novel combinatorial compound libraries," WO 95/16209; Lerner, R. et al., "Encoded combinatorial chemical libraries," WO 93/20242; Pavia, M.R. et al., "A method for preparing and selecting pharmaceutically useful non-peptide compounds from a structurally diverse universal library," WO 95/04277; Summerton, J.E. and D.D. Weller, "Morpholino-subunit combinatorial library and method," U.S. Patent No. 5,506,337; Holmes, C, "Methods for the Solid Phase Synthesis of Thiazohdinones, Metathiazanones, and Derivatives thereof," WO 96/00148; Phillips, G.B. and G.P. Wei, "Solid-phase Synthesis of Benzimidazoles," 7et. letters 37:4887-90, 1996; Ruhland, B. et al., "Solid-supported Combinatorial Synthesis of Structurally Diverse β-Lactams," J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 777:253-4, 1996; Look, G.C. et al., "The Identification of Cyclooxygenase-1 Inhibitors from 4-Thiazolidinone Combinatorial Libraries," Bioorg and Med. Chem. Letters 6:101-12, 1996.
2. Proteins and Peptides
A wide range of proteins and peptides may likewise be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
a. Combinatorial Peptide Libraries
Suitable peptide molecules may be obtained through the screening of combinatorial peptide libraries. Such libraries may either be prepared by one of skill in the art (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,528,266 and 4,359,535, and Patent Cooperation
Treaty Publication Nos. WO 92/15679, WO 92/15677, WO 90/07862, WO 90/02809, or purchased from commercially available sources (e.g., New England Biolabs Ph.D.™ Phage Display Peptide Library Kit).
b. Peptide mimetics Numerous peptide mimetics may also be utilized within the present invention, including for example peptides such as: SEQ. ID. NO: 1 (H4-5)B3;
SEQ. ID. NO: 2 (H4-5)BXBBXB;
SEQ. ID. NO: 3 (H4-5)BXBXBBB; SEQ. ID. NO: 4 (H4-5)BXBBB; and
SEQ. ID. NO: 5 (H4-5)BXBB where B is either lysine (K) or arginine (R and X is a hydrophobic or neutral amino acid (i.e., LN,Q, S) and H represents a series of amino acids such that an alpha helix is formed, as determined by ΝΝ-predict EMBL protein analysis. ■ This need not be an amphipathic or coiled coil helix but such would also be suitable. Specific examples of sequences fitting these motifs that have been analyzed for effectiveness on podosome include the following:
SEQ. ID. NO: 6 MMTVLKR; SEQ. ID. NO: 7 MMTVLKVKRLR; SEQ. ID. NO: 8 MMTVLKVKVKRK;
SEQ. ID. NO: 9 MMTVLKVRKR; and SEQ. ID. NO: 10 MMTVLKVRK.
In addition, the following RHAMM sequences are more highly exposed on cell surfaces and more effective at blocking podosomes, cell motility and cell invasion. These are:
SEQ ID NO: 11 KLQATQKPLTESK, and
SEQ ID NO: 12 VSIEKEKIDEKS.
Other peptides may likewise be developed based upon the TAM domain ("Transient Activator of Map kinases"). This sequence is
SEQ ID NO : 13 VS(I/L)EKE.
Since this sequence is included in those used to prepare polyclonal antibodies against RHAMM, and because such antibodies blocks cell motility and activation of erk by growth factors, TAM domains have been identified as key sites of protein-protein interaction that are required for controlling map kinase pathways. This in turn regulates the activation of the cell to migrate, proliferate and remodel extracellular matrix. Reagents to this sequence will be useful in therapeutic treatment of the diseases described above.
Antibodies, peptide mimics or antisense technology of these motifs can be used to disrupt the transient phenotype and for treatment of disease as described in more detail below.
c. Antibodies Antibodies, as described in more detail below, may likewise be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response-to-injury process or proliferating cells.
d. Production of proteins
Although various genes (or portions thereof) have been provided herein, it should be understood that within the context of the present invention, reference to one or more of these genes includes derivatives of the genes that are substantially similar to the genes (and, where appropriate, the proteins (including peptides and polypeptides) that are encoded by the genes and their derivatives). As used herein, a nucleotide sequence is deemed to be "substantially similar" if: (a) the nucleotide sequence is derived from the coding region of the above-described genes and includes, for example, portions of the sequence or allelic variations of the sequences discussed above, (b) the nucleotide sequence is capable of hybridization to nucleotide sequences of the present invention under moderate, high or very high stringency (see Sambrook et al., Molecular
Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, NY, 1989); or (c) the DNA sequences are degenerate as a result of the genetic code to the DNA sequences defined in (a) or (b). Further, the nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein includes both complementary and non-complementary sequences, provided the sequences otherwise meet the criteria set forth herein. Within the context of the present invention, high stringency means standard hybridization conditions (e.g., 5XSSPE, 0.5% SDS at 65°C, or the equivalent).
The structure of the proteins encoded by the nucleic acid molecules described herein may be predicted from the primary translation products using the hydrophobicity plot function of, for example, P/C Gene or Intelligenetics Suite (Intelligenetics, Mountain View, California), or according to the methods described by Kyte and Doolittle (J. Mol. Biol. 757:105-132, 1982).
Proteins of the present invention may be prepared in the form of acidic or basic salts, or in neutral form. In addition, individual amino acid residues may be modified by oxidation or reduction. Furthermore, various substitutions, deletions, or additions may be made to the amino acid or nucleic acid sequences, the net effect of which is to retain or further enhance or decrease the biological activity of the mutant or wild-type protein. Moreover, due to degeneracy in the genetic code, for example, there may be considerable variation in nucleotide sequences encoding the same amino acid sequence. Other derivatives of the proteins disclosed herein include conjugates of the proteins along with other proteins or polypeptides. This may be accomplished, for example, by the synthesis of N-terminal or C-terminal fusion proteins which may be added to facilitate purification or identification of proteins (see U.S. Patent No. 4,851,341, see also, Hopp et al., Bio/Technology (5:1204, 1988.) Alternatively, fusion proteins such as Flag/desired protein binding protein be constructed in order to assist in the identification, expression, and analysis of the protein.
Proteins of the present invention may be constructed using a wide variety of techniques described herein. Further, mutations may be introduced at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the
resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a derivative having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion.
Alternatively, oligonucleotide-directed site-specific (or segment specific) mutagenesis procedures may be employed to provide an altered gene having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required. Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Walder et al. (Gene 42:133, 1986); Bauer et al. (Gene 37:13, 1985); Craik (BioTechniques, January 1985, 12-19); Smith et al. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, Plenum Press, 1981); and Sambrook et al. (supra). Deletion or truncation derivatives of proteins (e.g., a soluble extracellular portion) may also be constructed by utilizing convenient restriction endonuclease sites adjacent to the desired deletion. Subsequent to restriction, overhangs may be filled in, and the DNA religated. Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). Mutations which are made in the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention preferably preserve the reading frame of the coding sequences. Furthermore, the mutations will preferably not create complementary regions that could hybridize to produce secondary mRNA structures, such as loops or hairpins, that would adversely affect translation of the mRNA. Although a mutation site may be predetermined, it is not necessary that the nature of the mutation per se be predetermined. For example, in order to select for optimum characteristics of mutants at a given site, random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon and the expressed mutants screened for indicative biological activity. Alternatively, mutations may be introduced at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a derivative having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion.
Nucleic acid molecules which encode proteins of the present invention may also be constructed utilizing techniques of PCR mutagenesis, chemical mutagenesis (Drinkwater and Klinedinst, PNAS 53:3402-3406, 1986), by forced
nucleotide misincorporation (e.g., Liao and Wise Gene SS: 107-111, 1990), or by use of randomly mutagenized oligonucleotides (Horwitz et al., Genome 3:112-117, 1989).
The present invention also provides for the manipulation and expression of the above described genes by culturing host cells containing a vector capable of expressing the above-described genes. Such vectors or vector constructs include either synthetic or cDNA-derived nucleic acid molecules encoding the desired protein, which are operably linked to suitable transcriptional or translational regulatory elements. Suitable regulatory elements may be derived from a variety of sources, including bacterial, fungal, viral, mammalian, insect, or plant genes. Methods for expressing genes of interest are describe in more detail above.
Proteins can be isolated by, among other methods, culturing suitable host and vector systems to produce the recombinant translation products of the present invention. Supernatants from such cell lines, or protein inclusions or whole cells where the protein is not excreted into the supernatant, can then be treated by a variety of purification procedures in order to isolate the desired proteins. For example, the supernatant may be first concentrated using commercially available protein concentration filters, such as an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. Following concentration, the concentrate may be applied to a suitable purification matrix such as, for example, an anti-protein antibody bound to a suitable support. Alternatively, anion or cation exchange resins may be employed in order to purify the protein. As a further alternative, one or more reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP- HPLC) steps may be employed to further purify the protein. Other methods of isolating the proteins of the present invention are well known in the skill of the art.
A protein is deemed to be "isolated" within the context of the present invention if no other (undesired) protein is detected pursuant to SDS-PAGE analysis followed by Coomassie blue staining. Within other embodiments, the desired protein can be isolated such that no other (undesired) protein is detected pursuant to SDS- PAGE analysis followed by silver staining.
3. Nucleic Acid Molecules
Within other aspects of the invention, nucleic acid molecules can be assayed for their ability to treat or prevent a tissue disorder associated with a response- to-injury process or proliferating cells. For example, within one embodiment antisense 5 oligonucleotide molecules are provided which specifically inhibit expression of nucleic acid sequences which are associated with a response-to injury process or the proliferation of cells (see generally, Hirashima et al. in Molecular Biology of RNA: New Perspectives (M. Inouye and B. S. Dudock, eds., 1987 Academic Press, San Diego, p. 401); Oligonucleotides: Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (J.S. Cohen, ed., 1989
10 MacMillan Press, London); Stein and Cheng, Science 267:1004-1012, 1993; WO 95/10607; U.S. Patent No. 5,359,051; WO 92/06693; and EP-A2-612844). Briefly, such molecules are constructed such that they are complementary to, and able to form Watson-Crick base pairs with, a region of a transcribed mRNA sequence. The resultant double-stranded nucleic acid interferes with subsequent processing of the mRNA,
15 thereby preventing protein synthesis.
Within other aspects of the invention, ribozymes are provided which are capable of inhibiting the expression of sequences which are associated with, or which encode proteins or polypeptides that are associated with the disorders described herein. As used herein, "ribozymes" are intended to include RNA molecules that contain anti-
20 sense sequences for specific recognition, and an RNA-cleaving enzymatic activity. The catalytic strand cleaves a specific site in a target RNA at greater than stoichiometric concentration. A wide variety of ribozymes may be utilized within the context of the present invention, including for example, the hammerhead ribozyme (for example, as described by Forster and Symons, Cell 48:211-220, 1987; Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature
25 325:596-600, 1988; Walbot and Bruening, Nature 334:196, 1988; Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334:585, 1988); the hairpin ribozyme (for example, as described by Haseloff et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,254,678, issued October 19, 1993 and Hempel et al, European Patent Publication No. 0 360 257, published March 26, 1990); and Tetrahymena ribosomal RNA-based ribozymes (see Cech et al., U.S. Patent No.
30 4,987,071). Ribozymes of the present invention typically consist of RNA, but may also
be composed of DNA, nucleic acid analogs (e.g., phosphorothioates), or chimerics thereof (e.g., DNA/RNA RNA).
4. Labels
The gene product or any of the candidate molecules described above and below, may be labeled with a variety of compounds, including for example, fluorescent molecules, toxins, and radionuclides. Representative examples of fluorescent molecules include fluorescein, Phycobili proteins, such as phycoerythrin, rhodamine, Texas red and luciferase. Representative examples of toxins include ricin, abrin diphtheria toxin, cholera toxin, gelonin, pokeweed antiviral protein, tritin, Shigella toxin, and Pseudomonas exotoxin A. Representative examples of radionuclides include Cu-64, Ga-67, Ga-68, Zr- 89, Ru-97, Tc-99m, Rh-105, Pd-109, In-I l l, 1-123, 1-125, 1-131, Re-186, Re-188, Au- 198, Au-199, Pb-203, At-211, Pb-212 and Bi-212. In addition, the antibodies described herein may also be labeled or conjugated to one partner of a ligand binding pair. Representative examples include avidin-biotin, and riboflavin-riboflavinbinding protein. Methods for conjugating or labeling the molecules described herein with the representative labels set forth above may be readily accomplished by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Trichothecene Antibody Conjugate, U.S. Patent No. 4,744,981; Antibody Conjugate, U.S. Patent No. 5,106,951 ; Fluorogenic Materials and Labeling Techniques, U.S. Patent No. 4,018,884; Metal Radionuclide Labeled Proteins for Diagnosis and Therapy, U.S. Patent No. 4,897,255; and Metal Radionuclide Chelating Compounds for Improved Chelation Kinetics, U.S. Patent No. 4,988,496; see also Inman, Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 34, Affinity Techniques, Enzyme Purification: Part B, Jakoby and Wilchek (eds.), Academic Press, New York, p. 30, 1974; see also Wilchek and Bayer, "The Avidin-Biotin Complex in Bioanalytical Applications," ^/. Biochem. 777:1-32, 1988).
C. Antibodies
Antibodies to the polypeptides, fragments, or peptides described herein may readily be prepared by one of skill in the art given the disclosure provided herein.
Within the context of the present invention, the term "antibody" should be understood to include monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, and F(ab')2, Fv variable regions, or complementarity determining regions), whether obtained from animals or humans, generated utilizing hybridoma 5 technology, or recombinantly produced. Antibodies are generally accepted as specific against an antigen if they bind with a
M (moles/liter), and more preferably, at least 10"8 M, IO"9 M, 10"10 M, 10'1 1 M, IO"12 M, 10"12 M, 10"13 M, or, 10" 14 M. The affinity of a monoclonal antibody or binding partner can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art (see Scatchard, Ann. N Y. Acad. Sci. 57:660-
10 672, 1949). Antibodies of the present invention should also bind to the desired domain or peptide with the specificity noted above, and not against randomized peptides.
Briefly, a polyclonal antibody preparation may be readily generated in a variety of warm-blooded animals such as rabbits, mice, or rats. Typically, an animal is immunized with a desired antigen or peptide thereof, which may be conjugated to a
15 carrier protein, such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Routes of administration include intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraocular, or subcutaneous injections, usually in an adjuvant (e.g., Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant). Particularly preferred polyclonal antisera demonstrate binding in an assay that is at least three times greater than background.
20 Monoclonal antibodies may also be readily generated from hybridoma cell lines using conventional techniques (see U.S. Patent Nos. RE 32,011, 4,902,614, 4,543,439, and 4,411,993; see also Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Briefly, within one embodiment, a subject animal such as a rat or mouse is injected with an antigen of interest or a portion
25 thereof. The protein may be administered as an emulsion in an adjuvant such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant in order to increase the immune response. Between one and three weeks after the initial immunization the animal is generally boosted and may tested for reactivity to the protein utilizing well-known assays. The spleen and/or lymph nodes are harvested and immortalized. Various immortalization
30 techniques, such as mediated by Epstein-Barr virus or fusion to produce a hybridoma,
may be used. In a preferred embodiment, immortalization occurs by fusion with a suitable myeloma cell line (e.g., NS-1 (ATCC No. TIB li), and P3X63 - Ag 8.653 (ATCC No. CRL 1580) to create a hybridoma that secretes monoclonal antibody. The preferred fusion partners do not express endogenous antibody genes. Following fusion, the cells are cultured in medium containing a reagent that selectively allows for the growth of fused spleen and myeloma cells such as HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) and are subsequently screened for the presence of antibodies that are reactive against the desired antigen of interest. A wide variety of assays may be utilized, including for example countercurrent immuno-electrophoresis, radioimmunoassays, radioimmunoprecipitations, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), dot blot assays, western blots, immunoprecipitation, inhibition or competition assays, and sandwich assays (see U.S. Patent Nos. 4,376,110 and 4,486,530; see also Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Other techniques may also be utilized to construct monoclonal antibodies
(see Huse et al, Science 246:1215-1281, 1989; Sastry et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5128-5132, 1989; Alting-Mees et al, Strategies in Molecular Biology 3:1-9, 1990; describing recombinant techniques). Briefly, RNA is isolated from a B cell population and utilized to create heavy and light chain immunoglobulin cDNA expression libraries in suitable vectors, such as λΙmmunoZap(H) and λΙmmunoZap(L). These vectors may be screened individually or co-expressed to form Fab fragments or antibodies (see Huse et al, supra; Sastry et al, supra). Positive plaques may subsequently be converted to a non-lytic plasmid that allows high level expression of monoclonal antibody fragments from E. coli. Similarly, portions or fragments, such as Fab and Fv fragments, of antibodies may also be constructed utilizing conventional enzymatic digestion or recombinant DNA techniques to yield isolated variable regions of an antibody. Within one embodiment, the genes which encode the variable region from a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody of interest are amplified using nucleotide primers for the variable region. These primers may be synthesized by one of ordinary skill in the
art, or may be purchased from commercially available sources (e.g., Stratacyte, La Jolla, CA) Amplification products are inserted into vectors such as ImmunoZAP™ H or ImmunoZAP™ L (Stratacyte), which are then introduced into E. coli, yeast, or mammalian-based systems for expression. Utilizing these techniques, large amounts of a single-chain protein containing a fusion of the VH and V domains may be produced (see Bird et al, Science 242:423-426, 1988). In addition, techniques may be utilized to change a "murine" antibody to a "human" antibody, without altering the binding specificity of the antibody. Examples of humanized antibodies include chimeric or CDR-grafted antibodies (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,567 and 5,225,539), antibodies produced in genetically-altered mice (see PCT Application No. 93/12227).
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a variety of alternative techniques for generating antibodies exist. In this regard, the following U.S. patents teach a variety of these methodologies and are thus incorporated herein by reference: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,840,479; 5,770,380; 5,204,244; 5,482,856; 5,849,288; 5,780,225; 5,395,750; 5,225,539; 5,110,833; 5,693,762; 5,693,761; 5,693,762; 5,698,435; and 5,328,834.
Once suitable antibodies have been obtained, they may be isolated or purified by many techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988). Suitable techniques include peptide or protein affinity columns, HPLC (e.g., reversed phase, size exclusion, ion-exchange), purification on protein A or protein G columns, or any combination of these techniques.
D. Expression Systems
1. Vectors, host cells and means of expressing and producing protein Proteins or polypeptides of the present invention may be readily expressed in a variety of host cells or organisms. For protein production and purification, proteins are preferably secreted and produced in bacteria, such as E. coli, for which many expression vectors have been developed and are available. Other
suitable host organisms include other bacterial species (e.g., Bacillus, and eukaryotes, such as yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces cerevisiae), mammalian cells (e.g., CHO and COS- 7), plant cells and insect cells (e.g., Sf9). Vectors for these hosts are well known.
Briefly, within one embodiment a DNA sequence encoding a desired protein or polypeptide is introduced into an expression vector appropriate for the host. The sequence is derived from an existing clone or synthesized. A preferred means of synthesis is amplification of the gene from cDNA, genomic DNA, or a recombinant clone using a set of primers that flank the coding region or the desired portion of the protein. Restriction sites are typically incorporated into the primer sequences and are chosen with regard to the cloning site of the vector. If necessary, translational initiation and termination codons can be engineered into the primer sequences. The desired sequence can be codon-optimized for expression in a particular host. For example, a secreted form of a desired protein that is expressed in a fungal host, such as yeast, can be altered in nucleotide sequence to use codons preferred in yeast. Codon-optimization may be accomplished by methods such as splice overlap extension, site-directed mutagenesis, automated synthesis, and the like.
At minimum, the vector must contain a promoter sequence. Other regulatory sequences however may also be included. Such sequences include a transcription termination signal sequence, secretion signal sequence, origin of replication, selectable marker, and the like. The regulatory sequences are operationally associated with one another to allow transcription or translation.
2. Expression in bacteria
The plasmids used herein for expression of a desired protein or polypeptide include a promoter designed for expression of the proteins in a bacterial host. Suitable promoters are widely available and are well known in the art. Inducible or constitutive promoters are preferred. Such promoters for expression in bacteria include promoters from the T7 phage and other phages, such as T3, T5, and SP6, and the tip, lpp, and lac operons. Hybrid promoters (see, U.S. Patent No. 4,551,433), such as tac and trc, may also be used. Promoters for expression in eukaryotic cells include the P10 or
polyhedron gene promoter of baculovirus/insect cell expression systems (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,243,041, 5,242,687, 5,266,317, 4,745,051, and 5,169,784), MMTV LTR, RSV LTR, SV40, metallothionein promoter (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,870,009) and other inducible promoters. For expression of the proteins, a promoter is inserted in operative linkage with the coding region of the desired protein or polypeptide.
The promoter controlling transcription of the desired protein may be controlled by a repressor. In some systems, the promoter can be derepressed by altering the physiological conditions of the cell, for example, by the addition of a molecule that competitively binds the repressor, or by altering the temperature of the growth media. Preferred repressor proteins include, but are not limited to the E coli lad repressor responsive to IPTG induction, the temperature sensitive λcI857 repressor, and the like. The E. coli lad repressor is preferred.
In other preferred embodiments, the vector also includes a transcription terminator sequence. A "transcription terminator region" has either a sequence that provides a signal that terminates transcription by the polymerase that recognizes the selected promoter and/or a signal sequence for polyadenylation.
Preferably, the vector is capable of replication in bacterial cells. Thus, the vector preferably contains a bacterial origin of replication. Preferred bacterial origins of replication include the fl-ori and col Εl origins of replication, especially the ori derived from pUC plasmids.
The plasmids also preferably include at least one selectable marker that is functional in the host. A selectable marker gene includes any gene that confers a phenotype on the host that allows transformed cells to be identified and selectively grown. Suitable selectable marker genes for bacterial hosts include the ampicillin resistance gene (Ampr), tetracycline resistance gene (Tcr) and the kanamycin resistance gene (Kanr). Suitable markers for eukaryotes usually require a complementary deficiency in the host (e.g., thymidine kinase (tk) in tk- hosts). However, drug markers are also available (e.g., G418 resistance and hygromycin resistance).
The sequence of nucleotides encoding the desired protein or polypeptide may also include a classical secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a
precursor protein processed and secreted. The resulting processed protein may be recovered from the periplasmic space or the fermentation medium. Secretion signals suitable for use are widely available and are well known in the art (von Heijne, J Mol. Biol. 184:99-105, 1985). Prokaryotic and eukaryotic secretion signals that are functional in E. coli (or other host) may be employed. The presently preferred secretion signals include, but are not limited to pelB, matα, extensin and glycine-rich protein.
One skilled in the art appreciates that there are a wide variety of suitable vectors for expression in bacterial cells and which are readily obtainable. Vectors such as the pΕT series (Novagen, Madison, WI) and the tac and trc series (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) are suitable for expression of a wide variety of proteins. A suitable plasmid is ampicillin resistant, has a colΕI origin of replication, laclq gene, a lac/trp hybrid promoter in front of the lac Shine-Dalgarno sequence, a hexa-his coding sequence that joins to the 3' end of the inserted gene, and an rrnB terminator sequence.
The choice of a bacterial host for the expression of the desired protein or polypeptide is dictated in part by the vector. Commercially available vectors are paired with suitable hosts. The vector is introduced in bacterial cells by standard methodology. Typically, bacterial cells are treated to allow uptake of DNA (for protocols, see generally, Ausubel et al, supra; Sambrook et al, supra). Alternatively, the vector may be introduced by electroporation, phage infection, or another suitable method.
3. Expression in other organisms
A variety of other organisms are suitable for use in the present invention. For example, various fungi, including yeasts, molds, and mushrooms, insects, especially vectors for diseases and pathogens, and other animals, such as cows, mice, goats, birds, aquatic animals (e.g., shrimp, turtles, fish, lobster and other crustaceans), amphibians and reptiles and the like, may be transformed with a desired transgene.
The principles that guide vector construction for bacteria and plants, as discussed above, are applicable to vectors for these organisms. In general, vectors are well known and readily available. Briefly, the vector should have at least a promoter functional in the host in operative linkage with the desired protein or polypeptide.
Usually, the vector will also have one or more selectable markers, an origin of replication, a polyadenylation signal and transcription terminator.
The sequence of nucleotides encoding the desired protein or polypeptide may also include a classical secretion signal, whereby the resulting peptide is a precursor protein processed and secreted. Suitable secretion signals may be obtained from a variety of genes, such as mat-alpha or invertase genes.
4. Transgenic animals
Within related aspects of the present invention, proteins of the present invention may be expressed in a transgenic animal whose germ cells and somatic cells contain a gene which encodes the desired protein and which is operably linked to a promoter effective for the expression of the gene. Alternatively, in a similar manner transgenic animals may be prepared that lack the desired gene (e.g., "knockout" mice). Such transgenics may be prepared in a variety non-human animals, including mice, rats, rabbits, sheep, dogs, goats and pigs (see Hammer et al., Nature 375:680-683, 1985, Palmiter et al., Science 222:809-814, 1983, Brinster et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 52:4438-4442, 1985, Palmiter and Brinster, Cell 47:343-345, 1985, PCT Publication No. WO 99/01164, and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,175,383, 5,087,571, 4,736,866, 5,387,742, 5,347,075, 5,221,778, 5,162,215; 5,545,808; 5,741,957; 4,873,191; 5,780,009; 4,736,866; 5,567,607; 5,633,076 and 5,175,384). Briefly, an expression vector, including a nucleic acid molecule to be expressed together with appropriately positioned expression control sequences, is introduced into pronuclei of fertilized eggs, for example, by microinjection. Integration of the injected DNA is detected by blot analysis of DNA from tissue samples. It is preferred that the introduced DNA be incorporated into the germ line of the animal so that it is passed on to the animal's progeny. Tissue-specific expression may be achieved through the use of a tissue- specific promoter, or through the use of an inducible promoter, such as the metallothionein gene promoter (Palmiter et al., 1983, ibid), which allows regulated expression of the transgene.
E. Gene Delivery Vectors
A wide variety of gene delivery vectors may be utilized to deliver and/or express a desired gene of interest in host cells. For example, within one aspect of the present invention, retroviral gene delivery vehicles may be utilized. Briefly, retroviral 5 gene delivery vehicles of the present invention may be readily constructed from a wide variety of retroviruses, including for example, B, C, and D type retroviruses as well as spumaviruses and lentiviruses (see RNA Tumor Viruses, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1985). Such retroviruses may be readily obtained from depositories or collections such as the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC"; RockviUe,
10 Maryland), or isolated from known sources using commonly available techniques. Representative examples of retroviral gene delivery vectors are described in more detail in EP 0,415,731; PCT Publication Nos. WO 90/07936; WO 91/0285, WO 9311230; WO 9310218, WO 9403622; WO 9325698; WO 9325234; and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,219,740, 5,716,613, 5,851,529, 5,591,624, 5,716,826, 5,716,832, and 5,817,491.
15 Other suitable gene delivery vectors can be generated from alphaviruses
(see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,091,309 and 5,217,879, 5,843,723, and 5,789,245), recombinant adenoviral vectors (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,872,005), and numerous other viruses such as pox viruses, such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher- Hoch et al, PNAS 86:311-321, 1989; Flexner et al., Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86-103,
20 1989; Flexner et al., Vaccine 5:17-21, 1990; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,603,112, 4,769,330 and 5,017,487; WO 89/01973); SV40 (Mulligan et al., Nature 277:108-114, 1979); influenza virus (Luytjes et al., Cell 59:1107-1113, 1989; McMicheal et al, N. Eng. J. Med. 309:13-11, 1983; and Yap et al., Nature 273:238-239, 1978); herpes (Kit, Adv. Exp. Med. Biol 215:219-236, 1989; U.S. Patent No. 5,288,641); HIV (Poznansky, J
25 Virol. 65:532-536, 1991); measles (EP 0 440,219); Semliki Forest Virus, and coronavirus, as well as other viral systems (e.g., EP 0,440,219; WO 92/06693; U.S. Patent No. 5,166,057).
In addition to the above viral-based vectors, numerous non-viral gene delivery vehicles may likewise be utilized within the context of the present invention.
30 Representative examples of such gene delivery vehicles include direct delivery of
nucleic acid expression vectors or naked DNA alone (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,814,482 and 5,580,859), polycation condensed DNA linked or unlinked to killed adenovirus (Curiel et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 3:147-154, 1992), DNA ligand linked to a ligand (Wu et al., J of Biol. Chem 264:16985-16981, 1989), and nucleic acid containing liposomes (e.g., WO 95/24929 and WO 95/12387).
F. Compounds
As noted above, a wide variety of compounds may be utilized within this regard, including for example (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; (b) an anti-TAM antibody; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c).
Within one embodiment, the polypeptide BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) comprises a polypeptide wherein B is a basic amino acid and X7 is a sequence of about seven residues selected from any amino acid other than an acidic amino acid, wherein the peptide forms an alpha helix and each occurrence of B is oriented on the same side of the alpha helix, and with the proviso that the peptide does not consist of the sequences BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR, RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR,
RRRKKIQGRSKR, RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK,
KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively).
In one embodiment, the polypeptide can be (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain. Also provided are antibodies which binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(d); and/or vectors (e.g., gene delivery vectors described below) that expresses a gene encoding a polypeptide as described above or herein. In a particular embodiment, peptides are provided
comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ. ID NO: 1-20. In another embodiment, a hyaladherin-bindingpolypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO : 21.
Within particularly preferred embodiments of the invention, the compound is an antibody. Representative examples of antibodies suitable for use 5 within the present invention include antibodies to domain Dl of RHAMM amino acids 1-164 of human RHAMM (including for example: sequences recognizing the murine Dl sequence, aa. 97-111 - QERGTQDKRIQDME (SEQ ID NO:21); and sequences recognizing human RHAMM, aa 151-164 - LKSKFSENGNQKNL (SEQ ID NO: 18)); antibodies to domain D2 of RHAMM - the "leucine zipper" domain of human RHAMM
10 from aa 195-222; antibodies which recognize the domain D3 -the TAM domains of RHAMM (aa 219-240 of the human RHAMM sequence, including antibodies which recognize the sequence VSIEKEKIDEK (SEQ ID NO:49)); domain D4 (repeat or "R" domain - aa 442-546 for mouse, and aa 442-463 for human) and domain D5 (HA binding domain, including two domains: aa 721-730 and aa 742-752 for mouse; aa
15 635-645 and aa 657-666 for human). In other embodiments, antibodies are provided which bind to a polypeptide comprised of SEQ. ID NO: 11-20.
As utilized herein, reference may be made to the human sequence of RHAMM for identification of the domains. However, the domains can be identified and specific antibodies generated for other species, such as, for example, mouse. Figure
20 50 (SEQ ID Nos. 47 and 48) provides the amino acid sequence of human and mouse RHAMM (see PCT publication No. WO 97/38098 and Genbank Accession Nos. AAC52049 & Q00547). As utilized herein, it should be understood that antibodies "bind" to the above sequence if they do so with a
of at least 10" M (moles/liter) (see "antibodies" above).
25 Also provided are polypeptides comprising a fragment of the RHAMM protein, of less than 95 or 73kD molecular weight. Representative fragments of polypeptides contain at least all, or a portion of one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5, as set forth above. Within various embodiments, the polypeptides are less than 250, 200, 150, 100, 75, 50, or, 25 amino acids in length.
30
G. Methods of Treatment
As described in more detail below, a wide variety of diseases share common disease processes such as local production of cytokines, degradative enzymes, reactive oxygen species resulting in increased cell migration and proliferation and eventual tissue destruction and cell death. These diseases may be readily treated or prevented, by administration of a composition that alters the activity of transition molecules within a cell Transition molecules are comprised of hyaladherins, hyalauronans or molecules regulated by an amount of intracellular or extracellular hyaladherins or hyalauronans. The activity of hyaladherins and hyalauronans are shown to interact with a regulatory processes associated with a response to injury and/or proliferative/invasive cell types.
In one embodiment, methods are provided comprising the general steps of administering to a mammal an effective amount of a composition comprised of any one of (a) a first peptide comprised of a hyaluronic acid-binding domain; (b) a hyaladherin polypeptide; (c) a second peptide comprised of a domain from a hyaladherin polypeptide; (d) a hyaladherin-binding polypeptide; (e) a third peptide comprised of a hyaladherin binding domain; (f) an antibody that binds to a peptide or polypeptide of (a)-(e); and/or (g) a vector that expresses a gene encoding any of (a)-(f).
Briefly, cells in a homeostatic environment such as normally occurs within adult tissues are characterized by a differentiated state that varies with the tissue, and a low or contained rate of cell proliferation or motility. This differentiated state has typically been viewed to occur as a result of specific gene regulation. As described in more detail below, differentiated cells that are functioning within a physiological, homeostatic tissue environment are also restricted from expressing genes that regulate response-to-injury processes. These processes are regulated by master switch transcription heterodimers termed AP-1 as illustrated in Figure 1. The three map kinase cascades identified in mammalian cells so far include erk, jnk and p38 hog pathways. These pathways collectively regulate expression of the transcription factors c-fos and c- un. Heterodimerization of these two transcription factors results in formation of AP-1 which controls the expression of genes required for cell migration, cell proliferation,
extracellular matrix remodeling and production of growth factors and cytokines that are required for amplification and maintenance of the response to injury process. It is the deregulated activation of these pathways that leads to the diseased state.
These transcription factors when activated control the expression of a plethora of molecules required for efficient repair and include proteases such as collagenases, various extracellular matrix proteins and molecules that allow the cell to respond to cytokines/growth factors by proliferating and migrating efficiently. Response-to-injury is a well-defined term referring to the ability of cells to repair and to remodel their extracellular environment to promote and ultimately re-establish the differentiated state.
As shown in more detail in the Figures, nomal cells undergo a number of intermediate changes until it becomes a diseased cell involved in chronic inflammatory diseases, proliferating diseases and degenerative diseases. In Figures 1, 2, 3, and 5, we show schematically a model for the key transition steps involved in the transformation of normal cell to diseased cells which is applicable to all cell types surrounded by matrix and is most likely involved in all diseases including cancers, inflammatory and degenerative diseases, wound healing and injury related diseases, inflammatory implications of host verses graft or devices. Briefly, in the normal tissue, cells are quiescent and responsible for normal and controlled tissue remodelling. Normal cells express growth factor receptors (represented by small circles) but these are not grouped together and the cell is restricted in its ability to respond to pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors. Rather, the cell remains in a non-proliferative state and responds to factors that regulate its state of differentiation (homeostatic responses). Upon injury, the cell rapidly releases glycosylphosphatidyl inositol linked proteins (co-receptors indicated by triangles) onto the cell surface and releases hyaluronic acid (represented by X) and other matrix molecules such as fibronectin (represented by ~) that allow the cell to initiate the beginnings of an activated state. The presence of the coreceptors permits growth factors to aggregate slightly enhancing their ability to respond to pro- inflammatory cytokines and growth factors yet at the same time preventing the full response that is seen in the fully diseased cell. This regulated ability to respond to
growth factors as well as the production of molecules such as hyaluronic acid and fibronectin allows the formation of podosomes (represented by small triangular extensions) that facilitate the localized release of proteases and other enzymes that produce fragments of extracellular matrix. These fragments serve to recruit other cells to the site of injury including white cells that allow enhancement and stabilization of the response to injury. Furthermore, these fragments contribute to the evolution of podosomes to focal contacts. This intermediary transitional state is termed Stage C and reagents prepared against the molecules regulating podosome structure and function are predicted to prevent development of the next state, Stage D which is one that allows full responses to pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors. In Stage D, growth factor and cytokine receptors are aggregated into structures called focal contacts, which contain all the signaling molecules required for activation of multiple pathways. In this aggregated state, cells are able to maximally respond to growth factors and cytokines and maintenance of this state leads to disease. Cytokines and other pro-inflammatory mediators are not capable of stimulating the expression of AP-1 dependent genes involved in cell proliferation migration, and tissue destruction. However upon injury or stress, the cells under go a series of changes which result in the transformation of normal cells to diseased cells. While not being bound by theory, it is proposed herein that cells that are initially responding to stress, whether due to heat, chemical, free radical, mechanical injury or to mutations of key proteins, react to these insults in a standard pattern. The initial stage involves the expression and secretion of matrix molecules involved in edema and inflammatory responses (for example hyaluronic acid (HA), collagen type VIII, osteopontin, tenascin, serglycin, addressin, laminin), as well as expression of transition molecules on the cell membrane and surface such as heat shock proteins and HA-binding proteins (Stage B). It is known that differentiated cells undergoing transition respond initially to injury by activating ERK kinase cascades that regulate at the least, activation of heat shock protein transcription factors and potentially other transition molecules allowing cells to remain viable as Stage B cells. These cells are characterized by enhanced production of heat shock proteins that protect the cell from
aggregation of key proteins, organelle damage and ultimately apoptosis, as well as by increased presence of HA-binding molecules on the cell surface.
Once the cell has entered stage B, the presence of growth factor concentrations and other molecules at the site of injury will likely determine whether the cell now returns to its differentiated state or proceeds to Stage C. The present invention provides the unexpected discovery that closely following the initial responses, cells enter a transitional stage (defined as Stage C) which is characterized by (1) the formation of transient structures called podosomes or invadapodia; (2) disassembled actin cytoskeleton (e.g., a paucity of focal adhesion); and (3) dependence upon hyaluronan related molecules and hyaladherins for regulation of signaling cascades; and (4) altered control of growth factor initiated signaling. As illustrated in the Examples, cells plated onto plastic transiently form podosomes at 12-18 h., but this is reduced by 24 h. Plating of cells onto fibronectin enhances and stabilizes podosome formation.
Fibronectin is also necessary for the formation of focal contacts. The presence of podosomes correlates with cell surface RHAMM expression. Such cells importantly exhibit the first stage of release from the restriction of AP-1 activation exhibited by Stage A cells. Podosomes allow the cell to efficiently release proteases at lamellae tips to promote cell invasion into the matrix that will ultimately initiate controlled remodelling of its extracellular matrix detected by exposure of the CS-1 sequence in fibronectin (described in more detail hereafter). This event is believed to be required for an ability to maximally respond to growth factors/cytokines and re- establishment of tissue homeostasis. Podosomes are also ultimately the sites of focal adhesion assembly that ultimately allow a cell to proceed to Stage D. At the podosome sites, increased and persistent matrix degradation results in increased degradation fragments of matrix molecules such as collagen and CS-1 fibronectin which suppresses the expression and levels of cell surface transitions molecules. Podosomes require interactions between hyaluronan and hyaladherins as well as interactions between hyaladherins and other proteins for their structural and functional integrity. As the levels of transitions molecules such as HA-binding molecules (e.g., RHAMM, CD37) on the cell surface and cytoplasm decrease, there is an increase in the formation of focal
adhesions and local accumulation of cell surface cytokine receptors, intracellular signaling molecules and cytoskeletal components (Stage D). Focal Adhesions couple integrins to growth factor/cytokine receptors and allow the cell to enter the next stage in the injury response which is characterized by heightened ability to respond to pro- inflammatory cytokines and growth factors. The formation of focal adhesions removes restriction of activation of AP-1 dependent genes by cytokines and growth factors and results in increased cell migration and proliferation, and tissue destruction.
As described in more detail below, the sustained presence of these cells, termed Stage D are largely responsible for tissue deterioration following sustained and escalated response to injury that is characteristic of many inflammatory, degenerative and proliferative type of diseases including for instance arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel diseases, restenosis, fibronosis, atherosclerosis, diabetes, osteoarthritis, cancers, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's and wound healing.
These transitional stages (Stages B-C) are necessary for all differentiated cells in tissues to activate AP-1 dependent genes and AP-1 dependent disease processes such as cell proliferation, migration, invasion and production of matrix metalloproteinases, therefore, inflammatory, proliferative and degenerative diseases are dynamic processes that involve the continual recruitment of differentiated tissue into the pathway culminating in the stage D cells. The ability of the cell to acquire a transitional phenotype is absolutely required for it to progress to Stage D where it responds to pro-inflammatory cytokines/growth factors. Molecules that regulate this transient cellular phase, such as those that either disrupt hyaluronan/hyaladherin or hyaladherin other protein interactions, make excellent therapeutic and diagnostic targets in a variety of human diseases since these molecules will not be expressed in most cells and only transiently expressed in diseased tissue. This expression pattern will provide tissue specificity and low toxicity to the human body, allowing for chronic use of reagents, a requirement for managing many diseases.
Normal cells surrounded by a normal tissues are quiescent and involved in the turnover of matrix. Furthermore, consistent with the present disclosure, cells do
not possess focal adhesions in normal tissue in vivo whereas focal adhesions have been observed in diseased tissue.
Transitional stages such as that described above are evident in a wide variety of disease processes, including for example, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's, Arthritis and 5 Osteoporosis. These, as well as other disease processes which involve transition molecules that remove AP-1 restriction from normal cells are discussed in more detail below.
1. Parkinson's
Parkinsonism is a clinical syndrome characterized by a disturbance in motor functions such as slowness of voluntary movement, diminished facial expressions,
10 stooped posture, rigidity and tremor. The disease appears later in life. Although little is known on the cause of the disease, there is substantial evidence indicating that damage to the nigrostriataldopaminergic system is central to the disease. The dopaminergic neurons
■* of the substantial nigra project to the striatum in normal brain. In Parkinson's disease, the loss of these neurons results in a decrease in striatal dopamine content and this is
15 proportional to the severity of the motor syndrome. Similar to other brain diseases, there is an increase in glisosis, which involves the recruitment and activation of glial cells. These cells are recruited as part of the repair process, however, destructive enzymes, reactive oxygen species, cytokines and pro-inflammatory mediators produced by activated glial cells contribute and acerbate the disease.
20 Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating inflammatory neurological diseases such as Parkinsons, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No.
25 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which
expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
2. Alzheimer Disease
Alzheimer's disease is clinically manifested as insidious impairment of higher intellectual function with alterations in mood and behavior. Later, progressive memory loss and disorientation are observed and eventually, profound disability and death. Alzheimer's disease affects a large portion of the increasingly aging population with a prevalence as high as 47% of those over 85 years old. The total costs required for formal and infoπnal care of AD patients was $67 million in the United States. Although there is much variability, average life expectancy is 8- 10 years after dementia onset.
Alzheimer's disease is characterized by the appearance of cerebral extracellular beta-amyloid deposits as senile plaques, intraneuronal neurofibrillary tangles, granulovascular degeneration and amyloid angiopathy. Senile plaques are extracellular lesions comprised of degenerating neuronal processes and abnormal deposits of beta-amyloid protein. Senile plaques range in size from 20 to 200 μm in diameter. Microglia and reactive fibrous astrocytes are enriched in the periphery of plaques, suggesting the recruitment of cells to the diseased site. These plaques are widely distributed in the cerebral cortex and are considered a critical process in the development of the disease.
Neurofibrillary tangles are intraneuronal structures consisting of paired helical filaments in which the major constituent is a hyperphosphorylated tau protein, an axonal protein involved in microtubule assembly, and neurite regeneration and remodeling. The MAP kinase, ERK, and ubiquitin are also tightly associated with these helical filaments and may be directly involved in the stimulation of the MAP kinase pathway. The neurofibrillary tangles represent abnormal organization of cytoskeletal elements in neurons of patients with Alzheimer's disease.
Other pathological findings associated with Alzheimer's include granulovascular degeneration, Hirano bodies, neuronal and synaptic loss, and beta- amyloid deposition in the wall of small cortical blood vessels. Although some of these disease processes are found in normal aging brains, their prevalence is significantly lower than in Alzheimer's disease and correlate with the severity of dementia.
Response to neuronal injury is characterized by the activation of glial cells and the expression of a number of genes that participate in the repair of damaged neurons. Some of those products include the beta-amyloid precursor protein and neurotrophins. The glial cell recruitment and responses may compromise neuronal viability by producing cytokines, reactive oxygen species and degradative enzymes. It is generally hypothesized that in local neuronal injury, an increased beta-amyloid production results in glial cell recruitment and activation which results in the production of pro-inflammatory processes and tissue destruction. Thus, it is most likely the accumulative effects of a defective repair process that results in neuronal cell death and the formation of senile plaques. A potential therapeutic target would include the inhibition of glial cell recruitment and activation. This would prevent exacerbation of the local inflammation and tissue destruction.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating Alzheimer disease, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
3. Arthritis and other inflammatory joint diseases
A number of inflammatory joint diseases have been characterized in humans based on analysis of signs and symptoms, including for example, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythomatosus, Reiter's syndrome, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, to name just a few. Briefly, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) is the most prevalent type of inflammatory arthritis which occurs in approximately 1.5% of the population (2). Therefore, the present characterization of human inflammatory joint disease is based on findings concerning RA. RA is characterized by synovial hyperplasia, destruction of articular cartilage and bone, infiltration of lymphocytes and macrophages into synovial tissues and accumulation of autoantibody immune complexes in synovial fluid. However, the contribution of infiltrating lymphocyte cells to the disease process is not clear. Cytokines, such as interleukin 1 (IL-1) and granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulation factor (GM-CSF), are present in increased levels in inflamed joints and play a major role in the production of metalloproteases including MMP1 (collagenase), MMP2 (gelatinase) and MMP3 released by synovial cells which are responsible for the destruction of cartilage. IL-1, together with tumor necrosis factor (TNF), also plays a major role in accumulation of lymphocytes in the joints. Joint inflammation is mediated by plasma and lipid derived mediators, prostaglandin E2 and leukotriene B4.
Gradual destruction of articular cartilage is the most debilitating sign of the disease. Cartilage is a connective tissue which consists of chondrocytes and extracellular matrix. Collagens and proteoglycans are the major components of the matrix. Chondrocytes are responsible for preservation of the integrity of the matrix which mostly depends on the collagenous network, the majority of which consists of collagen type II. Proteolytic enzymes that degrade the cartilage components are metalloproteases, which are produced by synovial cells, chondrocytes, neutrophils, and serine proteases derived from neutrophils. Several factors can induce the expression of metalloproteases, the most potent being secretion of IL-1 by macrophages (4). Tissue
inhibitor of metalloproteases (TIMP) is a ubiquitous protein and natural metalloprotease inhibitor that is present in RA synovial fluid in elevated levels. Another feature of RA is an increase in bone resorption due to activation of osteoclasts. It has been shown that monocyte derived mediators such a IL-1 and TNF, are responsible for the increase in osteoclastic activity.
In terms of treatment of RA, there are two types of drugs currently used: anti-inflammatory drugs, including non-steroid or steroid, which alleviate the inflammatory process only, and disease modifying anti-rheumatoid drugs which interfere with the disease process. However, the mechanisms of action of these drugs is mostly unknown.
Osteoarthritis (OA) is a slowly progressive degeneration of the articular cartilage that manifests in the weight-bearing joints such as the knees and hips. Osteoarthritis, described as "wear and tear" arthritis, is characterized by narrowing of the joint owing to the loss of articular cartilage and thickening of the subchondral bone. At a later stage, inflammation of the synovium may occur, which plays an important role in the pathologic process by accelerating the catabolism. All these events lead to nonfunctional and painful joint. The prevalence and severity of OA increase with age, affecting 80% of the population after 55 years of age with higher frequency in women (Altman, 1987). The primary cause of OA remains unclear, joint trauma, obesity, bone microfractures and aging constitute the risk factors for OA (Altman, 1987; Hough et al., 1989).
Although the mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of cartilage destruction in OA are not well-characterized, much evidence suggests that cytokines may play an important role. During the progression of OA, cartilage fragments in the synovial fluid elicit an inflammatory response (Loyau and Pujol, 1990; Pelletier et al., 1991 and 1993). This response results in enhanced protease and cytokine release and the production of reactive oxygen species. The cytokines, including IL-1 and TNF a, can activate MMP synthesis from chondrocytes and synoviocytes setting off a cascade leading to OA (Howell, 1986; Pelletier et al., 1983b). Apart from cytokines, growth factors also have significant effects on cartilage remodeling.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis), comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
4. Osteoporosis
Osteoporosis is a term used to define increased bone porosity of the skeleton resulting from a reduction in bone mass. This disease affects the elderly, is particularly prevalent amongst females, and is sometimes a secondary responses to other clinical conditions. Thus, osteoporosis may be primary or secondary, and depending on numerous parameters, can be localized to a certain bone region or limb, or may involve the entire skeleton. Osteoporosis normally refers to the common primary forms such as senile and postmenopausal osteoporosis, whereas secondary forms include endocrine disorders (hyperparathyroidism, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, acromegaly, Cushing's syndrome, prolactinaoma, Type I diabetes), neoplasia (multiple myeloma, sarcinomatosis, mast cell disease, thyroid/parathyroid ademo), gastrointestinal disorders (malnutrition, malabsorption, hepatic insufficiency), osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis, drugs (anticoagulants, chemotherapeutics, corticosteroids, lithium), and a number of other non-specific disorders (immobilization
or inactivity, pulmonary disease, anemia). Regardless of the etiology, the critical loss of bone makes the skeleton vulnerable to fractures and pain. Over 15 million individuals suffer from primary osteoporosis in the United States and their direct medical costs are over $1 billion annually. The maximum bone mass is achieved during young adulthood. In normal adults the level of bone mass is determined by genetic factors, diet, physical activity and hormonal state. During adult years and aging this bone is turned over by a continuous, controlled resorption and formation cycle. In normal individuals, a small deficit in bone mass accrues with every bone resorption and formation cycle, which can average 0.7% of the total bone mass per year. Although there is no doubt that an imbalance in the resorption and formation cycle is responsible for osteoporosis, little is known on the origins of primary osteoporosis. Most of the focus has been on age- related changes, reduced physical activity and hormonal changes (particularly associated with menopause). It is well established that osteoblasts from the elderly, which are cells responsible for bone formation, have reduced biosynthetic potential relative to osteoblasts from young adults. In addition, peptides (bone morphogenic proteins) deposited in the mineralized matrix which stimulate osteoprogenitor cells and osteoblastic activity are less effective with aging. Thus, decreased capacity of bone formation combined with normal or elevated osteoclastic activity are largely responsible for osteoporosis associated with aging and physical inactivity.
Postmenopausal osteoporosis is characterized by a hormonal dependent accelerated bone loss. Following menopause, the yearly loss of bone mass may reach 2% of the cortical bone and 9% of the cancellous bone. Estrogen is believed to play an important role in the reduction of bone loss. The estrogen effects are thought to be mediated by cytokines, which are found elevated in osteoporotic bone. It appears that decreased estrogen levels are capable of inducing cytokines such as IL-1, which are capable stimulating bone resorption. IL-1 is the most potent stimulator of osteoclast recruitment and activity and thought to play an important role in bone resorption in post-menopausal osteoporosis. A number of genes that are induced by IL-1 (cathepsin K, matrix metalloproteinases and COX-2) are elevated in osteoporotic bone and
produced by osteoblasts and osteoclasts in vitro. Inhibition of osteoclast recruitment and activation are key steps in shifting the balance from resorption to bone formation, resulting in increased bone mass.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating osteoporosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
5. Multiple Sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis is the most common of the demyelinating disorders, having a prevalence of approximately 1 in 1000 persons in most of the United States and Europe. Although the etiology of multiple sclerosis (MS) is unknown, genetic, environmental and immunological factors are believed responsible for a coordinated attack on myelin. The hallmark lesion in MS is a punched-out area in which the axon is surrounded by astrocytic processes. The accompanying inflammatory reaction is characterized by infiltration of lymphocytes, monocytes and macrophages into the parenchyma of the central nervous system (CNS), analogous to the chronic inflammation in other diseases such as arthritis and psoriasis. Thus, in MS, there is increased inflammatory cell activation and infiltration, increased fibrous astrocyte
activation, migration and proliferation, increased production of cytokines and matrix metalloproteinases, increased demyelination, axonal degeneration and plaque formation.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating multiple sclerosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
6. Inflammatory Dermatosis
Inflammatory dermatological diseases, such as psoriasis, are very common, affecting as many as 1 to 2% of the people in the United States. It is often associated with arthritis, myopathy, spondylitic heart disease and AIDS. Psoriasis is a chronic inflammatory disease characterized by keratinocyte hyperproliferation and a distinct inflammatory pattern that is dependent on the type of psoriasis. The underlying pathogenesis involves three predominant and interdependent biologic processes: inflammation, epidermal hyperproliferation, and altered differentiation with parakeratosis. The homeostasis of the epidermis depends on the balance of growth regulatory signals, which appear to be altered in psoriasis. The epidermis serves a number of important barrier functions against protein and water loss, entry of microorganisms, physiochemical trauma including UV. The squamous epithelium undergoes terminal differentiation resulting in an insoluble cornified envelope providing an important barrier.
Keratinocyte proliferation takes place in the basal layer and migrate through the epidermis where differentiation specific proteins such as involucrin and keratins are expressed. Normal epidermis represents a normal balance between kaeratinocyte production in the basal layer and corneocyte shedding at the skin surface. Upon wounding or psoriasis, there are rapid increases in the proliferation of keratinocytes.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating inflammatory dermatosis (e.g., psoriasis), comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
7. Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
There is overwhelming evidence that genetic and environmental factors play a role in the development of inflammatory bowel diseases (IDB), ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. These diseases are chronic relapsing inflammatory diseases and share many common features of unknown etiology. Crohn's disease is a granulomatous disease that may affect any portion of the gastrointestinal tract from mouth to anus, but most often involves the small intestine and colon. Ulcerative colitis is a non- granulomatosis disease limited to the colon. These diseases affect approximately 3 to 6 people per 100,000, but the incidence can vary markedly between populations.
The clinical manifestations, biochemistry and pathology of IDB demonstrate that infiltration and activation of inflammatory cells, increased local mucosal responses, overproduction of cytokines and destructive enzymes are associated with the disease process ultimately leading to tissue injury. It is not known whether the immune system infiltrates the intestine in response to luminal or mucosal antigens or that local insult or disease results in the expression of adhesion molecules and chemoattractant cytokines that induce the infiltration of inflammatory cells resulting in the immune mediated tissue injury. Regardless of the etiology, there are similarities between the disease processes in IDB and other chronic inflammatory diseases. Similar to other inflammatory diseases, there are very high levels of pro- inflammatory cytokines (IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 and TNF), as well as anti-inflammatory cytokines (IL-4, IL-10 and IL-11) in IBD biopsies. In IBD, there is a disturbed balance between the levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines and anti-inflammatory cytokines that favors the former. The expression of IL-1, IL-6, IL-8 is increased in inflammatory lesions of patients with IDB (p382-4). These cytokines are produced by infiltrating inflammatory cells and local epithelial cells and fibroblasts. It is thought that these imbalances result in increased expression of genes such as adhesion molecules, matrix metalloproteinases and inflammatory mediators that are involved in cell migration and proliferation, and tissue destruction. Current therapeutic strategies aim at inhibiting IL- 1 and TNF activity.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating inflammatory bowel disease, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
8. Other Inflammatory Diseases
As described above, there are several classes of molecules and disease processes that are common to all chronic inflammatory diseases. These include increased expression of adhesion molecules, cytokines and matrix metalloproteinases, increased cell proliferation and migration, increased inflammatory cell activation and infiltration, increased angiogenesis, and increased tissue destruction and dysfunctional matrix remodeling. These disease processes are tightly regulated in normal differentiated cells and require the activation of AP-1 transcription factors and AP-1 dependent genes. Since the restriction of AP-1 activation in normal cells can be reversed in a controlled fashion by transition molecules (such t as RHAMM), the inhibition of expression, activity and signaling of transition molecules will be useful therapeutically for not only the diseases described above, but also for other inflammatory diseases such as diabetes mellitus; restenosis; atherosclerosis; systemic lupus erythematosus; emphysema; AIDS; chronic endometriosis; pulmonary, myocardial and hepatic fibrosis; inflammatory polyradiculoneuropathy; chronic cystitis; acute mastitis; cholecystitis; gastritis; nephritis; hepatitis; bronchial asthma; vasculitis; chronic bronchitis; kidney fibrosis, pericarditis and myocarditis; pancreatitis; peritonitis; prostatitis; septic shock; periodentitis, thyroiditis; retinopathy.
. Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating the above described treating diseases (e.g., lupus, diabetes mellitus, or, kidney fibrosis), comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds
one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated. The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
9. Wound Healing and Responses to Injury Wound healing responses to injury involve a complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in the deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into abnormal tissue or scarring. The underlying mechanisms of wounding or injury responses involve the induction of an acute inflammation, production of cytokines and growth factors, regeneration of parenchymal cells, migration, proliferation and differential of parenchymal and connective tissue cells, synthesis of extracellular matrix proteins, angiogenesis and fibrosis, and remodeling of connective tissues. In addition, these healing processes are common in a variety of clinical areas such as scarring from surgical incisions, wounds or various derma inflammatory diseases, restenosis following angioplasty, vascular grafts, stroke and surgical adhesions. Interference of processes that induce abnormal tissue deposition and remodeling will enhance an orderly wound or injury repair resulting in the development of normal functional tissue. Since transition molecules, such as RHAMM, regulate a number of the diseased processes in wound healing and the transformation of normal to diseased cells, it is likely that agents which inhibit the function of transition molecules would be useful therapeutically for the treatment of restenosis following angioplasty, vascular grafting, ballooning or any other type of injury to the vascular system, stroke, surgical incisions, burns, wounds, inflammatory skin diseases, and surgical adhesions.
The simplest form of wound repair or healing is observed following a clean surgical incision. The incision causes a limited amount of tissue disruption,
which results in responses by epithelial cells and connective tissue cells, as well as infiltration of inflammatory cells. Immediately following the incision, the incision space is bathed with blood, containing fibrin and blood cells that clots and leads to the formation of a scab that covers the wound. The initial process involves the response of local basal cells in the production of cytokines and other pro-inflammatory mediators, and infiltration of neutrophils. The basal cells become mitotic and produce matrix, resulting in the thickening of the epidermis. This is followed by the migration of the epithelial cells along the cut margins and depositing basement membrane underneath the scab. The neutrophils are replace by macrophages and granulation tissue is progressively laid down containing collagen fibrils vertically oriented rather than oriented in fashion that would enhance bridging the incision space. Epithelial cell proliferation and migration continues, as well as tissue thickening. Neovascularization reaches maximal levels and the surface cells differentiate and produce normal epidermal architecture. The last stages of incision healing involve the disappearance of all inflammatory cells, edema and increased vascularization, as well as accumulation of normal collagen fibrils and strengthening of tissue.
In cases where there are more extensive surface wounds such as burns, abscess formation, inflammatory ulceritis, the reparative process is also more extensive. The larger tissue defects have greater cell loss, more fibrin and more inflammation, increased amounts of granulation tissue and wound contraction involving myofibroblasts. Regardless of the wound, the mechanisms of responsible for the processes of healing described above are similar. Wound healing is ultimately regulated by growth factors and cytokines that balance matrix synthesis and degradation locally. Collagen synthesis is a key component of wound healing and provides the tensile strength required closing of the incision. The type of collagen produced is dependent on the tissue repaired, and changes in the type of collagen may lead to dysfunction tissue. Collagen synthesis is stimulated early in tissue repair by factors such PDGF, FGF, and TGF. On the other hand, degradation of collagen fibrils and other matrix molecules are also important. The degradative enzymes involved during wound healing include matrix metalloproteinases, neutrophil elastase, cathepsin G, kinins, plasmin and other enzymes. Inflammatory and
local cells produce these enzymes. Degradation may aid in the remodeling of the connective tissue repair. If the inflammatory destructive processes are suppressed, then it is more likely to achieve a more rapid formation of the connective tissues and decrease the accumulation of scar tissue. One type of wound healing occurs in surgical adhesions. Briefly, surgical adhesion formation is characterized by abnormal adherence and scar formation between two adjacent tissues that occur most often following surgery. Adhesions are a major cause of surgical therapy and can result in bowel or urethral obstruction. Surgical adhesions are thought to be an inflammatory response to surgical trauma. Local tissues and inflammatory cells produce and secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines which increase vascular permeability, inflammatory cell infiltration, cellular migration and proliferation, and the laying down of matrix between just-neighboring tissues. The accumulation of fibroblasts results in the accumulation of matrix and eventual adhesion of the two tissues. In theory, any agent that inhibits the inflammatory response and tissue remodeling would prevent the formation of surgical adhesions, particularly if these agents can be administered locally.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating the afore-mentioned diseases associated with wounds / wound healing, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P- 15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
10. Restenosis/Stenosis following Therapeutic Interventions in Vascular
Disease: Angioplasty, Stent Insertion and Vascular Replacement/Grafts
Vascular diseases such as atherosclerosis are a leading cause of death and disability in the developed world. Several therapeutic interventions have been developed to treat vascular diseases such as atherectomy, balloon angioplasty, insertion of stents, and insertion of arterial and venous grafts. For example, over 300,000 procedures of percutaneous transluminol coronary angioplasty are performed in the United States per year. Although these interventions are less costly and less invasive to the patient, there are a number of morphological changes and disease states produced in response to injury that are introduced by these new modes of therapy, namely restenosis.
Restenosis is characterized by thickening of the blood vessel wall in response to injury that progresses until full occlusion of the vessel. Despite the significant advance made in these therapies, chronic restenosis of the dilated lesions occur in 30 to 50 % of the cases, remaining a serious and frequent problem. Furthermore, eventually stenosis occurs in virtually all grafted vessels. Restenosis has been suggested to represent an exaggerated healing response to local injury, in which smooth muscle cells in the media migrate to and proliferate in the intima. Local production of cytokines and growth factors by local cells and inflammatory cells results in abnormal matrix deposition and remodeling. There are number of underlying mechanisms which can play a role in the induction of this disease. An injury to the endothelial cell layer will expose blood vessel layers to serum components and platelets, initiating a wound healing process. Factors released locally lead to increased cell proliferation and increased expression of matrix metalloproteinases required for cell proliferation and migration. These cells accumulate in the intima and form lesions that eventually block the vessel. Utilizing the therapeutic compositions provided herein, blocking the activation of smooth muscle cells and inhibition of their migration and proliferation in response to injury can be utilized to therapeutically treat stenosis and restenosis.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for inflammatory / proliferative diseases associated with surgical procedures or intervention (e.g., restenosis, stenosis, medical implants and the like), comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally. In addition, within certain embodiments the compounds described herein may be administered by balloon catheter, or, delivered from a stent which is adapted to release the desired compound.
11. Atherosclerosis and Related Diseases: Myocardial Infarction and Stroke Cardiovascular disease is a serious problem and accounts for 44% of the mortality in the USA. Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease is generalized process that involves the brain, heart and peripheral arteries. Atherosclerosis is characterized by intimal thickening caused by the accumulation of cells, infiltration of inflammatory cells, lipids, and connective tissues that can lead to cardiac and cerebral infarction (such as heat attack and stroke). Although the role of injurious stimuli is not known, the responses of the endothelial cells and the adaptive changes within the intima are critical in vascular remodeling leading to atherosclerotic plaques. Endothelia cells, monocytes and smooth muscle cells express biologically active molecules such as adhesion molecules, cytokines, coagulation and fibrinolytic factors, metalloproteinases and
vasoactive substances that contribute to atherogenesis and thrombosis. It is thought that atherosclerotic lesions develop by (1) invasion of artery wall by inflammatory cells, particularly monocytes; (2) smooth muscle cell migration, proliferation, and synthesis of matrix molecules; (3) intracellular lipoprotein uptake and lipid accumulation. Briefly, inflammatory cytokines induce the production of adhesion molecules resulting in inflammatory cell infiltration and responses. Activated smooth muscle cells migrate in response to local injury and produce large amounts of matrix and express lipoprotein scavenger receptors and can become involved in a generalized immune reaction. Occlusion of the artery leads to a series of clinical complications such as myocardial infarction and stroke. Prevention of inflammatory cell infiltration, production of matrix metalloproteinases, cell proliferation and migration will reduce smooth muscle cell and matrix accumulation, and inhibit vessel occlusion.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating the above-noted atherosclerotic diseases, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
12. Tissue Transplantation
The increasing use of transplantation for bone marrow, renal, pulmonary, cardiovascular and hepatic disorders has generated a series of clinical complications. In addition, with recent advances in tissue engineering, there is considerable potential that skin, cartilage, bone and many other tissues will be transplanted in the future. In many cases transplantation is the only form of treatment. For example, lung transplant is the only effective treatment of terminal lung diseases such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, primary pulmonary hypertension, emphysema, and cystic fibrosis. The same is true for specific renal, hepatic and heart diseases. There are three major complications in the transplantation of organs: (1) host versus graft disease; (2) non-immunological damage; and (3) infection. Acute and chronic rejection is a significant problem where the host immune system invades the donor organ. This inflammatory response and mononuclear cell infiltrates are treated with immunosuppressive drugs with some success. However, these drugs can be very toxic and result in other clinical complications. The non- immunological damage from preservation injury results in inflammation and tissue damage. The role of infection can be treated with antibiotics. The disease processes involved in organ rejection are similar to other inflammatory diseases.
Disease intervention with devices has increased significantly over the past decade. These include the use of devices for hip and knee replacements, cardiovascular stents, esophageal stents, vascular wraps, bone grafts, venous and arterial grafts, many others. A common problem with the use of these devices is an inflammatory reaction to particles produced from the device or loosening of the device or injury caused by the local application of the device. It would seem likely that systemic or local application of the inflammatory response and local tissue reaction to the devices would inhibit this problem.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating patients undergoing tissue or cell transplation, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16
(Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
13. Cancer and Metastases
Cancer is a generic term representing a collection of diseases arising from mutations of key molecules that regulate cell proliferation, invasion, and metastasis. A representative cancer for which the key mutations are known is exemplified by colorectal cancer. This cancer originates as a benign growth as a result of a mutation in a gene termed APC. Mutation of three additional molecules are required for this benign growth to progress to a rapidly proliferating and invasive tumor. A plethora of mutations arises within the tumor as it progresses and these enhance the ability of the mutant tumor cells to attract normal endothelial cells to migrate into the growing tumor and form new blood vessels, a process known as angiogenesis. As angiogenesis proceeds and as mutations affecting the ability of tumors to respond to growth factors accumulate, subsets of tumor cells develop the capacity to invade blood vessels as well as lymphatics and to metastasize.
The ability of tumor cells to metastasize involves deregulation via oveφroduction or mutation of genes that allow cells to invade out of the tissue of origin, survive in a contact-independent manner, escape immune recognition, lodge at a distant site, then invade to a suitable place within the new tissue and grow there. The molecules that are commonly involved in tumor initiation, progression and metastasis include adhesion molecules, growth factor receptors, factors regulating the
cytoskeleton, master switches regulating cell cycle, proliferation repressor genes, proteases and transcription factors.
Although our understanding of master switches, proliferation repressors, growth factors and proteases is quite well developed and pre-clinical and clinical approaches to targeting these molecules, particularly proteases have been developed, very little is known about the molecular characteristics of the invasive phenotype. The invasive tumor phenotype is predicted to be similar to the transitional phenotype noted for the above diseases and to be characterized by a propensity to form invadapodia or podosomes to release proteases and to express transition molecules that permit and prepare a cell to invade, move, and ultimately respond to growth factors and cytokines in a focal adhesion-dependent manner. It is likely that molecules required for generating this phenotype are also expressed transiently in tumor cells since they may be only temporarily required and permanent expression would not necessarily be advantageous. Thus, it is predicted that transitional molecules defining an invasive phenotype would appear in a subpopulation of tumor cells in a given tumor. A transient nature is likely one reason that markers of invasive phenotype have been so elusive to define. However, the ability of most tumors to kill is directly related to their capacity to invade and ultimately to metastasize. Therefore, identification of transient molecules is key for diagnosis, prognosis, adjuvant treatment or therapeutic treatment of a variety of cancers including: head and neck tumors (lip, oral cavity, auropharynx, nasopharynx, hypopharynx, larynx, glottis, supraglottis, subglottis, maxillary sinus, major salivary gland, lung, esophageal, gastric, colorectal cancer, anal, pancreatic liver, gall bladder, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, breast cancer, gynecologic cancers (cervix, endometrium, ovary, cancer of the uterine body, vaginal, vulvar, gestational trophoboblastic), testicular, urinary tract (renal, urinary bladder, penile, urethral, prostatic) neurologic, endocrine skin (basal cell and squamous cell melanoma) sarcomas, blood (leukemia, lymphoma) childhood neoplasm's (leukemia, lymphoma, neuroblastoma, Wilms' tumor rhabdomyosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, retinoblastoma) mediastinum, thymic germ cell, retroperitoneal, cardiovascular tumors, mastocytosis, carcinosarcomas, adenoid cystic carcinoma, dental tumors olfactory, neuroblastoma, paraganglioma.
With regard to transitional molecules involved in proliferative cancers, the present invention shows that RHAMM is highly overexpressed in subsets of cells in primary breast cancer tissue and this overexpression is prognostic of lymph node metastasis and poor outcome. Furthermore, RHAMM is shown to regulate ERK activation, a key player in AP-1 activation. ERK is also shown to regulate cell locomotion, a key behavior required for cell invasion into lymph nodes and is required for the invasion of tumor cells both in vitro and in transgenic models of breast cancer. Furthermore, CD44 is required for efficient signaling through her2/neu, an oncogene strongly implicated in regulating lymph node metastasis of breast cancer cells. Finally, HA promotes the expression of podosomes in invasive cancer cells and podosome formation is one important characteristic of the transitional phenotype. In addition, and consistent with this observation, HA promotes the invasion of these cells into collagen gels in vitro.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating cancer and other metaseses, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
14. Chronic and Acute respiratory distress syndrome:
Due to injury of the lung such as occurs in premature birth and consequent positive pressure breathing measures as well as in adults following accidents or chemotherapy, the lung is injured and macrophages and neutrophils accumulate within the lung eventually destroying type II aveolar cells that produce surfactant proteins required for maintenance of positive pressure following lung expansion. As a result, lungs are poorly functional and patients become cyanotic and breathe rapidly. This syndrome ends in death. Clinical indications characterized by lung inflammation include emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, new-born lung disease involving chronic respiratory distress syndrome, and the acute respiratory distress syndrome that affects accident victims. Local inflammatory responses that recruit macrophages into the lung result in destruction of alveolar type II cells, which make the surfactant responsible for normal lung inflation. The infiltration of macrophages and abnormal local tissue responses result in further tissue destruction and disease. This pathological sequence results in improper lung expansion. As described in more detail herein, reagents that inhibit transitional proteins prevent massive accumulation of white cells that result in this syndrome and prevent the development of a surfactant deficit in the lung.
Thus, within one embodiment methods are provided for treating chronic and acute distress syndromes, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising -15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
15. Diabetes Mellitus
Diabetes mellitus is a group of diseases characterized by high glucose resulting from defects in insulin secretion, insulin action, or both. Diabetes mellitus can be associated with serious complications such as heart disease, stroke, kidney disease, nervous system disease, blindness and complications in pregnancy. Type I diabetes mellitus, also referred to as insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), develops most often in children and young adults over a short period of time. About 30-40% of diabetic children eventually develop nephropathy. Type II diabetes mellitus usually develops in adults. Risk factors include obesity and family history of diabetes. The symptoms usually develop gradually and are not as noticeable as in Type I diabetes.
Type I diabetes mellitus is an autoimmune disorder, the onset of which results from a well characterized insulitis. During this condition the inflammatory cells are apparently specifically directed against the insulin producing beta cells of the pancreatic islets. The destruction of pancreatic beta cells by invading leukocytes result in deterioration of the insulin-dependent homeostasis.
The inflammatory cascade is a complex process that involves triggering of the immunological response, release of chemokines, cytokines and a toxic agents by the activated cells, up-regulation of cell surface adhesion molecules and transendothelial cell migration. Although the triggering mechanism of IDDM remains elusive, it is clear that the entire process depends on the migration of inflammatory cells into the pancreatic islets and their interaction with matrix.
Within one embodiment methods are provided for treating or preventing diabetes mellitus, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ
ID NO:28) which binds HA; phage display selected peptides that bind HA such as polypeptides comprising P-15 (Sequence ID No. 70), P-16 (Sequence ID No. 26); P-32 (Sequence ID no. 71); and GAHWQFNALTVR (Sequence ID No. 72); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated. Within certain embodiments of the invention, any of the above-described compounds may be administered prior, during, or subsequent to islet cell transplantation. Within other related embodiments, the above-described compounds may be utilized to treat related diseases, including for example, obesity.
The polypeptides, antibodies, or, vectors may be delivered to the patient by a variety of routes, including for example, systemically, intravenously, intramuscularly, and orally.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS As noted above, the present invention also provides a variety of pharmaceutical compositions, comprising one of the above-described molecules with a pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carrier, excipients or diluents. Generally, such carriers should be nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. Ordinarily, the preparation of such compositions entails combining the therapeutic agent with buffers, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides, proteins, amino acids, carbohydrates including glucose, sucrose or dextrins, chelating agents such as EDTA, glutathione and other stabilizers and excipients. Neutral buffered saline or saline mixed with nonspecific serum albumin are exemplary appropriate diluents.
In addition, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be prepared for administration by a variety of different routes (e.g., systemically, orally, rectally, intravenously, intramuscularly, ocularly, or, topically). Further within other embodiments the compounds or compositions provided herein may be admixed
with other carriers (e.g., polymers), and implanted on or contained within devices which are designed to release such compounds. Within further embodiments, the compounds may be delivered under radioscopic or other visual guidance to a desired site (e.g., outside the lumen of a desired vessel, or outside of an organ, or, tissue to be treated). As should be readily evident, the compounds or compositions of the present invention should be administered sufficient to have the desired therapeutic outcome. As an example, it is generally desirable to administer between a total of 1 ng of the desired compound, and up to 80 mg/kg. Within certain embodiments, the dosage will be adjusted for the therapeutic regimen desired (e.g., from 1 ug/kg to 1 mg/kg). Within other embodiments the dosage for local administration may range from 1 to 100 ug/ml (2.5ng/kg to 80 mg/kg), and for systemic administration from 1 ng/kg to 10 mg/kg. Further, the dosage can be adjusted based upon the desired route of treatment, e.g., a smaller dose may be given if applied locally or topically, whereas a larger dose may be given if the compound is administered systemically. Further, the dosage may vary with the desired regimen (e.g., daily, weekly, or monthly).
In addition, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be placed within containers, along with packaging material which provides instructions regarding the use of such pharmaceutical compositions. Generally, such instructions will include a tangible expression describing the reagent concentration, as well as within certain embodiments, relative amounts of excipient ingredients or diluents (e.g., water, saline or PBS) which may be necessary to reconstitute the pharmaceutical composition.
The following examples are offered by way of illustration, and not by way of limitation.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1 REQUIREMENT FOR FOCAL ADHESIONS FOR MAXIMAL ACTIVATION OF ERK KINASE IN RESPONSE TO GROWTH FACTORS In disease or injury, mediators such as cytokines, growth factors and genetic mutations activate a myriad of responses leading in increased expression of AP- 1
dependent genes (Figure 1). These genes are required for cell proliferation, migration, inflammation, tissue destruction and abnormal tissue remodeling. The activation of the AP-1 pathway occurs through the activation of the MAP kinase. The present invention discloses that in normal cells the activation of the AP-1 pathway by cytokines and other mediators is restricted and thus genes involved in disease cannot be induced significantly. Further this restriction is a result of the lack of ERK- 1 activation in normal cells (Figure 2). Normal cells must undergo a series of transitional stages to form a diseased state cell containing focal adhesions and is then responsive to inflammatory mediators. Transition stage cells provided by the present invention constitutively form podosomes and are unable to establish focal adhesions. Sustained formation of podosomes leads to the formation of focal adhesions and results in a diseased state (Figure 3). The present invention further discloses a requirement for focal adhesions for maximal activation of erk kinase in response to growth factors and cytokines. Cellular response-to-injury processes including growth factor mediated responses which lead to cellular proliferation, migration, production of destructive enzymes and abnormal tissue remodeling are characterized by a maximal activation of the erk kinase signaling pathway. To demonstrate that this response requires the presence of focal adhesions, the response to IL-1 induction of erk kinase signaling was measured in cells grown under conditions permitting or preventing the formation of focal adhesions. Cells were either plated without serum on culture dishes precoated at 4°C overnight with 25 μg/ml fibronectin which permits formation of focal adhesions or with 100 μg/ml poly-1-Lysine which prevents formation of focal adhesions. Formation of focal contacts was detected by positive immunofluorescence of the marker protein, vinculin. Activation of erk kinase signaling in comparison to other MAP kinase signaling pathways regulated by growth factors was estimated by detection of proteins phsophoryalted by components of the differing signaling cascades. Phosphorylation of myelin basic protein (MBP) is an indicator of erk kinase signaling, phsophoryaltion of GST-c-jun is an indicator of jnk signaling, and phsophoryaltion of GST-ATF2 is an indicator of p38 kinase signaling cascade. Results of this analysis is shown in Figure 4.
More specifically, Figure 4B shows that cells plated onto fibronectin (FN) are able to form focal contacts as detected by positive immunofluorescence for the marker protein vinculin. Cells that are maintained on a non-physiological yet adhesive substratum poly-L-lysine (PL), attach but do not form focal contacts (4A). Figure 4C shows that normal quiescent phase cells plated onto fibronectin substrata which make focal contacts are able to activate the erk kinase cascade as indicated by the phosphorylation of myelin basic protein (MBP) in response to the cytokine IL-1 (lane 2). These same cells plated onto poly-L-lysine do not make focal contacts and are unable to activate erk as detected by MBP phosphorylation (lanel). However, cells plated onto fibronectin ("FN") or in suspension are equally able to activate the other map kinases, jnk or p38 (lanes 1 and 2). Figure 4C also shows, that normal cells in the absence of focal adhesions, when plated onto fibronectin or grown in suspension (SP), are restricted in their ability to activate erk in response to IL-1 in comparison to disease cells containing focal adhesions, but able to activate the other MAP kinases, jnk and p38 (lanes 3 and 4). These results indicate that responsiveness of the erk kinase cascade is restricted in transition stage cells but that the erA: kinase cascade becomes maximally active when focal contacts are made as occurs upon entry of cells into a post-transitional stage that is fully responsive to growth factor stimulation, as indicated in Figure 3.
Northern analysis was used to further demonstrate IL-1 induction of the AP-1 transcriptional activator, c-fos, by cells able to form focal contacts. IL-lβ was added to cells grown either on FN or PL, then RNA was isolated and analyzed by Northern blotting for levels of c-fos mRNA. Figure 4D shows a Northern analyses of cells plated on fibronectin or PL and incubated with 20 ng/ml of IL-1 β. 20 ng/ml IL-1 β was able to induce c-fos expression in cells grown on FN (cells with focal adhesions) but not in cells grown on PL (in the absence of focal adhesions). Blots were first probed for c-fos mRNA expression, stripped, and then reprobed with control radiolabeled GAPDH cDNA to assess equality of RNA loading.
Figure 4E shows that the level of AP-1 activated in response to IL-1 induction requires the ability to make focal adhesions (cells grown on PL which are
unable to form focal adhesions have reduced levels of AP-1 induction relative to cells grown on fibronectin).
More specifically, to further demonstrate a requirement of focal adhesions for full IL-1 induction, the amount of the transcriptional factor AP-1 binding induced in response to IL-1 stimulation was analyzed. The level of DNA binding to an AP-1 oligonucleotide was measured in nuclear extracts from cells either grown on fibronectin or poly-1-Lysine coated dishes in medium without serum. Briefly, tissue culture dishes were precoated with 25 μg/ml fibronectin or 100 μg/ml poly-1-Lysine as before and washed twice with PBS before use. Cells were then incubated under starving condition for 6 h, media were removed and fresh serum-free medium containing IL-1 (20 ng/ml) was added to the cells for 4 h.
For the preparation of nuclear extracts, cells were washed twice with PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and lysed with 1 ml buffer 1 (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH 7.5, 10 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl2, 0.5% Nonidet P-40, 0.5 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride (PMSF). Cells were scraped into an eppendorf tube and put on ice for 10 min. The nuclei were collected after centrifugation at 5000 rpm for 10 min. Nuclear proteins were prepared by resuspending the nuclei in buffer 2 (20 mM Hepes, pH7.9, 5 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 0.5 mM PMSF), after centrifugation at 14,000 φm for 10 min, supernatant was harvested. Double- stranded AP-1 oligonucleotide (Santa Cruz Biotech, Inc) was end-labeled with [γ-32P] ATP (DuPont NEN) using T4 polynucleotide kinase (Pharmacia). Labeled probe was separated from free nucleotide through a Sephadex G-50 mini-spin column (Pharmacia). DNA-protein binding was performed by mixing 10 μg of nuclear extract with 32P- labeled double-stranded AP-1 consensus oligonucleotide in a total volume of 20 μl containing 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.9, 1 mM MgCl2, 4% FicoU, 0.5 mM DTT, 50 mM KCI, 1 mM EDTA, 2 μg poly(dI*dC) and 1 mg/ml BSA for 45 min on ice. The DNA protein complex was separated on a 4% native poly aery lamide gel using 0.5X Tris-borate- EDTA buffer at 150 V. Gels were then dried and autoradiographed.
EXAMPLE 2 RHAMM OVEREXPRESSION IS ASSOCIATED WITH INCREASED ERK KINASE ACTIVATION
AND AP-1 ACTIVATION.
As noted above, expression of transitional molecules such as RHAMM results in the initiation of cell transformation from a normal state to a diseased state. RHAMM is believed to play a role in the initial activation of ERK pathway, thus removing the ERK restriction found in normal cells. This activation leads to the expression of c-fos and c-jun resulting in the AP-1 activation and induction of AP-1 dependent genes involved in many of the disease processes associated with inflammatory, degenerative and proliferative diseases (Figure 5).
Cells that overexpress a hyaladherin such as RHAMM in response to stress or during proliferation exhibit elevated activation of erk kinase signaling activity as shown in Figure 6. Erk kinase activation is stimulated directly by overexpression of a hyaladherin such as RHAMM. Briefly, the cell line LR21 was constructed by transfecting normal quiescent parental 10T1/2 cells with a vector expressing a RHAMMv4 polypeptide. Cells that overexpress RHAMM show increased erk activation as indicated by phosphoryation of the MAP kinase activated myelin basic protein (MBP), p44 ERK1 and p42 ERK2, and by increased AP-1 binding activity.
Figure 6 A illustrates that MAP kinase activity in quiescent 10T1/2 cells is reduced relative to the levels present in RHAMM transfected LR21 cells. Cells were growth in DMEM with 10% FBS, cell monolayers were washed three times with PBS and total cellular extracts were prepared in a buffer containing 25 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 100 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5% Triton X-100, 0.5 mM DTT, 20 mM β-glycerophosphate, 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 0.5 μg/ml leupeptin, 100 μg/ml PMSF. Cellular ly sates of 100 μg total protein were incubated with anti-ERK2 antibody conjugated agarose (ERK(C-14), Santa Cruz Biotech., Inc), immuno- complexes were washed twice with the above lysis buffer and twice with kinase buffer (20 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 10 mM MgCl2, 2 mM MnCl2, 2 mM DTT and 25 μM ATP). ERK2 activity was determined by in vitro kinase assay using 2 μg substrate MBP and 1 μCi [γ-32P] ATP in 20 μl of kinase buffer. After incubation at 30°C for 20 min, the
reactions were terminated with Laemmli buffer, proteins were separated by SDS-PAGE and the gels were dried and autoradiographed.
The amount of ERK2 and phosphorylated MAPK was detected from the total extracts by western blot using an ECL chemiluminescence system. In brief, lysates of 25 μg total protein were resolved by 10% SDS-PAGE and transferred onto nitrocellulose membrane (BioBlot, Costar) using Trans-Blot® Semi-Dry Electrophoretic Transfer Cell (BioRad) with a transfer-blotting buffer containing 20 mM Tris, 150 mM glycine, 0.01% SDS and 20% methanol. The filters were blocked for non-fat skim milk in TBS-T (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20) at 4°C overnight. The membranes were then probed with phospho-specific anti-p44/p42 MAP kinase antibody (New England BioLabs, Inc.) by incubation at room temperature for 1.5 h. After washing three times with TBS-T for 30 min, blots were incubated with horseradish peroxidase conjugated anti-rabbit antibodies (NEB) for 1 h. The filters were washed three times for 30 min and visualized on X-ray film using . the chemiluminescence detection method (NEB).
Figure 6B illustrates that AP-1 DNA binding activity is stimulated in LR21 cells relative to parental 10T1/2 cell. Parental 10T1/2 cell and LR21 cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS. Cells were then starved in the medium without serum for 8 h. Cells were washed twice with PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and lysed with 1 ml buffer 1 (10 mM Tris-Cl, pH7.5, 10 mM NaCl, 3 mM MgCl2, 0.5% Nonidet P-40, 0.5 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluride [PMSF]). Cells were scraped into an eppendorf tube and put on ice for 10 min. The nuclei were collected after centrifugation at 5000 rpm for 10 min. Nuclear proteins were prepared by resuspending the nuclei in buffer 2 (20 mM Hepes, pH7.9, 5 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 300 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 0.5 mM PMSF), after centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 10 min the supernatant was harvested as nuclear extract. Double-stranded AP-1 oligonucleotide (Santa Cruz Biotech, Inc.) was end-labeled with [γ-32P] ATP (DuPont NEN) using T4 polynucleotide kinase (Pharmacia). Labeled probe was separated from free nucleotide through a Sephadex G-50 mini-spin column (Pharmacia). DNA-protein binding was performed by mixing 10 μg of nuclear extract with 32P-labeled double-stranded AP-1
consensus oligonucleotide in a total volume of 20 μl containing 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.9, 1 mM MgCl2, 4% Ficoll, 0.5 mM DTT, 50 mM KCI, 1 mM EDTA, 2 μg poly(dI«dC) and 1 mg/ml BSA for 45 min on ice. The DNA protein complex was separated on a 4% native polyacrylaminde gel using 0.5X Tris-borate-EDTA buffer at 150 V. Gels were then dried and autoradiographed.
EXAMPLE 3 OVEREXPRESSION OF RHAMM ACTIVATES EXPRESSION OF C-FOS AND C-JUN, AND MATRIX METLLOPROTEINASES ASSOCIATED WITH RESPONSE-TO-INJURY PROCESSES Expression of the transcription factors c-fos, c-jun, jun B are associated with response to injury processes in mammalian tissues. Northern analysis was used to show that of c-fos, c-jun, and jun B but not jun D expression are stimulated by overexpression of the transition stage hyaladherin, RHAMM.
Briefly, cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and were starved in the absence of serum for 6 h. Cells were washed twice with PBS and total RNA was isolated by guanidine isothiocyanate method. In concise, cells were lysed in 4 ml solution D (5.3 M guanidine isothiocyanate, 30 mM sodium citrate, 0.7% N- laurylsarcosine, 0.72% 2-mercaptoethanol). To each sample, added 4 ml of acid phenol, 1 ml of chloroform and 0.45 ml of 2 M sodium acetate. The solution was mixed well and centrifuged at 7000 rpm for 30 min, the aqueous phase was collected and precipitated with an equal volume of 2-propanol. Pelleted RNA was dissolved in 50 μl diethyl pyrocarbonate (DEPC) treated water. The RNA was second extracted with 0.4 ml of TRIzol reagent (GibcoBRL) with the addition of 0.1 ml chloroform. After vigorous mixing and centrifugation, the RNA supernatant was precipitated with 2- propanol and washed in 75% ethanol. Finally, the RNA was dissolved the DEPC- treated water. The expression level of c-fos, c-jun, jun B and jun D were probed with a rat c-fos and a human c-jun probe, respectively. The blots were stripped and re-probed with rat GAPDH cDNA as internal standard. The results, as shown in Figure 7, show that expression of c-fos, c-jun, jun B but not jun D is stimulated in LR21 cells that
overexpress RHAMM. In addition, LR21 cells which overexpress RHAMM constitutively form podosomes and form few focal adhesions (data not shown).
C-fos and c-jun expression are stimulated in LR21 cells in comparison to parental 10T1/2 whether or not they are grown on fibronectin (Figure 8). Briefly, cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and cell monolayers were trypsinized. Cells were washed and plated on fibronectin and poly-1-Lysine coated dishes in the medium without serum. These tissue culture dishes were precoated with 25 μg/ml fibronectin or 100 μg/ml poly-1-Lysine at 4°C for overnight and washed twice with PBS before use. Cells were then incubated under this starving condition for 6 hr, total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as previously described. The levels of c-fos and c-jun were determined by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA and a human c-jun cDNA. The blot was stripped and re-probed with rat GAPDH cDNA as internal control. These results, as shown in Figure 8, further illustrate that a cell culture overexpressing a transition molecules such as RHAMM exhibits an activated signaling phenotype characteristics of transition stage cells.
Another characteristic of transition cells is an increase in the expression of matrix metalloproteinases. This increase in metalloproteinases expression is exhibited in cells that overexpress RHAMM and these cells show reduced expression of matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors. The association of increased RHAMM and metalloproteinases activity is demonstrated by Northern analysis of RHAMM and matrix metalloproteinase mRNA levels in 102T1/2 and LR21 cell lines as illustrated in Figure 9.
Briefly, cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and were starved for 6 hours in the medium without serum. Cells were washed twice with PBS and total RNA was isolated by guanidine isothiocyanate method. In concise, cells were lysed in 4 ml solution D (5.3 M guanidine isothiocyanate, 30 mM sodium citrate, 0.7% N- laurylsarcosine,0.72% 2-mercaptoethanol). To each sample, added 4 ml of acid phenol, 1 ml of chloroform and 0.45 ml of 2 M sodium acetate. The solution was mixed well and centrifuged at 7000 rpm for 30 min, the aqueous phase was collected and precipitated with an equal volume of 2-propanol. Pelleted RNA was dissolved in 50 μl diethyl pyrocarbonate (DEPC) treated water. The RNA was second extracted with 0.4 ml of
TRIzol reagent (GibcoBRL) with the addition of 0.1 ml chloroform. After vigorous mixing and centrifugation, the RNA supernatant was precipitated with 2-propanol and washed in 75% ethanol. Finally, the RNA was dissolved the DEPC-treated water.
Denatured RNA samples of 20 μg were separated in 1% agarose gel containing 2.2 M formaldehyde, transferred to a Zeta probe membrane (BioRad), cross- linked with an ultraviolet cross-linker (Strategene). The membrane was prehybridized in 0.35 M phosphate buffer containing 1% BSA, 7% SDS and 30% formamide for 5-6 h at 55°C. The expression level of RHAMM, gelatinase B, and stromelysin were detected by hybridizing the membrane with a 32P-labeled cDNA of a mouse full length RHAMMv2. After washing the membrane in 0.5XSSC and 0.5% SDS at 55°C for 1.5 h, the membrane was autoradiographed. The blot was subsequent stripped and re- probed with a mouse gelatinase B cDNA, a human stromelysin cDNA, or a rat GAPDH cDNA as internal standard.
In addition to showing increased expression of metalloproteinases, cells that overexpress RHAMM also show decreased expression of inhibitors of metalloproteinase such as timp-1. Northern analysis of tissue inhibitor of matrix metalloproteinase (timp-1) expression in LR21 cell shows a reduced level in comparison to normal quiescent cells as illustrated in Figure 9. LR21 cells which overexpress RHAMMv4 show decreased expression of timp-1, which normally blocks activity of metalloproteinases.
EXAMPLE 4
OVEREXPRESSION OF RHAMM RESTRICTS THE EXTENT TO WHICH CYTOKINES
AND GROWTH FACTORS ACTIVATE ERK SIGNALING PATHWAYS As previously mentioned, the overexpression of RHAMM produces a transition cell phenotype that only partially activates erk signaling pathways. This is further illustrated in Figures 10 and 11 which show that signaling molecules ordinarily fully activated by growth factor induction are restricted, or partially activated by overexpression of RHAMM.
Figure 10 shows a phosphoprotein activity analysis that directly illustrates that cells that overexpress RHAMM have elevated erk activation of MAP kinases but that this activation is restricted relative to the level of activity observed in normal cells induced by a growth factor (PDGF). The Figure shows both phosphoylation of erk molecules and erk2 dependent phosphorylation of MBP molecules.
Briefly, cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS, and cells were starved for 6 h in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with PDGF (25 ng/ml) for 30 and 60 min. Cell monolayers were washed three times with PBS and total cellular extracts were prepared in a buffer containing 25 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 100 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl2, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.5% Triton X-100, 0.5 mM DTT, 20 mM β-glycerophosphate, 0.1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 0.5 μg/ml leupeptin, 100 μg/ml PMSF. Cellular lysates of 100 μg total protein were incubated with anti-ERK2 antibody conjugated agarose (ERK(C-14), Santa Cruz Biotech., Inc.), immuno- complexes were washed twice with the above lysis buffer and twice by kinase buffer (20 mM Hepes, pH 7.7, 10 mM MgCl2, 2 mM MnCl2, 2 mM DTT and 25 μM ATP). ERK2 activity was determined by in vitro kinase assay using 2 μg substrate MBP and 1 μCi [γ-32P] ATP in 20 μl of kinase buffer. After incubation at 30°C for 20 min, the reactions were terminated with Laemmli buffer, and proteins were separated by SDS- PAGE, gels were dried and autoradiography. The amount of ERK2 and phosphorylated MAPK were detected from the total extracts by western blot analysis and ECL chemiluminescence system. Lysates of 25 μg total protein were resolved by 10% SDS-PAGE and transferred onto nitrocellulose membrane (BioBlot, Costar) using Trans-Blot® Semi-Dry Electrophoretic Transfer Cell (BioRad) with a transfer-blotting buffer containing 20 mM Tris, 150 mM glycine, 0.01% SDS and 20% methanol. The filters were blocked for non-fat skim milk in TBS-T (20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20) at 4°C overnight. The membranes were then probed with phospho-specific anti-p44/p42 MAP kinase antibody (New England BioLabs, Inc) by incubation at room temperature for 1.5 h. After washing three times with TBS-T for 30 min, blots were incubated with horseradish peroxidase conjugated anti-rabbit antibodies (NEB) for 1 h. The filters
were washed three times for 30 min and visualized on X-ray film with chemiluminescence detection method (NEB).
As shown in Figure 10, the results of this analysis shows that LR21 cells overexpressing RHAMMv4 are restricted in the extent to which proinflammatory cytokines/growth factors (e.g. PDGF) can activate erk kinase.
Figure 11A shows a Northern analysis of IL-1 induction of c-fos expression in 10T1/2 and LR21 cell lines. Cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and starved for 6 hours in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with IL-1 (20 ng/ml) for 30 min and 60 min. Total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as described above. The level of c-fos was measured by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA. The blot was stripped and re-probed with rat GAPDH cDNA as internal control. The results show that expression of c-fos in response to IL-1 and TNF is restricted in LR21 cells.
Figure 11B shows a Northern analysis of TNF-α induction of c-fos expression in 10T1/2 and LR21 cell lines. Cells were grown in DMEM with 10% FBS and starved for 6 h in the medium without serum. Cells were then stimulated with TNF-α (30 ng/ml) for 30 min and 60 min. Total RNAs were extracted and hybridized as described above. The level of c-fos was measured by hybridization with a rat c-fos cDNA. Again it can be seen that the expression of c-fos in response to a injury response growth factor i.e., TNF-α, is restricted in LR21 cells.
EXAMPLE 5 RHAMM OVEREXPRESSION PREVENTS FOCAL ADHESION FORMATION AND INDUCES CONSTITUTIVE PODOSOME PRODUCTION
A key feature of cells over-expressing RHAMM, LR21, prepared as described above is that they do not form focal adhesions. Figure 12 A shows that the parent cell line, 10T1/2, form very discreet focal adhesions, as demonstrated with anti-vinculin staining. In contrast LR21 cells do not form focal adhesions (Figure 12B). This inhibition of focal adhesion formation may be responsible for the lack of response of these cells to
cytokines such as IL-1 and TNF. It would appear that as long as cells are expressing RHAMM they do not form focal adhesions and remain unresponsive to cytokines.
In addition, 10T1/2 cells, the parent cell line when plated form small numbers of podosomes immediately following plating as shown in Figure 13. By 12 to 24 hours, there is little formation of podosomes and there is now the formation of focal adhesions in these cells. In contrast to 10T1/2 cells, LR21 cells that over-express RHAMM form podosomes constitutively. The level of podosome formation is higher and continuous in cells over-expressing RHAMM. These data indicate that RHAMM overexpression is required for podosome formation in cells immediately following injury or sustained disease conditions.
EXAMPLE 6 BLOCKAGE OF ERK ACTIVITY INHIBITS THE FORMATION OF PODOSOMES AND MIGRATION OF CELLS TOWARD WOUNDS PROMOTED BY OVEREXPRESSION RHAMM
To further illustrate the relationship between RHAMM, erk activity and podosome formation in transient stage cells, podosome formation is shown to be inhibited by inhibitors of erk activity. Figure 14 shows that enhanced podosome formation resulting from RHAMMv4 overexpression, is blocked by inhibitors of erk kinase which also blocks cell migration into wound sites. Overexpression of RHAMMv4 results in a sustained high production of podosomes, detected by the marker protein cortactin (A). Inhibition of erk kinase by PD09058 reduces the number of podosomes (B) as does mutation of intracellular RHAMMv4 (C) so that erk does not bind to RHAMM. Overexpression of RHAMMv4 enhances cell migration into wounds (D) compared to the parent 10T1/2 fibroblast line that produces little RHAMMv4 (E). The addition of PD09058 blocks wound repair of RHAMMv4 overexpressing cells (F).
EXAMPLE 7 RHAMM IS TRANSIENTLY DETECTED ON THE SURFACE OF CELLS AND IS REQUIRED FOR PODOSOME FORMATION AND CELL MOTILITY: METHOD OF DETECTING TRANSIENT CELLS Exon 3 and 4 of RHAMM provide peptides and antibodies thereto which are useful for detecting RHAMM expression and demonstrating that RHAMM is associated with podosomes. Figxxre 15 A shows a comparison of the expression of RHAMM at the cell surface using anti-exon 4 RHAMM antibody or antibody "R3.8" raised against a whole RHAMM polypeptide. The chart summarizes the results of FACS analysis of in vitro growth of invasive MDA231 cells in comparison to MCF-7 human breast cancer cells which are non invasive cells. The results show that cell surface RHAMM is present in larger amounts on MDA-231 cells than on MCF-7 cells.
Figure 15B shows the amino acid sequences of murine and human RHAMM peptides including: a peptide from murine exon 3 (SEQ. ID NO: 14); a smaller peptide used to raise anti-exon 3 antibodies (SEQ. ID NO: 15); a peptide from murine exon 4 (SEQ. ID NO: 16); a smaller peptide used to raise anti-exon 4 antibodies (SEQ. ID NO: 17), a human RHAMM peptide from exon 5 (SEQ. ID NO: 18); a human RHAMM peptide homologous to murine exon 3 (SEQ. ID NO: 19); and a murine RHAMM peptide homologous to human exon 5 (SEQ. ID NO: 20). The human exon 4 homologue is identical to the murine sequence used to raise anti-exon 4 antibodies. The C residues shown in parenthesis were added during synthesis of the peptides.
Figure 16 shows that cells treated by administering peptides mimicking exon 3, i.e., SEQ. ID NO: 15 (peptide 1, panel A) block the motility of invasive cells relative to a scrambled peptide (peptide 2, panel B). This effect is quantified in the graph shown in 16C and is highly significant (PO.001, student's T test). Figure 16D shows that administration of antibodies against peptides mimicking exon 4 (i.e., antibodies to SEQ. ID NO: 16) also inhibit the motility of invasive cells.
Figure 17, panel A are micrographs that show that podosome formation is enhanced on the perimeter of LR21 cells that overexpress RHAMM in comparison to control 10T1/2 cells. Panel B shows that administration of exon 4, i.e., peptide SEQ. ID
NO: 16 (peptide 1) blocks the formation of podosomes while scrambled exon 4 peptide (peptide 2) does not. Podsomome formation was visualized using either fluorescent cortactin or CAS, the latter being a particularly useful marker for podosomes as illustrated by the micrographs in Figure 17B. In Figure 18, MDA-231 cells were treated with hyaluronan together with anti-RHAMM antibody (exon 4 antibody). The antibody blocked the formation of podosomes as detected by cortactin staining.
Figure 19 is a chart that quantitatively shows that anti-RHAMM antibodies block the rapid motility characteristic of MDA231 human breast cancer cells but have only a small effect on the less rapid motility of cells of the benign MCF human breast cancer cell line.
Figure 20 further shows that anti-RHAMM antibodies inhibit the ability of MDA231 cells to invade in vitro. The chart in 20 A illustrates the invasiveness of a variety of cell lines while 20B shows the ability of a variety of RHAMM antibodies to reduce invasiveness of MDA231 cells.
Figure 21 shows that RHAMM binds to fibronectin but is blocked by antibody to exon 3 indicating that exon 3 contains a fibronectin binding domain. Figure 21 further illustrates that RHAMM binds to the CS-1 fragment of fibornectin and not to the RGDS sequence which was previously considered to be a critical sequence for fibronectin signaling of matrix protein degradation. Panel A shows that RHAMM binds to fibronectin as detected by an ELISA. Panel B shows that exon 3 of RHAMM binds to fibronectin but not through the RGDS region but rather through the CS-1 region. Panel C shows that peptides mimicking exon 3 are able to block the binding of intact RHAMM to fibronectin, providing a rationale for why peptides block cell locomotion and podosome formation.
EXAMPLE 8 ERK KINASE INVOLVED IN CELLULAR MOTILITY Elevated erk activity is associated with, and required for, rapid cell motility characteristic of proliferative or invasive cells such as the breast cancer cell line 5 MDA231 which express high levels of RHAMM.
The relationship between erk activation and cell motility is illustrated in Figure 22 which shows that when cells overexpress RHAMM such as in the case of MDA231 cells, the level of cell motility is high. When erk kinase activity is inhibited by treatment with a MEK inhibitor (PD09058), that inhibition strongly reduces cellular 10 locomotion and blocks cell invasion. Figure 22 further shows that MDA231 cells expressing a mutant version of RHAMM (HA mutant) have reduced mobility. The relationship between RHAMM expression and cell motility is further established by treating MDA231 cells with anti RHAMM antibodies, resulting in reduced cell mobility.
15 EXAMPLE 9
OVEREXPRESSION OF RHAMM PROMOTES PODOSOME FORMATION
Podosomes are transient structures at lamellae tips that are required for the efficient release of the MMPs. Together with other proteinases, MMPs initiate extracellular matrix remodeling. This initial remodeling of matrix attracts white cells to
20 the site of injury, providing additional source of pro-inflammatory cytokines and growth factors that are responsible for the amplification of the response-to-injury. This experiment shows that transient RHAMM overexpression will alter podosome formation in transfected 10T1/2 cells.
Briefly, RHAMMv4 cDNA was tagged with HA and transfected into
25 10T1/2 cells. lOTl/2 cells were cultured to 40-50% confluence and transfected with 10 μg of RHAMMv4 CDNA tagged with HA in 60 μl of superFect reagent. After five hours of incubation, monolayers were washed twice with PBS and the transfected cells were cultured an additional 48 hours with growth medium supplemented withl 0% FBS. The cells were harvested in RIP A buffer and RHAMM expression was detected
30 by Western analysis. Only the transfectants that expressed similar level of (2-3 fold
higher than parenthal cells) were used for assays. HAv4tag cells were selected and used in this experiment. For the experimental purposes transfected cells were plated on the fibronectin (FN) substrate at the 50% density. To visualize the presence of Hav4tag cDNA cells were stained at different time points: l/2h, 2h, 6h, and 24 h respectively with monoclonal antibody against HA. Additionally, cells were stained with the monoclonal Ab against HA (dil.l :50) lh at room temperature. Cells were then washed with 1%BSA in PBS and incubated with x4 antibody. X4 antibody was detected by Texas-red (1 :100). Cells were incubated lh at room temperature in Texas red. Some cells were plated onto RITC-labeled fibronectin in order to detect the ability of cells to digest this extracellular matrix protein providing an assessment of the fxmctional capability of the podosomes. A clearing of fluorescence indicates that cells have released collagenases that are able to digest fibronectin.
In both experimental paradigms, results were examined under the confocal microscope. As shown on Figure 23 A, at the 2h point 100% of plated cells formed podosomes. Additionally, v4 tagged RHAMM cDNA was found in perinuclear region as well as in the podosomes. Evidence that podosomes made by RHAMM transfected cells are releasing proteases is provided in Figure 23B which shows the clearing of FITC -fibronectin underneath the plated cells. The dark area indicates that fibronectin has been proteolyzed and released from the cell substratum. Based upon this experiment it is evident that overexpression of RHAMM promotes podosome formation in 10T1/2 cells.
EXAMPLE 10 ANTIBODIES AGAINST TAM DOMAINS AND LEUCINE ZIPPER INHIBIT PODOSOME
FORMATION The objective of this experiment was to investigate whether RHAMM induces podosome formation in a system where RHAMM surface sites were blocked with a exon4 (TAM) A antibody. Leucine zipper peptide (LZP) was also tested for its
capability to compete for RHAMM surface sites with fibronectin, since this is the binding site for fibronectin.
Briefly, LR21 cells were plated in DMEM with 10% serum at 70-80% density and allow to grow for 8h. Cells were then washed twice with PBS. After being washed cells were incubated in cell dissociation medium to detach from the plates. Cell dissociation medium was harvested and centrifuged at 1000 rpm's for 31/2 min. Then, cells were plated at fibronectin-coated coverslips at 50% density in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS. Cells were allow to grow for up to 9h. Plates were then divided into 4 groups and treated in the following manner: control group was treated with 50 μg/ml of BSA in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS; second group was treated with 50 μg/ml of v4 antibody; third group was treated with 100 mg/ml of LZP and the fourth group was treated with combination of v4 antibody and LZP at the same concentrations as they were used in separate treatments. Cells were kept with the proteins for 30 min and they were fixed with 3% paraformaldehyde. Cells were stained with cortactin (dil.1 :100) for lh. Subsequently, cells were washed with 1% BSA in PBS and stained with Texas-red mouse IgG (dil. 1:100). Staining of the cells was. examined by confocal microscope.
LR21 cells were plated onto fibronectin substrata as outlined above for 8-12 hrs in serum free medium in the presence of IgG alone or anti-TAM antibody ("exon 4"). The supernatant culture medium was collected at that time and concentrated on an amicon filter that retains proteins of over 20 kDa. The retentate was suspended in loading buffer without mercaptoethanol or SDS-PAGE and run on a poly aery lamide gel impregnanted with gelatin. The gel was then incubated in PBS containing Mg++ and Ca++ buffer to permit collagenase activity at 37C for several hours. The gel was washed and stained with Coomassie Blue. Cleared areas indicate that collagenases released into the supernatant medium by LR21 cells is active.
As shown on Figure 24A, v4 antibody added to the medium competed for the RHAMM binding sites with fibronectin which resulted in reduced podosome formation by those cells up to 25% compared to the BSA-treated control. LZP and combination of LZP and v4 antibody didn't result in any changes in podosome number.
The reason for this result could be the fairly high concentration of LZ peptide used in this experiment.
Based upon these results it is evident that RHAMM on the cell surface is required for the efficient podosome formation. Addition of v4 antibodies competed with fibronectin for the RHAMM binding sites which resulted in lower podosome formation by LR21 cells. The antibody also blocked release of collagenase (Figure
24B), consistent with its blocking podosome formation.
EXAMPLE 11 RHAMM V4 AND FULL LENGTH RHAMMV5 INTERACT WITH ERK 1 KINASE
The most common murine RHAMM RNA transcript encodes a 95 kDa protein (referred to as "v5"). In addition, a shorter form of RHAMM may exist encoding a 73 kDa protein (v4), which lacks 163 N-terminal amino acids found in the longer RHAMM form. The objective of this experiment was to determine which form of RHAMM associates with erk and which particular domain of RHAMM is responsible for this interaction.
A. In vitro binding competition assays.
Purified GST-RHAMM proteins were released from GST with trombin and RHAMM was coupled to Amino Link plus coupling gel (Pierce). After several washes with PBS, RHAMM-coupled beads were incubated with purified erkl His-6- tagged fusion proteins in binding buffer for lh at 4°C on Nutator rotor. After several washes with cold binding buffer, the beads were boiled for 2 min in cold loading buffer, then proteins were separated on SDS-PAGE and transfer to nitrocellulose blots for western analysis. Anti-erkl antibody (K23) was used to detect this kinase on western blots. For competition assays, 1 μg of purified erkl His-6 fusion protein was incubated with 10 μg of soluble RHAMM protein for lh at room temperature, then incubated with beads-RHAMM for an additional lh. For peptide competition assays, 1 μg of erkl His-6 fusion protein was incubated with beads-RHAMM for another lh on a Rotator. Three different peptides were used in competition binding assay, D4:
QEKYNDTAQSLRDVTAQLESV (SEQ ID NO:50), D5:
KQKIKHVVKLKDENSQLKSEVSKLRSQLVKRK (SEQ ID NO-51), and P-16 peptide: CSTMMSRSHKTRSHHV (SEQ ID NO:26).
B. Immunoprecipitation. Parental 10T1/2 cells and transfected cell lines were plated at 50% confluence for 6-24 h and washed two times with cold PBS and lysed in a lysis buffer, containing leupeptin (lmg/ml), aprotinin (0.2 TlU/ml) and dichloroisocoumarin (200 μM). The lysates were centrifuged and equal amounts of protein (300-400 μg) from each sample were added to 2 μg of anti-RHAMM antibody (R3.2), and anti-erk-1 (K23) antibody. After lh of incubation at 4°C on a Nutator rotor, 50 μg of a 50% solution of protein G Sepharose was added and incubated at 4°C for an additional lh, then washed four times with lysis buffer.
C. Western analysis.
Cells were plated at 50% confluence and grown for 6-24 h. Then, monolayers were washed with cold PBS, lysed in RIPA buffer and subjected to SDS- PAGE. Separated proteins were transferred onto nitrocellulose membranes (BioRad) using a Transfer buffer. Non-specific binding sites were blocked with 5% defatted milk in Tris buffer. RHAMM v4 antibody was prepared against following sequence: VSIEKEKIDEK (SEQ ID NO:50). RHAMMv5 antibody was prepared against following sequence: QERGTQDKRIQDME (SEQ ID NO:21). Membranes were washed three times with TBST, then incubated with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit IgG (1; 10000) for 30 min at room temperature. Bound antibody was visualized by chemiluminescence (ECL). The densitometry was performed with a Multi-Analyst program (Bio-Rad). To determine antibody specificity, anti-RHAMM antibodies were incubated with beads-linked with RHAMM protein (lμg antibody/20 μl beads) for lh at 4°C on a Rotator, and then centrifuged for 5 min. The supernatant was used to probe membranes.
Results are shown in Figure 25. Briefly, Figure 25B shows erkl binding to v4 and v5 obtained in vitro, whereas Figure 25C shows similar results in vivo. The Bottom Western blot represents total cellular erk kinase and densitometery was calculated as the ratio of total cellular erk versus erk associated with RHAMM. Both RHAMMv5 and v4 associated with erkl kinase. RHAMMv4 more strongly activates erk kinase than RHAMMv5 (Figure 25D), which contains all of the domains of v4 but in addition N-terminal sequence that negatively regulates the functions of the activating D2-5 domains (Figure 25B). The presence of mutations in both D5 or D4 domains or in competition assays the presence of both D4 and D5 peptides, reduced erkl binding to v4 by 90% (Figure 25C), suggesting key roles of those domains in binding.
Thus, in summary both forms of RHAMM (v4 and v5) associate with erkl in vivo and in vitro but only the short form strongly activates the erk kinase cascade. The hyaluronan binding domains (See Figures 25A, D5) and a repeated sequence (D4) are required for binding of erkl to RHAMM. However, both D3 (encoding the TAM domain) and D2 (encoding the leucine zipper) are required for activation of erk kinase although they are not involved in the binding of erkl to RHAMM.
EXAMPLE 12 HA BINDING DOMAINS OF RHAMM PEPTIDES AND ANTIBODIES THERETO FOR AFFECTING A RESPONSE-TO-INJURY PROCESS
Figure 26 illustrates that HA binding peptides including artificial mimics of hyaluronan binding domains of RHAMM are able to block cell motility in podosome forming cells while scrambled peptides do not. Figure 26A provides the sequence of several artificial HA binding peptides of the formula BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) discussed above. Panel B shows that each of these peptides are able to block cell motility when administered to cells. Panel C shows that an HA binding peptide according to one of the general structures provided in SEQ ID NO: 1-5, and more particularly, having one of the structures provided in SEQ. ID NOS . 6- 10 is even more effective in blocking cell motility and that a scrambled version of this peptide is not.
EXAMPLE 13
HA-BINDING PEPTIDE MIMETIC (P-16) AND RHAMM SEQUENCE PEPTIDE (423-432 AA)
INHIBIT MIGRATION OF HUMAN FIBROBLAST
Wound healing is the response to injury. By day three after the wounding, fibroblasts appear in the fibronectin - fibrin framework and initiate collagen synthesis. Fibroblast proliferate in response to growth factors present on the wound site and this complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into the scar tissue. The fibroproliferative response is accompanied with wound contraction and fibrosis due to the presence of myofibroblasts and to the enhanced production of collagen. In adult humans, the extracellular matrix is remodeled to sustain and direct the cellular changes and to restore the tissue integrity. Such exuberant healing responses often lead to tissue fibrosis and contraction commonly referred to us as scarring. Fibrosis of adult human tissue is a serious clinical problem that results in malfunction of tissue due to, for example: formation of intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of liver, failure of anastomoses as well as adhesions following injury.
In animal models of skin wounding, expression of an active (73 kDa) RHAMM form is transiently increased early after injury and this elevated expression occurs in most cell types present in the wound site. A specific domain within RHAMM (D5) that is responsible for interactions of hyaluronan with cell surface RHAMM and erkl binding to intracellular RHAMM was identified and utilized to develop a peptide mimetic reagent (p-16), which blocks function of cell surface RHAMM. Another RHAMM sequence consisted of 9 AA (423-432) which was also tested in the following experiment. The objectives of following experiment were to test the abilities of two
RHAMM synthetic peptides to inhibit migration of human fibroblasts. One experimental model tested a 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide) to inhibit migration of Human Foreskin Fibroblast (HFF) through the wound gap. Another peptide consisted of 9 AAs (RHAMM sequence, 423-432 AA) was also tested in regards of cell locomotion of human fibroblasts.
Experiment A.
Human fibroblasts were seeded at 5 X 105 cells/well in 6 well plates using α-MEM supplemented with glucose and 10% FBS. After being 6 hours in the culture (80-90% confluency), cells were injured with the single edge cell scraper (one 5 injury/dish). Cells were washed twice with PBS and treated with two different concentrations of P-peptide (10 μg and 100 μg) for 15 h. Untreated cells served as control. Following 15 hours of incubation, images were taken using a 5X modulation objective (Zeis, Germany) attached to the Zeiss Axiovert 100 inverted microscope equipped with Hoffman Modulation contrast optical filters (Greenvale, NY). The 10 number of migrated cells in each image was counted choosing the ~70% of the middle of each injury. Statistically significant (P<0.05) differences between means were assessed by the unpaired Student's t-test method, using Microsoft Excel '97 software.
Experiment B.
To quantify the effect of RHAMM sequence (423-432 AA) to alter
15 velocity of cell locomotion human fibroblasts were seeded on T-12.5 fibronectin coated flasks using α-MEM supplemented with glucose and 10% FBS. 2.5 x IO4 cells were seeded and cells incubated for 4 hrs at 37°C. After incubation time cells were treated with increasing concentrations of RHAMM sequence peptide (423-432 AA, 0.1, 1.0, 5.0, 10 and 50 ng/ml) and cell locomotion was monitored over the period of 16 hrs on a
20 37 °C using 10X modulation objective (Zeiss, Germany) attached to a Zeiss Axiovert 100 inverted microscope equipped with Hoffman Modulation contrast optical filters (Greenvale, NY). Cell images were captured with a CCD video camera module attached to a Hamamatsu CCD camera controller. Motility was assessed using Northern Exposure 2.9 image analysis software (Empix Imaging, Mississauga, Ontario).
25 Nuclear displacement of 7 - 10 cells was measured and data were subjected to statistical analysis. Statistically significant (P<0.05) differences between means were assessed by the unpaired Student's T-test method, performed using Microsoft Excel "97 software.
Results are shown in Figures 27 and 28. Briefly, Figure 27 shows that treatment of injured cells with 100 μg/ml of P-peptide inhibited migration of HFF cells
approximately 4 fold compared to control cells (P<0.01). Lower concentration (10 μg/ml) of P-peptide didn't have any effect. As shown in Figure 28, different concentrations of RHAMM sequence (423-432 AA) progressively inhibited migration of human fibroblasts up to 40% . Both treatments were successful in inhibition of cell migration in vitro.
These important data suggests potential implementation of the both P-peptide and RHAMM sequence 423-432 AA peptide in prevention of tissue contraction and fibrosis and ultimately prevention of abnormal tissue remodeling and scaring.
EXAMPLE 14
FIBROBLASTS FROM RHAMM KNOCKOUT MOUSE PRODUCE TWO TIMES LESS MMP'S THAN WILD TYPE MMP expression is involved in a wide variety of inflammatory diseases and cancers. This experiment investigates whether fibroblasts which are obtained from RHAMM knockout mice have altered MMP production.
Briefly, embryonic stem cells (ES) were transfected with antisense cDNA that recombined with the RHAMM gene, resulting in recombination and a genetic deletion of the RHAMM gene. The ES cells were injected into mouse blastocysts, and placed into pseudo-pregnant mice. Mice from the resultant litters were crossed and examined for the presence of a genetic deletion, in order to determine germ line transmission. Founders were identified and homozygotes obtained.
Embryos from normal and knockout mice were taken out at the 13th day of their intrauterine development. Tissue was cut and tripsinized in the incubator at 37 °C for 10 min. Cell suspension was pipeted up and down several times in order to release fibroblasts from the tissue. Then, fibroblasts were plated on the Petri dishes (one embryo per one Petri dish). Cells were grown for 2 days before first passage was done. Five passages were done before actual experiment was performed.
For experimental purposes, fibroblasts were plated on 6-well dishes, normal ones and fibronectin coated, both at the 70% confluency. Cells were grown in DMEM medium for 2 h. After 2 h, medium was changed to DMEM without serum and cells kept
in starvation medium for 24 h. Then, medium was taken out and the amount of gelatinase released into medium measured by zymografic analysis. Briefly, DMEM medium taken out from plates was run on overnight in a cold room (+4 °C) on 10% acrylamide gel containing lmg/ml of gelatin. Then, gel was washed in TritonX-100 for lh and subsequently incubated in a buffer on 37°C for 24 h in order to develop zymogram. Then, gel was stained with commassi blue whereas areas with MMPs were left unstained. Intensities of unstained bands were measured and presented as relative numbers.
Results are shown in Figure 29. Briefly, MMP release from knockout fibroblasts is approximately 2.5 times lower compared to normal ones. Thus, it is evident that RHAMM expression regulates production of
MMPs. Absence of RHAMM in knockout fibroblasts resulted in marked decrease in MMP production.
EXAMPLE 15 RHAMM INFLUENCES ERK PHOSPHORYLATION UPON PDGF TREATMENT IN MOUSE
PRIMARY FIBROBLASTS The puφose of this experiment was to investigate if erk phosphorylation is decreased in primary fibroblasts of the RHAMM knockout mouse.
Briefly, mouse normal and RHAMM knockout fibroblasts are plated in DMEM medium and starved overnight. Medium was changed and two different concentrations of PDGF added. After 10 min cells were lysed in RIPA buffer. Western blot analysis was done and proteins separated by SDS-PAGE. Bands were visualized by phospho-specific erk antibody. Subsequently, blot was stripped and reprobed with erk antibody. Results are shown in Figure 30. Briefly, erk phosphorylation is influenced by RHAMM expression: knockout mice exhibited at least two folds lower phosphorylation of erkl isoform compared to wild type. PDGF concentration of 1 ng/ml produced the largest decrease (2.3 fold) in erk phosphorylation (Figure 30). Thus, deficiency in RHAMM expression in knockout fibroblasts down regulates the capability of PDGF to activate erk pathway.
EXAMPLE 16 FIBROBLASTS ISOLATED FROM RHAMM KNOCKOUT MOUSE LOCOMOTE AT SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER RATE THAN WILD TYPE FIBROBLASTS This experiment investigates the impact of lacking RHAMM expression on cell migration in mouse knockout fibroblasts.
Briefly, knockout and wild type mouse fibroblasts were plated in 100 mm Petty dishes (normal or gelatin and fibronectin coated) and grown in normal DMEM medium. Cells were plated sparsely and left for 2h to attach, spread and start to migrate. Two hours after plating, cells were checked for migration and pictures were taken from the same spot every 15 min. The images were overlaid and cell migration analyzed by measurement of the migration distance.
Results are shown in Figure 31. Briefly, knockout fibroblasts have decreased cell motility compared to wild type by two folds. Combination of gelatin and fibronectin coating seem to potentiate slower migration of mouse RHAMM knockout fibroblasts. Thus, it is evident that mouse RHAMM knockout fibroblasts migrate at the slower rate compared to wild type cells. Attenuation of cell migration is between 2 to 4 fold.
EXAMPLE 17
ADMINISTRATION OF RHAMM PEPTIDES OR ANTIBODIES INHIBIT RESPONSE-TO-INJURY PROCESSES ASSOCIATED WITH MACROPHAGES IN INJURED LUNG TISSUE
Clinical diseases characterized by lung inflammation include emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, new-born lung disease involving chronic respiratory distress syndrome, and the acute respiratory distress syndrome that affects accident victims. Local inflammatory responses that recruit macrophages into the lung result in destruction of alveolar type II cells, which make the surfactant responsible for normal lung inflation. The infiltration of macrophages and abnormal local tissue responses result in further tissue destruction and disease. This pathological sequence
results in improper lung expansion. A common response to injury in mammalian tissue is increased motility of macrophages and macrophage accumulation near a wound site.
As described in more detail below, the RHAMM peptide mimetics prevent these pathological events, particularly recruitment and activation of macrophages, from occurring following bleomycin-induced lung fibrosis (Figure 32). In particular, the infiltration of inflammatory cells and local responses such as fibrosis is completely absent with treatment. Yet, no toxicity was observed in the animals even at very high concentrations. Therefore, these reagents should be effective for treating lung diseases that involve recruiting macrophages and inflammatory cells, as well as fibrosis. This experiment shows that macrophage responses are inhibited by administration of antisera to RHAMM peptides. More specifically, Figure 33 illustrates that a significant increase occurs in the motility of macrophages from both bleomycin and saline-treated animals at four days after intratracheal instillation (*p<0.01 versus control; p < 0.01 versus saline and control). Normal rabbit IgG had no effect on macrophage motility, but anti-RHAMM peptide aa antiserum inhibited macrophage motility from both saline - (# p < 0.01 versus saline) and bleomycin-treated (p < 0.01 versus bleomycin, saline and bleomycin + normal IgG) animals to levels observed in macrophages from untreated healthy control animals. Values represent mean and standard errors of five animals studied for each condition with mean velocities calculated.
Figure 34 illustrates motility of BAL cells four days after injury in response to administration of RHAMM peptides. Macrophages from bleomycin-treated animals showed increased motilities as compared to those from control and saline animals (*p < 0.001). Animals pretreated with Scrambled Peptide A showed the same motility as macrophages obtained from animals injured with bleomycin. However, macrophages from animals treated with Peptide A prior to bleomycin-induced injury showed significantly lower cell locomotion than either bleomycin-injured or scrambled peptide treated controls (# p < 0.001). Values represent mean and standard error with three animals studied for each condition and at least 20 cells tracked per animal studied.
Based on these findings, peptide mimetic and antibody formulations can be utilized in the treatment of a variety of "response to injury" indications, including for example, emphysema, asthma and the chronic respiratory distress syndrome associated with newborn lung disease.
EXAMPLE 18 ADMINISTRATION OF HA BINDING PEPTIDES INHIBIT RESPONSE-TO-INJURY PROCESSES ASSOCIATED WITH FIBROSIS IN INJURED LUNG TISSUE Increased N-acetyl-β -glucosaminidase activity is a known marker for fibrosis in lung tissue. Figure 35 A shows in vivo effects of a HA-binding (Peptide A) on N-acetyl-β -glucosaminidase activity of BAL cells obtained 7 days after injury.
Briefly, bleomycin injury results in an increased glucosaminidase activity (* p < 0.01 versus controls and saline animals). Scrambled Peptide A had no effect on the glucosaminidase activity whereas Peptide A significantly decreased glucosaminidase activity (# p<0.05 versus bleomycin alone and bleomycin + scrambled peptide A). Values represent mean and standard error with five animals studied for each condition.
Figure 35B illustrates that mRNA of collagen type la in lungs harvested 4 days after injury is reduced in response to administration of HA binding Peptide A. Collagen type la is common indicator of fibrosis in lung tissue injury models as used throughout this invention. An increase in collagen type la mRNA was observed by 4 days after injury in control tissue, however, this increase was completely inhibited by administration of HA binding Peptide A, whereas scrambled Peptide A had no effect on the mRNA expression levels for this collagen. The data shown are representative of three independent experiments.
The ability of HA binding peptides to inhibit fibrosis is further illustrated by histological analysis. Figure 36 are micrographs from a histological analysis of lung tissue treated with and without HA binding Peptide A after bleomycin injury. Panels
(a-c) show tissue after treatment with saline alone, and panels (d-f) show tissues injured by bleomycin treatment. Panel (d) shows a fibrotic moφhology .in the presence of
bleomycin alone while panel (e) shows the moφhology in the presence of bleomycin and scrambled RHAMM peptide. In contrast, panel (f) shows that injection of bleomycin-treated animals with the sense RHAMM HA binding Peptide A results in a normal lung architecture despite the injury caused by bleomycin.
EXAMPLE 19 EXPRESSION OF RHAMM IN DIFFERENT CELLS PRESENT IN SYNOVIAL FLUIDS ISOLATED
FROM RA PATIENTS This experiment determines which cell type from the synovial fluids of RA patients express RHAMM isoforms.
Briefly, samples of synovial fluids from different RA patients were centrifuged at 1600 φm's for 10 min and pellets resuspended in 2-5 ml of Blocking buffer (BB, 1% human serum albumin in HBSS). After counting, 106 to 2.5x106 cells per ml, were taken into each tube. Cells were washed once with 1ml of BB and the pellets resuspended in 100 μl of BB. First antibody was added (dil. 1 :100) and samples incubated for 30 min on ice. Along with the first antibody 20 μl of specific markers for certain cell type present in the synovial fluid were added, as well. Rabbit IgG was used as a control. Samples were washed twice with 1 ml of BB. After washing, secondary antibody was added (FITC, dil. 5:100) and cells kept 30 min on ice. Again, samples were washed twice, each time with 1 ml of BB and fixed with 0.3 ml of 0.5% paraformaldehyde. Immunofluorescence was determined by flowcytometre.
Results are shown on Figure 37. Briefly, the majority of cells present in synovial fluid are neutrophils. Macrophage/monocyte cells are present as 5-10% of cells and T cells are also present as a minority. Macrophage/monocyte cells exhibited the highest RHAMM expression. In some cases the number of exon4-positive cells was as high as 99.8%. A similar pattern was observed in neutrophil populations but the percentage of positively labeled cells was between 54.6% and 99.3%. T cells also express RHAMM isoforms, although to a lesser extent compared to the other two cell types.
In summary, all tested RA patients expressed RHAMM on the surface of cells present in synovial fluid. The most abundant cell type is neutrophils. In all tested
patients more than 50% of neutrophil cell population was X4-positive. Significant number of macrophages expressing x4 was uncovered: in all tested RA patients more than 75% of macrophage/monocyte population was labeled x4 positive.
EXAMPLE 20
RHAMMx4 AND RHAMM R3.8 ARE PRESENT IN THE SYNOVIUM TISSUE SECTIONS
FROM RA PATIENTS Rheumatoid arthritis is the most prevalent type of inflammatory arthritis, affecting 1.5% of the human population. RA is characterized by synovial hypeφlasia, destruction of articular cartilage and bone and macrophage infiltration into synovial joints. Cytokines like IL-1 are present in increased levels and they play a major role in production of MMPs, such as collagenase and gelatinase.
In order to investigate if there is any RHAMM expressed in the synovium tissue of RA patients, immunohistochemistry was done. Briefly, pannus formed from synovium tissue was isolated and embedded in wax. Tliree microns tissue sections were obtained and slides were heated on 58°C for 30 min. To deparafinized slides the following procedure was done: tissue sections were washed in xylene three times each four minutes. After washing in hylene, slides were washed in 100% ethanol two times each three minutes. Additionally sections were washed in 96% ethanol the same amount of time. Slides were then incubated in dH2O two times each three minutes and once in PBS. Tissue on the slides was then marked with barrier-pen. The activity of endogenous peroxidase was blocked with 0.3% of hydrogen peroxide for 10 min. Slides were washed with dH2O two times each 3 minutes and with PBS two times each 5 minutes. Unspecific binding was blocked with 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) in PBS at 37°C for 30 minutes. Different dilutions of RHAMMv4 and RHAMM R3.8 antibodies were made: 1 :100, 1 :50, 1 :25) in 1% BSA-PBS and incubated with tissue samples overnight at +4°C. Two tissue sections served as controls and they were incubated with either rabbit IgG (at the same dilution as the antibodies) or with vehicle which was 1%BSA PBS, without primary antibody. After incubation with primary antibodies, slides were washed with PBS three times, 10 minutes each. Consequently,
biotinylated antirabbit IgG was added and slides kept at room temperature for 1 hour (dil.1:200 in BSA-PBS). Slides were again washed with PBS tliree times each 10 minutes. Additionally, Avidin-biotin ABC reagent was premixed and incubated with slides at room temperature for one hour. Slides were washed with PBS three times each time 5 minutes. After washing, DAB solution was premixed and incubated with slides for 5 minutes at room temperature. Samples were washed with dH2O three times each time 5 minutes and counterstained with hematoxylene for 1-2 minutes. Samples were washed with regular water and dehydrated. For dehydration similar procedure was done as for deparafinization only this time steps were done backwards. Slides were mounted and left to dry overnight.
Results are shown in Figure 38. Briefly, synovium tissue isolated from joints of RA patient was positively stained (brawn staining) with RHAMM exon4 (pictures A and B) and RHAMM R3.8 (pictures C and D). Areas of synovial lining cells are enriched in RHAMM staining which are most likely macrophage cell type, although other cell types in the RA synovium also express RHAMM (pictures A, B, C and D). Controls BSA (picture E) and rabbit IgG (picture F) are unstained.
Hence, it is evident that RHAMM is present in high levels in human arthritic joints.
EXAMPLE 21
RHAMM PEPTIDE MIMETIC INHIBITS PROGRESSION IN EXISTING MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS (MS) MODEL Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a major human neurological disease in North America and Western Europe. Although the mechanism by which demyelination takes place in MS is not fully understood, it appears that the persistence of high levels of improperly assembled myelin which is prone to destruction is a leading cause for on set of the disease. Creation of ND 4 model of transgenic mice (Mastronardi et. al. J. Neurosci Res (93) Vol. 36 pp. 315-324) provides useful tool for investigation of the possible mechanism involving destabilization of the myelin membranes and appearance of distinctive features of MS disease.
The puφose of this experiment was to attenuate clinical signs of demyelination in MS by inhibition of function of the cells involved in pathological processes.
Briefly, transgenic mice (ND 4) bearing 70 copies of the transgene for DM20, a myelin proteolipid protein, were utilized for assignment of scores based upon clinical signs of demyelination. Clinical signs which were assessed included general shaking, seizures, head jerk, hind-limb and tail shiver, unsteadiness, wobbly gait and limp tail. Within each sign score between 0 — 4 was given: where zero score means absent and score 4 means constant and uncontrollable appearance of the sign of the disease. Experimental groups of mice were divided into 4; each group contained 5 animals: one normal, one ND 4 mouse untreated and three ND 4 mice treated with RHAMM mimetic - P-peptide. Animals were treated three times per week with 10 mg/kg of P-peptide intraperitonealy. Peptide was resuspended in 300 μl of PBS.
Results are shown in Figure 39. Briefly, treatment of ND 4 mice with P- peptide showed significant attenuation of clinical signs of MS symptoms from 3 to 6 months of age (Figure 39). Applied in a fairly high dosage (10 mg/kg), the peptide exhibited 2 fold inhibition of disease symptoms, without observing toxicological or lethal effects on animals.
EXAMPLE 22
SCAR REDUCTION: P-PEPTIDE REDUCES COLLAGEN I AND III EXPRESSION IN
EXCISIONAL MODEL OF RAT SKIN
Wound-healing responses to injury involve a complex series of cellular and inflammatory processes resulting in deposition of connective tissues and its remodeling into the scar tissue. The fibroproliferative response is accompanied by wound contraction and fibrosis due to the presence of myofibroblasts and to the enhanced production of collagen. In adult humans, the extracellular matrix is remodeled to sustain and direct the cellular changes and to restore tissue integrity. Such exuberant healing responses often lead to tissue fibrosis and contraction, commonly referred to as scarring. Fibrosis of adult human tissue is a serious clinical problem that
results in malfunction of tissue due to intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of liver, failure of anastomoses as well as adhesions following surgery.
A fibrotic wound response contrasts with repair of fetal skin wound wounds which exhibit reduced leukocyte infiltration, reduced fibroplasia and altered extracellular matrix remodeling resulting in a non-scared appearance of the healed wound. Additionally, hyaluronan accumulation is sustained in fetal skin while its accumulation is only transient in wounded adult skin.
This experiment tests the ability of 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide) to reduce tissue fibrosis in a rat punch biopsy model of skin repair.
A. Animal Model.
Three-month old female Sprague-Dawley (200-250 g) rats were anesthetized with Somnitol (1 ml/kg) and subjected to 4 mm full-thickness dorsal punch biopsies. Series of the P-peptide concentrations (1 ng-20 mg) were mixed into a diluted bovine/ 1% collagen (type I) suspension and applied once only per biopsy punch at the time of wounding. A 50μl of the peptide/collagen solution was applied to the punch biopsy wound and allowed to polymerize over several hours. Collagen was used as vehicle to stimulate inflammation and fibrosis as rat skin normally shows minimal fibrosis. Collagen alone (control wounds) does not influence the rate of healing when compared to phosphate buffer saline. A twenty four hours after dorsal punch biopsies, animals were anesthetized with Isofluorane inhalant with oxygen and nitrous oxide and the experimental and control wounds (collagen alone) were excised. Samples were flash frozen in liquid nitrogen for RNA extraction.
B. RNA extraction.
Frozen wounds were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol (Gibco, BRL) until completely homogenous. After being homogenized, samples were incubated at room temperature for 5 min and 200 μl of chloroform was added. Tubes were tightly capped and shaken vigorously for 15 sec. Then, samples were incubated at room temperature for
2-3 min. After incubation, samples were centrifuged at 11200 φm's for 15 min, at
2 - 8°C. Upper aqueous phase was transferred to another tube, carefully not to disturb inteφhase or organic phase of extract solution. After transfer, 10 μg of T-RNA was added into the tube along with 0.5 ml of isopropyl alcohol. Samples were incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Subsequently, they were centrifuged in picofuge at 11200 φm's for 10 min at 4 - 8°C. After being centrifuged, supernatant was removed and pellet washed once in 75% ethanol. Samples were vortexed for 15 sec and spun in picofuge for 5 minutes on 8800 φm's at 4 - 8°C. Remaining ethanol solution was carefully removed and RNA pellet allowed to air dry. Pellet was dissolved in DEPC H2O (Diethylpyrocarbonate). Concentration of RNA was determined by spectrophotometer. RNA was aliquoted into 20 μg portions and stored in -70°C freezer until required.
C. RT-PCR Analysis.
Frozen wound samples (50-100 mg tissue) were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol reagent and RNA was isolated according to standard Trizol Reagent Protocol. For the synthesis of oligo-dT-primed cDNA, 2μg of total RNA, 1 μg of oligo(dT) primers and Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco Brl # 28025-013) were used. Following 1 h incubation at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by heating samples at 95°C for 5 min and 2 μl of RT reaction mixture was used for PCR. PCR amplification was performed with platinum Taq DNA polymerase (Gibco BRL #10966-018) and specific primers for collagen I and III were used: 5' CGA TGT CGC TAT CCA GCT GA (SEQ ID NO:52) for collagen I and the following primer 5' ATC AGT CAG CCA TCT ACC ACC (SEQ ID NO:53) was used for collagen type III. Thermal cycles for collagen type I and III were as follows: denaturation at 94°C, annealing at 60°C and polymerization at 72°C for 20 cycles. In addition, a set of primers of a common housekeeping gene B-actin, were run in parallel on 1.5% agarose gel as a loading standard.
Results are shown in Figure 40. Briefly, collagen production, which is a marker for fibrosis, was assessed by semiquantitative RT-PCR analysis of collagen type I and III mRNA within the wound site. Levels of collagen type I and III mRNA following P-peptide (lng/ml-20 mg/ml) application are shown in Figure 40. Treatment
of wound sites with P-peptide reduced levels of collagen type I and III measured at 24 h post wounding.
EXAMPLE 23 SCAR REDUCTION: ED- 1 EXPRESSION IS REDUCED BY P-PEPTIDE TREATMENT IN
EXCISIONAL MODEL OF RAT SKIN
Fibrosis of adult human tissues is a serious clinical problem that results in malfunction of tissue due to keloids, hypertrophic scars, anatomonic strictures, intraabdominal adhesions, cirrhosis of the liver, neurologic deficits following injury to the spinal cord, valvular heart disease, burned-injured joints as well as failure of anastomoses and adhesions following surgery.
The P-peptide was assessed for its effect on the course of wound repair by measuring macrophage infiltration into the wound through the measurement of ED- 1 expression, a marker for macrophages and fibroblasts.
A. Animal Model.
Three-month old female Sprague-Dawley (200-250 g) rats were anesthetized with Somnitol (1 ml/kg) and subjected to 4 mm full-thickness dorsal punch biopsies. Series of the P-peptide concentrations (lng - 20 mg) were mixed into a diluted bovine/ 1% collagen (type I) suspension and applied once only per biopsy punch at the time of wounding. A 50 μl of the peptide/collagen solution was applied to the punch biopsy wound and allowed to polymerize over several hours. Collagen was used as vehicle to stimulate inflammation and fibrosis as rat skin normally shows minimal fibrosis. Seven days after dorsal punch biopsies, animals were anesthetized with Isofluorane inhalant with oxygen and nitrous oxide and the experimental and control wounds (collagen alone) were excised. Samples were flash frozen in liquid nitrogen for RNA extraction.
B. RNA extraction.
Frozen wounds were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol (Gibco, BRL) until completely homogenous. After homogenization, samples were incubated at room temperature for 5 min and 200 μl of chloroform was added. Tubes were tightly capped and shaken vigorously for 15 seconds. Then, samples were incubated at room temperature for 2-3 min. After incubation, samples were centrifuged at 11200 φm's for 15 min, at 2 - 8°C. Upper aqueous phase was transferred to another RNAse free tube, carefully not disturbing inteφhase or organic phase of extract solution. After transfer, 10 μg of T-RNA was added into the tube together with 0.5 ml of isopropyl alcohol. Samples were incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Subsequently, they were centrifuged in picofuge at 11200 φm's for 10 min at 4 - 8°C. After being centrifuged, supernatant was removed and pellet washed once in 75% ethanol. Samples were vortexed for 15 sec and spun in picofuge for 5 minutes on 8800 φm's between 4-8°C. Remaining ethanol solution was carefully removed and RNA pellet allowed to air dry. Pellet was dissolved in DEPCH2O). Concentrationof RNA was determined by spectrophotometer. RNA was aliquoted into 20 μg portions and stored in -70°C freezer until required.
C. RT-PCR Analysis.
Frozen wound samples (50-100 mg tissue) were homogenized in 1 ml of Trizol reagent and RNA was isolated. For the synthesis of oligo-dT-primed cDNA, 2 μg of total RNA, 1 μg of oligo(dT) primers and Moloney Murine Leukemia Virus Reverse Transcriptase (Gibco Brl # 28025-013) were used. Following 1 h incubation at 37°C, the reaction was stopped by heating samples at 95°C for 5 min and 2 μl of RT reaction mixture was used for PCR. PCR amplification was performed with platinum Taq DNA polymerase (Gibco BRL #10966-018) and specific primers that used for ED- 1 is: for ED-1 - 5' CGA TGG CAG GAC AGT AGT CGC (SEQ ID NO:54) and/or 5' AAG GCT GCT GTT GAA AGG ACG (SEQ ID NO:55).
Thermal cycles for ED-1 was as follows: denaturation at 94°C, annealing at 59°C and polymerization at 72 °C for 28 and 29 cycles. In addition, a set
of primers of a common housekeeping gene B-actin, were run in parallel on 1.5% agarose gel as a loading standard.
Results are shown in Figure 41. Briefly, RT-PCR analysis of mRNA isolated from the wound site treated with P-peptide (1 ng/ml to 100 ug/ml) showed down regulation of ED-1 expression at 7 days after injury in comparison to the untreated wounds.
Thus, P-peptide reduces infiltration of macrophages into the site of the wound.
EXAMPLE 24
RHAMM HA BINDING PEPTIDES INHIBIT MACROPHAGE
INFILTRATION FOLLOWING SKIN WOUNDING Several key processes are involved in excisional wounding healing and scarring. These include local inflammation and infiltration of macrophages and neutrophils. The objective of this study was to determine whether different HA binding peptides inhibit macrophage infiltration.
The excisional wound healing rat model used and the method of local application of peptides was similar to that described in example 23. Tissue biopsies were removed and assayed for Glucosiminidase activity, a biological marker for macrophages.
As shown in Figure 42, the data demonstrate that HA-binding peptides A (RGGGRGRRR; SEQ ID NO:27), B (RGGGRGGRR; SEQ ID NO:56), C (RGGGRGGGR; SEQ ID NO: 57) inhibited the infiltration of macrophages in wounded biopsies, whereas peptide D (RGGGGGGGR; SEQ ID NO:58) which has a similar sequence but does not bind HA does not inhibit macrophage infiltration in wounding. In addition the scrambled peptide A did not have any effect on macrophage levels.
In conclusion these data demonstrate that HA-binding peptides inhibit macrophage motility and infiltration in wounding, and thus have potential to promote wound healing and reduce scarring.
EXAMPLE 25 RHAMM REGULATES PROSTATE CANCER PROGRESSION This experiment investigates whether functional expression of the HA receptor RHAMM is required for enhancement of CaP cell motility and invasion in vitro. Briefly, Dunning CaP cell lines (AT-1, MatLyLu) were grown in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere containing 5% CO2. All cell lines were passaged every 3-4 days upon reaching confluency.
A. Immunofluorescence.
Cells were seeded sparsely on glass coverslip and incubated in growth media for 24 h. cells were then fixed with 3% paraformaldehyde and permeabilized with 0.2% triton X-100. RHAMM was visualized by indirect immunofluorescence using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram 2.3, 1 :100) and Texas red conjugated donkey anti-rabbit antibody (1 :100). Images are obtained using a Zeiss laser scam ing confocal microscope.
B. Western blotting.
Cells were also grown to 50-60% confluency were lysed using RIP A buffer. Equal amounts of total cell protein were loaded onto a 10% SDS-PAGE gel. RHAMM was probed using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram, 1 :1000) and HRP-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1 :5000). RHAMM was visualized by chemiluminescence.
C. Cell motility.
Cell were seeded sparsely and grown in 25 cm2 flasks overnight. Serum- free medium was used for the experiments. Random cell motility of cells untreated, or treated with either RHAMM polyclonal antibody (Re4) or peptide mimicking the HA- binding domain over two hours was visualized by videomicroscopy. Cell motility tracks were analyzed using a Northern Exposure software. Statistical analysis was
performed on 100 cells per field and statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
D. Cell invasion.
Cell were grown to confluency in growth media, detached, and equal number of cells were seeded in 24-well Matrigel invasion chambers. Cells were left untreated with RHAMM peptide and allowed to invade for 24 h. For statistical analysis, 5 high-power fields(400X) were counted for the number of cells that invaded through the membrane. Statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
E. MMP activity. Cells were grown to confluency in growth media, detached and equal number of cells were seeded in 6-well plates uncoated or coated with 50% Matrigel in media. Cells were allowed to adhere for lh to the substrate, and then treated with the peptide mimicking the HA-binding domain of RHAMM (100 μg/ml) for 24 h in serum- free media. The activity of MMP secreted into the media was determined by zymography using 8% SDS-PAGE.
Results are shown in Figure 43. Briefly, Figure 43 A shows the Western blot analysis using a RHAMM polyclonal antibody detecting progressively increasing expression of 54 kDa RHAMM isoform in proportion to motility/invasivity: the highly motile/invasive subline, Fb2 > the weakly motile/invasive parental line, MC2 > the nontumotigenic parental NbE epithelial line. Figure 43B shows RHAMM localization to a sites of cell extension and to podosomes of invasive CaP cells. Open arrows point to sites of cell protrusion, whereas closed arrows point to circular structures known as podosomes or invadopodia. Left panel Figure 44A shows that RHAMM regulates Dunning CaP cell line motility and invasion, whereas right panel of Figure 44A showed that MaTLyLu cells treated with a RHAMM peptide showed a significant reduction (p<0.025) of about 20% in invasive potential as determined using Matrigel in vitro invasion chambers. However no effect of peptide was observed upon treatment of the AT-1 cells. Figure 44B shows that secretion of MMP was higher in AT-1 cells
compared to MatLyLu cells when grown on plastic. Matrigel did not reduce MMP activity in AT-1 in MatLyLu. When RHAMM blocking peptide was added, MMP activity was suppressed.
Thus, RHAMM is preferentially expressed in more motile/invasive and metastatic CaP cells. Blocking RHAMM function significantly and preferentially reduces motility, invasion, and MMP activity in highly metastatic CaP cells.
EXAMPLE 26 INFLUENCE OF RHAMM PEPTIDE MIMETIC ON WEIGHT GAIN IN MURINE MODEL OF SLE
FI (NZB/W) mice, hybrids of New Zealand Black (NZB) and New Zealand White (NZW) mice, are a murine model of SLE (Systemic Lupus Erythematosus). These mice develop spontaneously autoantibodies to DNA and other cell components. Female mice develop a more rapid disease course than males, with death from renal failure occurring by 8-10 months of age in females and 18-20 months of age in males. Females of 8 weeks of age are free of overt symptoms of disease, with gradual development of autoantibodies, glomerulonephritis, proteinuria, renal failure and death. The renal disease is likely secondary to the immune dysfunction.
In addition to progressive renal inflammatory disease, these mice show increase in body weight of 20% - 30%, which is manifested by increased accumulation of body fat. These lupus mice also have elevated triglycerides, similar to that seen in human SLE patients. A number of studies in murine SLE model have shown that dietary manipulations and restrictions have an effect on the development on this life shortening autoimmune disease. Several lines of evidence have supported a link between adipose tissue and immunocompetent cells. For example, in obesity, excess adiposity is linked to impaired immune function. Studies in rodents with genetic abnormality of leptin and leptin receptors, which result in obesity, revealed obesity- related changes in macrophage phagocytosis and the production of proinflammatory cytokines. These data identify an important link between obesity and regulation of inflammatory and immune responses.
This experiment assesses the effect of the P-peptide on body fat accumulation in murine SLE model.
Briefly, female NZB/WFl were obtained from Jackson Laboratories at 6 weeks of age and housed locally for 2 weeks prior to initiation of the studies. The study design comprised of four groups of 10 female NZB/WFl mice; one control and three experimental groups. The control group of mice were not treated with 16 amino acid RHAMM peptide mimetic (P-peptide). First group of mice were given P-peptide (5 mg/kg), three times a week via the IP route. The treatment started at 8 weeks of age and continued up to 28 weeks of age. The animals in the other two experimental groups were started on the P-peptide (5 mg/kg) at 16 and 24 weeks of age to determine whether interference with P-peptide can arrest or reverse active weight gain. The treatment in these animals also continued up to 28 weeks. The animals were assessed for weight gain during the development of the disease at weekly intervals.
Results are shown in Figure 45. Briefly, the control group of mice showed a trend of increase in body weight of approximately 5 g per month. The total average increase after 20 weeks was 13 g. The group of mice that was treated from 8 weeks of age showed significant reduction in weight gain in comparison with the control group. The average increase of body weight in this group was 2 g per month, whereas total accumulation of weight was 6 g after 20 weeks. Weight gain in mice in the other two experimental groups was identical to the control group until the initiation of treatment. The body weigh in these mice showed decrease within the first week of the treatment, with the trend of further decrease toward the levels observed in animals that were treated at early stage of the disease (Figure 45). The treatment with P-peptide did not effect the weight gain in NOD mice, which served as a control for this experiment. In summary, the weight gain in mice that were treated at the early stage of disease (8 weeks) was similar to the weight gain in normal mice. Mice that were treated at later stages of disease showed not only arrest but reverse of weight gain that was similar to early stage treated mice. Thus, the P-peptide can be utilized as a therapeutic agent in the treatment of obesity and obesity related diseases (e.g. , diabetes and cardiovascular disease), as well as for diseases such as kidney fibrosis and lupus (SLE).
EXAMPLE 27 CORRELATION BETWEEN RHAMM LEVELS AND CANCER CELL INVASIVENESS
This experiment assesses the relationship between RHAMM expression and aggressiveness of cancer cell lines. RT-PCR was conducted as described in the attached Wang et al., (Clinical Cancer Research, 4:567-576, 1998). Western blot analyses was conducted as described above.
Results of these experiments are shown in Figure 46. Briefly, the levels of erk kinase correlated significantly with the levels of RHAMM expression (r=.21, p<0.007, Students "t" test). The cell lines H125, H157 and H226 are less invasive and aggressive than the H460 and MGH 7. As shown in the Figures, RHAMM expression is highest in the latter two cell lines. Of the two cell lines, the H460 is more invasive in matrigel assays than the MGH7 cell lines.
Based upon this experiment it is evident that the highest level of RHAMM expression is observed in the most invasive lung cancer cell lines.
' EXAMPLE 28 CORRELATION BETWEEN ASTROCYTOMA CELL METASTASES AND RHAMM EXPRESSION Invasive astrocytoma cell lines (U87MG and U343MG-A), astrocytoma biopsies from patients, cervical tumor cell lines (HeLa) were extracted for mRNA and analyzed for the presence of RHAMM using northern blots and RT-PCR as described by Sambrook et al. Results are shown in Figure 47. Briefly, astrocytoma cell lines express approximately equal amounts of RHAMM, as detected by Northern blot analysis. RT-PCR analysis show that RHAMM is most highly expressed in high grade or invasive astrocytomas (Figure 47B)
These results support that RHAMM is involved in the tumor invasion step of neoplastic progression and this is consistent with its ability to regulate podosome formation, structures that permit release of collagenases that are required for cell invasion.
EXAMPLE 29
SCREENING FOR PROTEINS THAT REGULATE HA TRANSPORT IN A TRANSITIONAL CELL A RHAMM induced cDNA expression library is obtained from mRNA populations extracted from RHAMM transfected cells maintained in serum free medium for 24 h. These culture conditions allow uptake of HA into the cell cytoplasm but will not allow HA uptake into the cytoplasm of non-transfected cells unless a HA transport protein is expressed. The cDNA library is used to infect COS or CHO cells which are then exposed to Texas red-labeled HA in the presence of cytochalasin D which inhibits endocytic uptake of HA. Under these conditions cells would not ordinarily take up HA into the cytoplasm, hence, HA uptake will depend on the expression of a HA transporter. Infected cells are briefly exposed to streptomyces hyaluronidase to remove any Texas red labeled HA coating the outside of the cell and then cells are sorted for positive fluorescence with FACS.
Cells that are positive are cloned and rescreened for HA uptake. Transfected genes encoding an HA transporter are then retrieved by RT-PCR of mRNA and sequenced. These genes are then transfected into 10T1/2 cells which do not take up HA into the cytoplasm unless they are exposed to phorbol ester to activate protein kinase C. These cells are in turn assessed for uptake of Texas red-labeled HA into the cytoplasm and scored for altered growth factor sensitivity by techniques previously described herein.
The cDNA encoding a HA transporter is then cloned into an appropriate expression vector that will permit expression and isolation of the transporter protein. Appropriate vectors and expression systems are well known in the art. Antibodies are then be prepared against this protein. In addition, peptide regions instrumental in taking up HA (i. e. , an HA binding domains) are identified and peptides that mimic these sites are prepared for assessment of the ability to compete with HA transport or otherwise impact signaling pathways, podosome formation and/ cell motility which characterize transition stage cells.
EXAMPLE 30
IDENTIFICATION OF RHAMM BINDING PROTEINS OR OTHER TRANSITION STAGE
MOLECULES BY USE OF RHAMM OVEREXPRESSING CELLS CULTURES
To identify proteins that are transiently regulated with RHAMM to control cell activation, cDNA expression libraries obtained from the "CHIP" differential screen described above are used to establish libraries expressing transition molecules that is capable of binding to a hyaladherin or other transition stage molecule. Several techniques are known in the art for identifying an expressed binding partner. These include a two hybrid phage display system and a two hybrid yeast expression system. The two hybrid expression system is used to screen for peptides or polypeptides that bind to RHAMM or other transition molecule, and the ability to actually bind the transition molecule is further characterized using a far Western assay system. Specific binding regions of the RHAMM binding partners can be further identified using the functional regions of RHAMM exons and the regions of RHAMM known to be involved in the transient phenotype through the ability to activate erk kinases as provided for example, in Figure 48. Antibodies may be made to the identified binding protein and assessed for the ability to affect cell motility or erk signaling cascades according as previously described.
One such protein herein designated as RABP for RHAMM Associated Binding Protein has been identified using this method by using a phage display library mentioned above to bind to the peptide regions of exon 4 described as SEQ. ID NO: 17. A partial polypeptide and nucleic acid sequence for RABP is provided as SEQ. ID NO: 47 and 46. Antibody against this protein has been prepared and shown to be effective in inhibiting RHAMM activated podosome formation and signaling in RHAMM overexpressing cells. Figure 49 shows the sequence for this novel RHAMM binding protein which was determined to be a 60 kDa protein that binds to exon 4 of RHAMM, and which is transiently present on the cell surface. Panel A shows the partial sequence of RABP isolated by a two hybrid screen using exon 4 of RHAMM. Panel B shows a Northern blot of RABP in transitional cells. Panel C shows a Western blot of
transitional cell lysate indicating that RABP occurs within a 60 kDa protein. Panel D is a FACS analysis showing that RABP is present on the cell surface.
Other proteins regulating transition stage cells can be identified using cell cultures characterized by the transition stage phenotypes described for LR21 cells provided herein. Briefly, transitional cell cultures that overexpress RHAMM at precisely the levels required for enhancing podosome formation are grown to subconfluence (50-60%) in 10% FBS then released from their substratum using a 0.15 median, PBS, non-enzymatic disassociation medium. These cells are maintained in suspension in defined medium for 30 minutes and then plated for 24 hrs, at 5x15 cells/ml on plasma fibronectin coated dishes which promotes podosome positive, transitional phenotype. PolyA mRNA is isolated from the transitional cells and a differential screen is conducted using a cell line that is plated onto plastic dishes so that podosomes are not produced. RNA is placed into CHIPS for differential screening and genes associated with the transition phenotype are identified using CHIP protein technology. Positive cDNA's are sequenced, cDNA libraries are screened and RACE technology is used to obtain a full length cDNA.
The CHIP will contain cDNA's encoding proteins involved in the transition stage phenotype that do not necessarily bind to HA but are nevertheless involved in regulating this stage. Hence, this method for obtaining transitional mRNA is useful for identifying other important dominant acting proteins involved with the transitional stage of response to injury processes. The CHIP screen can be used for proteins that bind to important podosome proteins such as CAS and cortactin, and full length sequences of these can be obtained. The function of such sequences may be analyzed for their effect on podosome formation by transient transfection. The entire differentially screened mRNA can be used to transiently transfect cells to determine whether they can induce podosome formation, using CAS or cortactin to detect podosomes as described above. Particular sequences are identified by increasingly restricting the number of mRNAs included in a transfection group until ultimately restricting the size of the group to single mRNAs encoding single genes affecting the transition stage phenotype.
EXAMPLE 31
IDENTIFICATION OF HYALADHERINS BY SEARCHING DATABASES
FOR HYALURONAN BINDING MOTIFS In addition to specific peptides such as those described in SEQ. ID NOS:
1-10 that represent hyaladherins which bind to hyalauronic acid, a variant of additional polypeptides may be identified, generated and tested for use within the methods described herein. All such binding motifs are characterized by the presence of general amino acid motifs including staggered basic residues. These motifs can be more generally described as BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28) where B is any basic amino acid and X7 is any amino acid sequence of about seven residues but usually including at least one hydrophobic amino acids or an additional basic amino acid. Most importantly however, none of the intervening X amino acids should be acidic, as acidic amino acids appear to interfere with binding to hyaluronan, a negatively charged polymer. Peptides which are specifically excluded from this motif include: BBXXBBBXXBB, KQKIKHVVKLK, KLKSQLVKRK, RYPISRPRKR, KNGRYSISR, RDGTRYVQKGEYR, RRRCGQKKK, RGTRSGSTR, RRRKKIQGRSKR, RKSYGKYQGR, KVGKSPPVR, KTFGKMKPR, RIKWSRVSK, KRTMRPTRR, KVGKSPPVR, or HREARSGKYK (SEQ ID Nos. 29-44 respectively). These excluded peptides do not bind HA with the same high affinity as peptides of the present invention which require are peptides that form an alpha helix. All motifs that bind to hyaluronan also preferably form strong alpha helices as predicted in secondary structure protein analysis programs which further show that hyaluronan binding motifs contain at least two basic amino acids aggregating along one plane of the helix. Using this information, a search of the data bases for previously undetected hyaladherins can be made, searching first for the aforementioned motif then coupling this with analysis of the structural requirements again using protein prediction programs such as for example are available on the internet (e.g., GCG). Additional sequence candidates can be found by searching appropriate databases of the technical literature such as Medline, Biosis, Chemical Abstracts and the like. Searches can then
be made to determine which of the newly identified hyaladherins have previously been associated with disease and with the expression of podosomes. Those that are present at the cell surface can then be screened for their potential therapeutic use.
5 EXAMPLE 32
SCREENING FOR INHIBITORS OF PODOSOME FORMATION The present invention provides for novel cell lines that overexpress RHAMM and that produce enhanced formation of podosomes. These cell lines may be utilized to screen for inhibitors of podosome formation. Concomitant with the
10 formation of podosomes and development of a transient phenotype, cells release proteases that result in degradation of fibronectin, revealing a previously sequestered CS-1 sequence. Antibodies to this CS-1 sequence have been prepared. The presently provided RHAMM overexpressing cell lines are coated on microsphere beads in conjunction with plasma fibronectin to form an assay mixture which is incubated at
15 37°C for 2-3 h. The aforementioned CS antibody conjugated to a fluorochrome is added to this mixture causing a fluorescence response indicative of fibronectin degradation which is in turn indicative of the formation of functional podosomes. Candidate inhibitors of podosome formation are identified by the ability to reduce fluorescence in this assay and these candidates may be screened using any of several 0 high through-put screening systems known in the art.
Inhibitors to be screened include, but are not limited to antibodies, HA binding peptides/polypeptides and RHAMM binding peptides/polypeptides associated with regulation of the novel transitional stage cells as provided in this invention. In addition, upon identification of functional portions of newly discovered transitional
25 proteins using the methods described herein, candidate inhibitors comprised of small chemicals or peptide mimics of these functional portions can be synthesized according to methods known in the art. One set of peptide mimics includes for example, HA binding mimics.
EXAMPLE 33 HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES THAT INHIBIT TRANSITIONAL MOLECULE FUNCTION
Humanized antibodies raised against transitional molecules identified above (e.g., hyaladherins, RHAMM binding partners, transitional proteins) can be screened for their inhibition of specific cell signaling pathways involved in cell transition (inhibition of erk kinase activity, AP-1 activity, MMP expression or specific transition states of the cell (e.g., podosome formation, cell migration, cell proliferation) in fluorescent screening assays. Cell lines over expressing specific transition molecules will activate ERK kinases, c-fos expression, AP-1 activity, MMP expression, and increased transitional states of the cell such as podosome formation resulting increased cell migration and proliferation.
Humanized antibodies to identified transition molecules such as RHAMM can be screened for inhibition of the aforementioned cell signaling pathways, gene expression, podosome formation, and/or cell motility and proliferation. These studies will identify potent antibodies which inhibit the transition of normal cells to diseased cells which can be utilized clinically in humans for the treatment and diagnosis of disease.
EXAMPLE 34 COMPLEMENTARY PEPTIDES AND PEPTIDE MIMICS THAT INTERFERE WITH TRANSITION MOLECULE FUNCTION
A variety of candidate peptides affecting transition state cells can be detected and/or screened using the methods provided by the present invention. Candidate peptides include peptides generated from transition molecules provided in the present disclosure (such as the RHAMM peptides), peptides of the transition stage which may further be identified using the aforementioned methods, peptides that bind strongly to active regions of transition molecules, or peptides that compete with binding of transition molecules of specific ligands generated by standard synthetic processes. Each of these can also be screened for effects on the particular features of transition cells disclosed herein including effects on specific signaling pathways (e.g., ERK
activity, AP-1 activity,) gene expression (e.g., c-fos and MMP expression), podosome formation, cell motility and proliferation.
The structure of peptides effective in inhibiting transition molecule- induced processes can be determined by several methods including standard structure function analyses of a proteins shown to inhibit podosome formation and/or by using the above screening methods for analyzing peptide sequences encoded by a gene shown to be involved in podosome formation. Complementary peptides and peptide mimics can be designed based upon functional peptide motifs, particularly when an inhibitory peptide motiff is small (e.g., 10 amino acids or less). Such peptides and their mimics would be candidate molecules for therapeutic treatment of a variety of disease states dependent upon entry and passage of cells through the transition stage phenotype taught by the present invention. Candidate molecules would be tested for efficacy by assay in animal models of disease or using cultured cells expressing a transitional stage cells.
Similar studies may be performed to screen small molecules for their inhibition of transition molecule function and the progression of cells from the normal to diseased state as described in the present invention.
EXAMPLE 35 DIAGNOSTICS METHOD FOR DETECTING HA, HYALADHERINS AND INJURED CELLS
1. Detection of Intracellular and Plasma HA
Serum and tissue levels of HA are valuable diagnostic markers of arthritis and neoplasia. Thus, levels of HA in the serum are currently used to follow the course of osteoarthritis response to steroid therapy. Further, HA accumulation within colorectal and breast cancers is prognostic of a poor outcome. Because HA levels are enhanced following most forms of tissue injury, other conditions including restenosis, MS, Alzheimer's, stroke, myocardial infarction, sports injuries, bums and other inflammatory diseases would benefit from methods of detecting HA. In addition, HA increase in plasma is associated with a variety of other diseases, particularly rheumatoid arthritis and in tumors such as mesetheliomas and Wilm's tumors. Therefore testing of
HA levels in serum or in biopsy tissue will be useful, alone or in combination with other disease markers for determination of a variety of disease conditions.
Currently, HA is routinely detected using fragments of HA binding proteins such as the 60 kDa fragment of aggrecan or link protein. The procedures for purifying these proteins is laborious and results are inconsistent making it difficult to routinely assess HA as a diagnostic parameter. The sensitivity of this technique is 5 pg
HA in serum using ELISA assays.
The present invention provides a method of similar sensitivity but which is cheaper and more reliable. The method is based on using HA binding partners discovered using the techniques described above for detecting RHAMM binding partners. Using a phage display library to bind to biotinylated HA permitted identification of five particular species of HA binding motifs described in SEQ. ID NOS: 6-10. This was accomplished by isolating phage that attached to HA which were further isolated, rescreened twice and recloned. The clones were then bound to biotinylated HA-sepharose beads and only those phage that could be released with unlabeled HA were retrieved, recloned and sequenced. Five clones comprising the sequences identified above were detected. These sequences all bind to HA and are useful for detecting HA in serum and tissues in an assay described below.
An assay was developed based upon HA binding to these newly discovered peptide sequences. Synthetic peptides comprising these sequences were synthesized with a linker arm of glycine-glycine-cysteineto which KLH was covalentiy linked using ED AC. One to 200 μg of any one of these peptides were coated onto the surface of ELISA plates in phosphate buffered saline for 1 h at room temperature. Plates were washed in PBS and then coated with 1 μg/ml of HA and washed with PBS and 0.1% triton. Texas red labeled peptide was then applied to the coated plate for 1 h. Serum samples and HA standard solutions were then applied to the plates and left on a mixer for 2 h. The plates were then washed and read in a fluorescent ELISA plate reader at 545 um. The amount of HA in the samples was determined by comparison to the HA standards.
This assay has a similar sensitivity to previously described assays using aggrecan but is more reproducible due to the standardization possible using peptide
synthesis. This contrast to the more variable results obtained using assays based on preparation of purified aggrecan for which a reproducible reagent capable of binding to HA is difficult to make.
These newly discovered peptides are also useful for detecting HA present in tissue (e.g. , biopsy tissue). In one example, frozen or paraffin embedded tissue sections are incubated with biotinylated peptides for 1 h in sections that have been either exposed to hyaluronidase, used as a control, or to buffer alone. Sections are washed then developed with horseradish peroxidase labeled streptavidin and sections are then examined for a positive reaction indicated by brown staining. This procedure can be readily adapted for use in a kit as can the ELISA assay for detecting HA in plasma.
2. Development of an Assay for Detection of Soluble Hyaladherins
The above mentioned HA binding peptides are also useful in an assay for soluble hyaladherins. In this regard, an important aspect of the present disclosure is that the transition phenotype plays a heretofore undisclosed role in many disease processes such as inflammatory diseases, cancers, degenerative diseases and wound healing. In each case HA will be shed during the podosome stage of a cell that typifies the transitional phenotype. Therefore, the presence of a transitional phenotype during the early stages of disease establishment may be detected by assaying for the presence of hyalauronan or hyaladherins present in serum. An assay for hyaladherins can be provided using the small peptides that bind to HA as described herein before. In one example, these peptides can be synthesized with an additional cysteine at the carboxy terminus. The peptides are then covalentiy linked to sepharose as per standard procedures. The sepharose beads are incubated with biotinylated HA for one hour, then washed. The beads containing biotinylated HA are then incubated for 1-2 hours at room temperature with an aliquot of sample serum. Hyaladherins that are present within the serum will compete with the peptide bound to sepharose for the biotinylated HA and therefore the amount of biotin label remaining with the sepharose beads will be inversely proportional to the amount of hyaladherins present in the serum sample.
An alternative to the general hyaladherins assay mentioned above is a specific hyaladherins assay for selected hyaladherins observed to increase during a particular disease or cellular response as may be detected using the screening methods provided in the foregoing Examples. In this specific assay, monoclonal antibodies are prepared against the selected hyaladherins observed to increase during disease as detected by these screening methods. The monoclonal antibodies are used in a standard ELISA assay where antibodies are coated onto the ELISA well, serum is added to this coating, washed and a second layer of anti-hyaladherin will be layered on top. The top layer of antibody is detected using a fluorochrome labeled secondary antibody and the amount of label quantified in an ELISA plate reader.
The presently described assays based upon use of HA binding peptides hyaladherins and antibodies thereto are readily adaptable for detecting other components associated with the transitional state such as HA transporters or other proteins which may be detected using the aforementioned screening systems.
EXAMPLE 36 RHAMM REGULATES PROSTATE CANCER PROGRESSION This experiment investigates whether functional expression of the HA receptor RHAMM is required for enhancement of CaP cell motility and invasion in vitro. Briefly, Dunning CaP cell lines (AT-1, MatLyLu) were grown in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere containing 5% CO2. All cell lines were passaged every 3-4 days upon reaching confluency.
A. Immunofluorescence . Cells were seeded sparsely on glass coverslip and incubated in growth media for 24 h. cells were then fixed with 3% paraformaldehyde and permeabilized with 0.2% triton X-100. RHAMM was visualized by indirect immunofluorescence using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram 2.3, 1:100) and Texas red
conjugated donkey anti-rabbit antibody (1:100). Images are obtained using a Zeiss laser scanning confocal microscope.
B. Western blotting.
Cells were also grown to 50-60% confluency were lysed using RIPA buffer. Equal amounts of total cell protein were loaded onto a 10% SDS-PAGE gel.
RHAMM was probed using a polyclonal antibody to the C-terminus (Zram, 1 :1000) and HRP-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (1:5000). RHAMM was visualized by chemiluminescence .
C. Cell motility. Cell were seeded sparsely and grown in 25 cm2 flasks overnight. Serum-free medium was used for the experiments. Random cell motility of cells untreated, or treated with either RHAMM polyclonal antibody (Re4) or peptide mimicking the HA-binding domain over two hours was visualized by videomicroscopy. Cell motility tracks were analyzed using a Northern Exposure software. Statistical analysis was perfonned on 100 cells per field and statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
D. Cell invasion.
Cell were grown to confluency in growth media, detached, and equal number of cells were seeded in 24-well Matrigel invasion chambers. Cells were left untreated with RHAMM peptide and allowed to invade for 24 h. For statistical analysis, 5 high-power fields(400X) were counted for the number of cells that invaded through the membrane. Statistical significance was determined using unpaired Student t-test.
E. MMP activity.
Cells were grown to confluency in growth media, detached and equal number of cells were seeded in 6-well plates uncoated or coated with 50% Matrigel in media. Cells were allowed to adhere for lh to the substrate, and then treated with the peptide mimicking the HA-binding domain of RHAMM (100 μg/ml) for 24 h in serum-
free media. The activity of MMP secreted into the media was determined by zymography using 8% SDS-PAGE.
Thus, RHAMM is preferentially expressed in more motile/invasive and metastatic CaP cells. Blocking RHAMM function significantly and preferentially reduces motility, invasion, and MMP activity in highly metastatic CaP cells.
EXAMPLE 37 TREATMENT AND/OR PREVENTION OF DIABETES MELLITUS
The puφose of these experiments was to evaluate the RHAMM (P-16) peptide on the treatment of diabetes in the non-obese diabetic (NOD) mouse model. NOD mouse is a model of human type I diabetes mellitus, which is characterized by a cell-mediated autoimmune process resulting in spontaneous diabetes (see, e.g., Zhao et al. Lithium (1991), 2(4)227-34; see also, The Jackson Laboratory). Studies have shown that the major populations of cells infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in the early stage of insulitis in NOD mice are T cells and macrophages.
There are different colonies of NOD mice and there can be some variability between the colonies. The colony used develops the disease between 15-20 weeks of age and there is a 70-80% incidence of diabetes mellitus. The mice treated were divided into two groups of 10 animals; the first group being treated with P-16 peptide and the other group comprising of the control group, which was treated with saline. Once the NOD mice were 5 weeks old, the P-16 peptide was injected three times a week inteφeritoneally at a dose of 5mg/kg for 23 weeks. The untreated mice and five mice from the treated group were sacrificed at 28 weeks of age. The remaining five mice from the treated group were taken off the peptide treatment at 28 weeks of age and were assessed for the disease after 16 weeks.
As shown in figure 51, the incidence of diabetes measured by blood glucose level in untreated NOD mice was 70% whereas the incidence in the treated mice was 20%. The untreated mice also had a higher incidence of abnormal urine glucose level, 80%, compared to 0% in the treated mice (figure 52). Further, when
examining water consumption associated with diabetes, water consumption increased significantly in untreated animals with the onset of diabetes around week 12 to 13 (figure 53). In contrast, the water consumption did not change in animals treated with P- 16. These data clearly demonstrate that P-16 peptide inhibited the incidence of diabetes. The treated mice that had the treatment stopped at 28 weeks have not developed any signs of the disease after 16 weeks. They looked healthy and did not show presence of polydipsia or urinary glucose.
In NOD mice, there was an increase in kidney weight due to renal hypertrophy that is associated with the onset and progression of diabetic symptoms. As shown in figure 54, treatment with the P-16 completely inhibited the increase in kidney weight, presumably by inhibiting glomerulosclerosis.
The histological analysis of pancreatic tissue showed that treated mice had more intact pancreatic islets than the untreated animals and significantly smaller inflammation of the islets with inflammatory cells. Presented results clearly show that RHAMM (P-16) peptide administration potently prevents the development of diabetes and associated complications in the NOD model of Type I diabetes mellitus in the absence of any toxicity. The diabetes-sparing effect is probably due to the inhibition of the destruction of beta cells in the pancreatic islets. The effectiveness of RHAMM (P-16) peptide administration to induce long-term inhibition of disease was demonstrated by the negative results of urinary glucose and polydipsia of 16 weeks post-peptidetreatmentNOD mice.
These results indicate that RHAMM and its major ligand HA associate functionally with autoimmune insulitis leading to IDDM, and that by using specific RHAMM peptides they can serve as potential therapeutic targets. These findings also show that the RHAMM peptides, peptide mimetics, antibodies and potential HA binding peptides can be used as an effective method for preventing and/or treating diabetes mellitus by interfering with the penetration of the inflammatory cells into the islets and destructive invasion of the islets.
From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for puφoses of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims
1. A method for treating a patient with a inflammatory neurological disorder, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said inflammatory neurological disorder is treated.
2. The method according to claim 1 wherein said inflammatory neurological disorder is Parkinsons disease.
3. The method according to claim 1 wherein said inflammatory neurological disorder is Alzheimer disease
4. A method for treating a patient with arthritis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said arthritis is treated.
5. The method according to claim 4 wherein said arthritis is rheumatoid arthritis.
6. The method according to claim 4 wherein said arthritis is osteoarthritis.
7. A method for treating a patient with multiple sclerosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said multiple sclerosis is treated.
8. A method for treating a patient with inflammatory dermatosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said inflammatory dermatitis is treated.
9. The method according to claim 8 wherein said inflammatory dermatosis is psoriasis.
10. A method for treating a patient with inflammatory bowel disease, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said inflammatory bowel disease is treated.
11. A method for treating, wounds, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said wound is treated.
12. The method according to claim 11 wherein said wound is a surgical excision.
13. The method according to claim 11 wherein said method is utilized to prevent a surgical adhesion.
14. The method according to claim 11 wherein said method is utilized to prevent a scar.
15. A method for treating stenosis or restenosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said stenosis or restenosis is treated.
16. The method according to claim 15, wherein said compound is administered through a balloon catheter.
17. The method according to claim 15 wherein said compound is applied to a stent, which is placed in said patient.
18. The method according to claim 15 wherein said compound is administered to the outside to the vessel to be treated.
19. A method for treating cancer, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said cancer is treated.
20. A method for treating kidney fibrosis, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said kidney fibrosis is treated.
21. A method for treating inflammatory lung disease, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a. gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said inflammatory lung disease is treated.
22. The method according to claim 21 wherein said inflammatory lung disease is emphysema.
23. The method according to claim 21 wherein said inflammatory lung disease is asthma.
24. The method according to claim 21 wherein said inflammatory lung disease is cystic fibrosis.
25. A method for treating obesity and obesity related diseases, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said obesity and obesity- related diseases are treated.
26. A method for treating lupus, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said lupus is treated.
27. A method for treating cardiovascular disease, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B which binds HA; (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; (c) a polypeptide fragment which encodes a Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 domain of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that said cardiovascular disease is treated.
28. The method according to claim 27 wherein said cardiovascular disease is atherosclerosis.
29. An antibody which binds to any one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM.
30. The antibody according to claim 29 wherein said RHAMM is human RHAMM.
31. The antibody according to claim 29 wherein said antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
32. The antibody according to claim 31 wherein said monoclonal antibody is a human monoclonal antibody.
33. The antibody according to claim 31 wherein said monoclonal antibody is an Fab fragment of an antibody.
34. A polypeptide fragment comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM, wherein said polypeptide is less than 73kD molecular weight.
35. The polypeptide fragment according to claim 34, wherein said polypeptide is less than 100 amino acids in length.
36. The polypeptide fragment according to claim 34 wherein said polypeptide fragment is less than 75 amino acids in length.
37. A method for treating or preventing diabetes mellitus, comprising administering to a patient a compound selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence BX7B (SEQ ID NO:28); (b) an antibody which binds one of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or D5 of RHAMM; (c) a peptide of less than 95 kD or 73 kd, comprising all or a portion of domains Dl, D2, D3, D4, or, D5 of RHAMM; and (d) a gene delivery vector which expresses antisense RHAMM, or, delivers and expresses any one of (a), (b), or (c), such that the disease is treated.
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2000/001534 WO2002028415A1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2000-10-05 | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1324765A1 true EP1324765A1 (en) | 2003-07-09 |
Family
ID=11003988
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP00968173A Withdrawn EP1324765A1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2000-10-05 | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1324765A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2000278122A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2448483A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002028415A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DK1165112T3 (en) * | 1999-03-26 | 2006-10-09 | Univ Texas | Modulators of polysaccharides and their applications |
US6911429B2 (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2005-06-28 | Transition Therapeutics Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans |
WO2006130974A1 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2006-12-14 | Cangene Corporation | Hyaluronic acid binding peptides enhance host defense against pathogenic bacteria |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB9207949D0 (en) * | 1992-04-09 | 1992-05-27 | Univ Manitoba | Molecular cloning of a novel hyaluronan receptor that mediates tumor cell motility |
GB9420740D0 (en) * | 1994-10-14 | 1994-11-30 | Univ Manitoba | Sequence of the hyaluronan receptor gene |
GB9607441D0 (en) * | 1996-04-10 | 1996-06-12 | Univ Manitoba | Human hyaluronan receptor |
CA2237051A1 (en) * | 1997-12-19 | 1999-06-19 | Eva A. Turley | Enhanced affinity hyaluronan binding peptides |
EP1169048A4 (en) * | 1998-07-06 | 2002-07-17 | Glenn D Prestwich | Hyaluronic acid mimics and methods related thereto |
JP2002530066A (en) * | 1998-11-19 | 2002-09-17 | スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション | RHAMM antagonist antibody |
-
2000
- 2000-10-05 CA CA002448483A patent/CA2448483A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-10-05 EP EP00968173A patent/EP1324765A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2000-10-05 AU AU2000278122A patent/AU2000278122A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-10-05 WO PCT/IB2000/001534 patent/WO2002028415A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See references of WO0228415A1 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2000278122A1 (en) | 2002-04-15 |
CA2448483A1 (en) | 2002-04-11 |
WO2002028415A1 (en) | 2002-04-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP4722290B2 (en) | Connective tissue growth factor (CTGF) fragments and methods and uses thereof | |
US6864235B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans | |
JP6420459B2 (en) | Peptide having fibrosis inhibitory activity and composition containing the same | |
ES2397441T3 (en) | Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences involved in the bone remodeling process | |
JP4986370B2 (en) | Uses of RGM and its modulators | |
JP2002533058A (en) | 97 human secreted proteins | |
JP2002523035A (en) | 49 human secreted proteins | |
EP2015781A2 (en) | Compositions having antiangiogenic activity and uses thereof | |
JP2002502589A (en) | 45 human secreted proteins | |
USRE41028E1 (en) | Treating eye disorders intestinal trefoil proteins | |
JPH11507527A (en) | Developmentally Regulated Endothelial Cell Locus-1 | |
JP2002501738A (en) | 67 human secreted proteins | |
JP2002526059A (en) | 31 human secretory proteins | |
US6911429B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans | |
JP2003525566A (en) | 125 human secreted proteins | |
US20050147602A1 (en) | Compositions, methods and kits relating to CTHRC1, a novel modulator of collagen matrix | |
JP2002505871A (en) | 31 human secretory proteins | |
BG64798B1 (en) | Polypeptides encoded by a human lipase-like gene, compositions and methods | |
US6630325B1 (en) | Compositions, methods and kits relating to remodel | |
EP1324765A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans | |
AU2002333100A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating cellular response to injury and other proliferating cell disorders regulated by hyaladherin and hyaluronans | |
JP2002504361A (en) | 36 human secreted proteins | |
WO2006019193A1 (en) | Use of inhibitor and promoter | |
JP4469180B2 (en) | Tenascin W composition and use thereof | |
JP2005503792A (en) | Bone homeostasis modulator identified in high-throughput screening |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20030502 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO SI |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN |
|
18W | Application withdrawn |
Effective date: 20070209 |